README

TABLEOFCONTENTS
2012
GREEN PLUMBING &
MECHANICAL
CODE
SUPPLEMENT
FOR USE WITH ALL CODES
 REVISION MARKINGS

Code changes from the 2010 edition are marked in the margins as follows:

An arrow denotes a deletion.

A vertical denotes a change.

Information on referenced publications can be found in Chapter 11.

All pressures used in this supplement are gauge pressures unless otherwise indicated.

Copyright © 2012
by
International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials
All Rights Reserved

No part of this work may be reproduced or recorded in any form or by any means,
except as may be expressly permitted in writing by the publisher.

Second Edition

First Printing, April 2012

Published by the International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials

4755 E. Philadelphia Street · Ontario, CA 91761-2816 – USA
Main Phone (909) 472-4100 · Main Fax (909) 472-4150
 2012 GPMCS
Foreword

With the publication of the 2012 (second edition) Green Plumbing and Mechanical Code Supplement (GPMCS) by the International Associ-
ation of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials (IAPMO), another significant milestone has been reached. The GPMCS, the first and best of its
kind, has updated from the 2010 edition to keep pace with the rapid advancement of sustainable construction practices, and expanded to
address additional opportunities to save water and energy in the areas of lawn irrigation, swimming pools, and car washes.

The GPMCS is a separate document from the Uniform Plumbing and Mechanical Codes and establishes requirements for green building and
water efficiency applicable to plumbing and mechanical systems. The GPMCS serves as an adjunct to the Uniform Codes or any of the
plumbing and mechanical codes used in the U.S.

The GPMCS is designed to facilitate safe and reliable sustainable plumbing and mechanical construction practices. The supplement is not a
“greener” version of the Uniform Codes, but rather serves as a repository for provisions that may be integrated into the Uniform Codes. The
GPMCS is a logical transitional home for green requirements until they are fully accepted by industry and are ready to be included into the code.

The supplement serves as a resource for progressive jurisdictions that are implementing green building and water efficiency programs or
enforcing existing green ordinances. The supplement also serves as a resource for plumbers, contractors, engineers, and manufacturers in
designing and installing green plumbing and mechanical systems.

The Green Plumbing and Mechanical Code Supplement is developed through a consensus process by the Green Technical Committee
(GTC) which is comprised of a diverse group of experts in green plumbing and mechanical fields including water and energy conservation
authorities, plumbers, manufacturers, contractors, engineers, and code authorities.

The public at large is encouraged and invited to participate in the supplement’s development process. The GTC meetings are open to the
public and public input is solicited through a peer review process. This supplement is updated periodically. Information regarding the Supple-
ment and its development is available at IAPMO’s website at www.iapmogreen.org.

The Supplement has broad industry support. The following organizations participated in the development of the 2012 Green Plumbing and
Mechanical Code Supplement and support its scope and purpose:

AWE - Alliance for Water Efficiency – PO Box 804127 • Chicago, IL 60680-4127 • (773) 360-5100
ARCSA - American Rainwater Catchment Systems Association – 919 Congress Avenue, Suite 460 • Austin, TX 78701 • (512) 616528
ASPE - American Society of Plumbing Engineers – 2980 S. River Road, Des Plaines, IL 60018 • (847) 296-0022
ASHRAE - American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers – 1791 Tullie Circle NE • Atlanta, GA 30329 •
(404) 636-8400
ASSE - American Socity of Sanitary Engineers – 901 Canterbury Road, Suite A • Westlake, OH 44145-7201 • (440) 835-3040
Green Mechanical Council – 1701 Pennsylvania Avenue, NW, Suite 300 • (202) 461-2203
Green Plumbers – 4755 E Philadelphia Street • Ontario, CA 91761 • (909) 472-4100
MCAA - Mechanical Contractors Association of America – 1385 Piccard Drive • Rockville, MD 20850 • (301) 869-5800
NEBB - National Environmental Balancing Bureau – 8575 Grovemont Circle • Gaithersburg, MD • (301) 977-3698
PCA - Plumbing Contractors Association – 1385 Piccard Drive • Rockville, MD 20850 • (301) 869-5800
PPFA- Plastic Pipe and Fittings Association – 800 Roosevelt Road, Building C, Suite 312 • Glen Ellyn, IL 60137 • (630) 858-6540
PHCC-NA - Plumbing-Heating-Cooling Contractors Association – PO Box 6808 • Falls Church, VA 22046 • (800) 533-7694
PMI - Plumbing Manufacturers International – 1921 Rohlwing Road, Unit G • Rolling Meadows, IL 60008 • (847) 481-5500
RPA - Radiant Professionals Alliance – 18927 Hickory Creek Drive, Suite 140 • Mokena, IL 60448 • (708) 995-3003
SMACNA - Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors’ National Association – 4201 Lafayette Center Drive • Chantilly, VA 20151 •
(703) 803-2980
SMWIA- Sheet Metal Workers International Association – 1750 New York Avenue, NW, 6th Floor • Washington, DC 20006 • (202) 662-0836
UA - United Association – Three Park Place • Annapolis, MD 21401 • (410) 269-2000
WPC - World Plumbing Council – WPC Secretary • PO Box 810 • Lafayette, IN 47902 • (765) 76-0222

iii
 These lists represent the membership at the time the Committee approved the final text of this edition. Since that
time, changes in the membership may have occurred.

IAPMO Committee for the Awareness and Understanding of a

Sustainable Environment (C.A.U.S.E. Committee)

Michael Durfee, Chairman

County of Salt Lake
Dan Daniels, Pueblo Regional Building Department Rodrigo (Rod) Jara, UA Great Lakes Training Center
William N. Erickson, CJ Erickson Plumbing Company - Ronald Rice, City of St. Paul (Retired)
Representing Mechanical Contractors Association of America Kevin Tindall, Tindall & Ranson Plumbing, Heating & A/C -
Doug Fredericksen, City of Corona Building Department (Retired) Representing Plumbing-Heating-Cooling Contractors-National
Gary Hamilton, United Association Association

IAPMO Green Technical Committee

William N. Erickson, Chairman

CJ Erickson Plumbing Company - Representing
Mechanical Contractors Association of America

EW Bob Boulware, P.E., Design-Aire Engineering, Inc.
David Dias, Sheet Metal Workers’ International Association Local
Union 104
Erik Emblem, Joint Committee on
Herman (Bill) Hoffman, HW Hoffman & Associates
Eli P. Howard, III, Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractor’s
National Association
Jeff Hutcher, City of Oakland, Community and Economic Development
Department
Rodrigo (Rod) Jara, UA Great Lakes Training Center
Jim Kendzel, American Society of Plumbing Engineers
Gary Klein, Affiliated International Management LLC
John Koeller, P.E., Koeller and Company
Jordan Krahenbuhl, Clark County Building Department
James Majerowicz, UA Local 130
Dave Mann, UA Local 342
Tom Meyer, National Environmental Balancing Bureau
Michael Mitchell, City of San Francisco
Larry Oliver, LEED AP, Glumac Engineering
Thomas Pape, Alliance for Water Efficiency
Beverly Potts, Illinois - PHCC
Ronald Rice, City of St. Paul (Retired)
Len Swatkowski, Plumbing Manufacturers International
Amir Tabakh, City of Los Angeles Department of Water and Power
Kevin Tindall, Tindall & Ranson Plumbing, Heating & A/C -
Representing Plumbing-Heating-Cooling Contractors-National
Association
April Trafton, Donald Dickerson Associates
Robert Zimmerman, Kohler Co.

Alternates

Philip Campbell, UA Training Ed Saltzberg, Edward Saltzberg & Associates - Representing American

Peyton Collie, Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractor’s National Society of Plumbing Engineers
Association Phillip Trafton, Donald Dickerson Associates
Lee Mercer, Moen Inc.

David Viola, Staff Secretary, International Association of Plumbing and

Mechanical Officials

iv GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT

 IAPMO Green Technical Committee Task Groups Members

Administration/General Task Group

Jordan Krahenbuhl, Task Group Chair

Clark County Building Department

Erik Emblem, 3E International Inc. James Majerowicz, UA Local 130

William N. Erickson, CJ Erickson Plumbing Company - Michael Mitchell, City of San Francisco
Representing Mechanical Contractors Association Ronald Rice, City of St. Paul (Retired)
of America Michael Steele, Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute
Doug Fredericksen, City of Corona Building Department (Retired) Max Weiss, Weiss Research

Alternate Water Sources – Non-Potable Task Group

Herman (Bill) Hoffman, Task Group Chair

HW Hoffman & Associates

Val Amezquita, Los Angeles Department of Water and Power Mark Meredith, Phoenix Process Equipment Co.
Dan Bacani, Count of Los Angeles Public Health Sarah Minick, San Francisco Water, Power and Sewer
Carlos Borja, County of Los Angeles Public Health Michael Mitchell, City of San Francisco
EW Bob Boulware, P.E., Design-Aire Engineering, Inc. Bill Morris, Charlotte Pipe and Foundry Co.
Jeremy Brown, NSF International Michael Nishida, Syska Hennessey Group
Thomas Bruursema, NSF International Larry Oliver, LEED AP, Glumac Engineering
John Burwell, Xerxes Corporation Tracy Quinn, Natural Resources Defense Council
Philip Campbell, UA Training Shabbir Rawalpindiwala, Kohler Co.
Michael Cudahy, Plastic Pipe and Fittings Association Paul Riedinger, Charlotte Pipe and Foundry Co.
Richard Dickerson, Murray Company Alan Rimer, Black & Veatch
Rebecca Drayse, TreePeople John Roeber, Roeber’s Incorporated – Representing
Erik Emblem, Joint Committee on Energy and Environmental Policy California Plumbing-Heating-Cooling Contractors Association
Vivian Enriquez, CPD, ARUP John Roth, City of Houston Planning and Development (Retired)
Fernando Fernandez, TOTO USA, Inc. Craig Selover, Masco
Jeff Hutcher, City of Oakland Neal Shapiro, City of Santa Monica
Peter Jahrling, Sloan Valve Company Steve Silber, UA Local 342
Dominick Kasmauskas, National Fire Sprinkler Association Michael Steele, Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute
John Koeller, P.E., Koeller and Company Len Swatkowski, Plumbing Manufacturers International
Rachel Kraai, San Francisco Water and Sewer April Trafton, Donald Dickerson Associates
C.J. Lagan, American Standard, Inc. Pauli Undesser, Water Quality Association
Dr. Markus Lenger, Hydrologix Systems LLC Michael Vail, Water Legacy
Michael Luettgen, Kohler Co. Don Vandertulip, P.E., Camp Dresser & McKee Inc.
James Majerowicz, UA Local 130 Max Weiss, Weiss Research

Alternate Water Sources – Potable Task Group

EW Bob Boulware, P.E., Task Group Chair

Design-Aire Engineering, Inc.

Carlos Borja, County of LA Public Health
John Burwell, Xerxes Corporation
Michael Cudahy, Plastic Pipe and Fittings Association
Herman (Bill) Hoffman, HW Hoffman & Associates
James Majerowicz, UA Local 130
Bill Morris, Charlotte Pipe and Foundry Co.
Paul Riedinger, Charlotte Pipe and Foundry Co.
Alan Rimer, Black & Veatch
John Roth, City of Houston Planning and Development (Retired)
Craig Selover, Masco
Michael Steele, Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute
Len Swatkowski, Plumbing Manufacturers International
April Trafton, Donald Dickerson Associates
Eddie Van Giesen, Blue Ridge Atlantic Enterprises
Don Vandertulip, P.E., Camp Dresser & McKee Inc.
Max Weiss, Weiss Research

GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT v

 IAPMO Green Technical Committee Task Groups Members continued

Certification and Verification Task Group

Erik Emblem, Task Group Chair
Joint Committee on Energy and Environmental Policy
EW Bob Boulware, P.E., Design-Aire Engineering, Inc. Jordan Krahenbuhl, Clark County Building Department
Philip Campbell, UA Training James Majerowicz, UA Local 130
David Dias, Sheet Metal Workers’ International Association Local Larry Oliver, LEED AP, Glumac Engineering
Union 104 Michael Steele, Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute
Rodrigo (Rod) Jara, UA International Training Fund Phillip Trafton, Donald Dickerson Associates
Jim Kendzel, American Society of Plumbing Engineers Eddie Van Giesen, Blue Ridge Atlantic Enterprises
John Koeller, P.E., Koeller and Company

Food Waste Management Task Group

Herman (Bill) Hoffman, Task Group Chair

HW Hoffman & Associates
Don Fisher, Fisher-Nickel, Inc. James Majerowicz, UA Local 130
Casey Furlong, InSinkErator Thomas Pape, Alliance for Water Efficiency
Herman (Bill) Hoffman, HW Hoffman & Associates Beverly Potts, Illinois - PHCC
Michael Keleman, InSinkErator Merrill Seiler, Orange County Sanitation District
John Koeller, P.E., Koeller and Company David Zabrowski, ASTM International
Dr. Markus Lenger, Hydrologix Systems LLC Robert Zimmerman, Kohler Co.

Hot Water Task Group

Gary Klein, Task Group Chair

Affiliated International Management LLC

Ron Bradford, Signatures Sales, Inc.
Michael Cudahy, Plastic Pipe and Fittings Association
Dale Drury, Grundfos Pumps
Vivian Enriquez, CPD, ARUP
William N. Erickson, CJ Erickson Plumbing Company -
Representing Mechanical Contractors Association of America
Karen Hobbs, Natural Resources Defense Council
Jim Kemper, Los Angeles Department of Water and Power
C.J. Lagan, American Standard
James Majerowicz, UA Local 130
Dave Mann, UA Local 342
Pat McLaughlin, McLaughlin & Associates Representing – Air-
Conditioning, Heating and Refrigeration Institute
Michael Mitchell, City of San Francisco
Larry Oliver, LEED AP, Glumac Engineering
Thomas Pape, Alliance for Water Efficiency
John Roeber, Roeber’s Incorporated – Representing California Plumbing-
Heating-Cooling ContractorsAssociation
Armando Romero, Los Angeles Department of Water and Power
Ed Saltzberg, Edward Saltzberg & Associates
Craig Selover, Masco
Len Swatkowski, Plumbing Manufacturers International
Kevin Tindall, Tindall & Ranson Plumbing, Heating & A/C -
Representing Plumbing-Heating-Cooling Contractors-National
Association
David Velan, Ecodrain

vi GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT

 IAPMO Green Technical Committee Task Groups Members continued

HVACR Task Group

Tom Meyer, Task Group Chair
National Environmental Balancing Bureau
Peyton Collie, Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractor’s National Pat McLaughlin, McLaughlin & Associates Representing –
Association Air-Conditioning, Heating and Refrigeration Institute
Michael Cudahy, Plastic Pipe and Fittings Association Tom Morton, PIPE/NITC
David Dias, Sheet Metal Workers’ International Association Local Thomas Pape, Alliance for Water Efficiency
Union 104 Jayendra Parikh, Compliance Solutions International Inc.
Erik Emblem, Joint Committee on Energy and Environmental Policy Amir Tabakh, City of Los Angeles Department of Water and Power
Herman (Bill) Hoffman, HW Hoffman & Associates Kevin Tindall, Tindall & Ranson Plumbing, Heating & A/C -
Eli P. Howard, III, Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractor’s Representing Plumbing Heating Cooling Contractors-National
National Association Association
Rodrigo (Rod) Jara, UA International Training Fund Phillip Trafton, Donald Dickerson Associates

Hydronics Task Group

Tom Meyer, Task Group Chair
National Environmental Balancing Bureau
Michael Cudahy, Plastic Pipe and Fittings Association Thomas Pape, Alliance for Water Efficiency
James Majerowicz, UA Local 130

Irrigation Task Group

Thomas Pape, Task Group Chair

Alliance for Water Efficiency
EW Bob Boulware, P.E., Design-Aire Engineering, Inc. Dr. Markus Lenger, Hydrologix Systems LLC
Greg Chick, Ramona’s Plumber Brian Lennon, Irrometer Company, Inc.
Karen Hobbs, Natural Resources Defense Council James Majerowicz, UA Local 130
Herman (Bill) Hoffman, HW Hoffman & Associates Bill McDonnell, Metropolitan Water District
Jill Hoyenga, Eugene Water & Electric Board Brent Mecham, Irrigation Association
Jim Kemper, Los Angeles Department of Water and Power

LCA Task Group

Greg Simmons, Task Group Chair

Charlotte Pipe and Foundry Co.
EW Bob Boulware, P.E., Design-Aire Engineering, Inc. Lee Mercer, Moen, Inc.
Richard Church, Plastic Pipe and Fittings Association Craig Selover, Masco
Michael Cudahy, Plastic Pipe and Fittings Association Billy Smith, Jay R. Smith Mfg. Co.
Dr. Markus Lenger, Hydrologix Systems LLC Len Swatkowski, Plumbing Manufacturers International
William Levan, Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute Max Weiss, Weiss Research
James Majerowicz, UA Local 130 Robert Zimmerman, Kohler Co.

GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT vii

 IAPMO Green Technical Committee Task Groups Members continued

Pipe Sizing Task Group

Dan Cole, Task Group Staff Secretary

IAPMO

Steven Buchberger, PhD, P.E., University of Cincinnati C.J. Lagan, American Standard
Philip Campbell, UA Training Jim Lutz, Lawrence Berkeley National
Raman Chauhan, Chauhan Consulting James Majerowicz, UA Local 130
Richard Dickerson, Murray Company Peter Mayer, Aquacraft
William N. Erickson, CJ Erickson Plumbing Company - Larry Oliver, LEED AP, Glumac Engineering
Representing Mechanical Contractors Association of America Thomas Poerio, Univesco, LLC
Lawrence Galowin, National Institute of Standards and Sally Remedios, Delta Faucet Company
Technology Craig Selover, Masco Corporation
Ron George, Ron George Design & Consulting Services Len Swatkowski, Plumbing Manufacturers International
Jason Hewitt, CB Engineers Ken Tomihiro, Canadian Institute of Plumbing and Heating
Peter Jahrling, Sloan Valve Company April Trafton, Donald Dickerson Associates
Brandt Junker, KLH Engineers, PSC Tim Wolfe, BSA Life Structures
Gary Klein, Affiliated International Management LLC Yanda Zhang, Ph.D., Heschong Mahone Group
John Koeller, P.E., Koeller and Company

Plumbing Water Efficiency Task Group

James Majerowicz, Task Group Chair

UA Local 130

Philip Campbell, UA Training John Koeller, P.E., Koeller and Company

William N. Erickson, CJ Erickson Plumbing Company - Jordan Krahenbuhl, Clark County Building Department
Representing Mechanical Contractors Association of America C.J. Lagan, American Standard
Fernando Fernandez, TOTO USA, Inc. Lee Mercer, Moen, Inc.
Jim Galvin, Plumbing Manufacturers International Thomas Pape, Alliance for Water Efficiency
Ron Grabski, One Source Manufacturer's Representatives, Inc. Shabbir Rawalpindiwala, Kohler Co.
Charles Hernandez, Spears Manufacturing Sally Remedios, Delta Faucet Company
Charles Hettrick, Delta Faucet Company Len Swatkowski, Plumbing Manufacturers International
Herman (Bill) Hoffman, HW Hoffman & Associates Jeff Waterman, Liberty Pumps
Peter Jahrling, Sloan Valve Company Robert Zimmerman, Kohler Co.
Gary Klein, Affiliated International Management LLC

Pools, Spas, Fountains, and Decorative Water Features Task Group

Herman (Bill) Hoffman, Task Group Chair

HW Hoffman & Associates

Nathan Coelho, Master Spas Bill McDonnell, Metropolitan Water District

Carvin DiGiovanni, The Association of Pool & Spa Professionals Ray Mirzaei, Waterway Plastics Inc.
Bruce Grogg, Pool Cover Specialists Jeff Mitchell, Dynasty Pools
Jennifer Hatfield, J. Hatfield & Associates, PL Gary Ortiz, Hayward Pool Products
Herman (Bill) Hoffman, HW Hoffman & Associates Edward Osann, Natural Resources Defense Council
John Koeller, P.E., Koeller and Company Thomas Pape, Alliance for Water Efficiency
Ron Lacher, Pool Engineering, Inc. Craig Selover, Masco
James Majerowicz, UA Local 130 Shajee Siddiqui, Zodiac Pool Systems, Inc.
Mike McCague, Watkins Mfg. - Engineering

viii GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT

 TABLE OF CONTENTS

CHAPTER 1 ADMINISTRATION ......................1 304.1 Disposal .............................................9

101.0 Title, Scope, and General...................1 304.2 Connections to Plumbing System
101.1 Title....................................................1 Required.............................................9
101.2 Purpose ..............................................1 305.0 Abandonment.....................................9
101.3 Plans Required ...................................1 305.1 General...............................................9
101.4 Scope..................................................1 305.2 Underground Tank .............................9
101.5 Appendices ........................................1 306.0 Life Cycle Assessment.......................9
101.6 Referenced Codes and Standards.......1
101.7 Conflicts.............................................2 CHAPTER 4 WATER EFFICIENCY AND
102.0 Alternate Materials, Designs, CONSERVATION .......................11
and Methods of Construction 401.0 General.............................................11
Equivalency .......................................2 401.1 Scope................................................11
102.1 General...............................................2 402.0 Water-Conserving Plumbing
103.0 Plans and Specifications ....................2 Fixtures and Fittings ........................11
103.1 Submission.........................................2 402.1 General.............................................11
103.2 Information on Plans and 402.2 Water Closets ...................................11
Specifications.....................................2 402.3 Urinals..............................................11
104.0 Permit Issuance..................................2
402.4 Residential Kitchen Faucets.............11
104.1 Issuance..............................................2
402.5 Lavatory Faucets..............................11
104.2 Permit Fees ........................................2
402.6 Showers............................................12
105.0 Inspections .........................................2
402.7 Commercial Pre-Rinse
105.1 General...............................................2 Spray Valves ....................................12
106.0 Connection Approval .........................2 402.8 Emergency Safety Showers and
106.1 Connections ......................................2 Eye Wash Stations ...........................12
106.2 Energy Connections ..........................2 402.9 Drinking Fountains ..........................12
106.3 Temporary Connections.....................2 402.10 Water and Drain Pipe Sizing............12
107.0 Maintenance.......................................2 402.11 Installation .......................................12
107.1 General...............................................2
403.0 Appliances .......................................12
107.2 Information Required.........................3
403.1 Dishwashers.....................................12
403.2 Clothes Washers...............................12
CHAPTER 2 DEFINITIONS ..............................5
404.0 Pressure Regulator ...........................12
201.0 General...............................................5
404.1 Installation .......................................12
202.0 Definition of Terms............................5
405.0 Water Softeners and
Treatment Devices ...........................12
CHAPTER 3 GENERAL REGULATIONS.........9
405.1 Water Softeners................................12
301.0 Scope..................................................9
405.2 Water Softener Limitations..............12
302.0 Approval ............................................9
405.3 Point-of-Use Reverse Osmosis
302.1 Plumbing Materials and Systems.......9
Water Treatment Systems ................12
302.2 Mechanical Systems ..........................9
406.0 Occupancy Specific Water
303.0 Installation .........................................9 Efficiency Requirements..................13
303.1 Plumbing and Mechanical Systems ...9 406.1 Commercial Food Service ...............13
303.2 Rehabilitation of Piping Systems.......9 406.2 Medical and Laboratory Facilities ...13
303.3 Qualifications.....................................9
407.0 Leak Detection and Control.............13
304.0 Disposal of Liquid Waste...................9

GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT ix

 407.1 General.............................................13 501.3 Permit...............................................17
408.0 Fountains and Other Water 501.4 Component Identification ................17
Features............................................13 501.5 Maintenance and Inspection ............17
408.1 Use of Alternate Water Source for 501.6 Operation and Maintenance
Special Water Features.....................13 Manual .............................................17
409.0 Meters ..............................................13 501.7 Minimum Water Quality
409.1 Required...........................................13 Requirements ...................................17
409.2 Consumption Data ...........................13 Table 501.5 Minimum Alternate Water Source
409.3 Access ..............................................13 Testing, Inspection, and
Maintenance Frequency...................18
410.0 HVAC Water Efficiency...................14
501.8 Material Compatibility.....................18
410.1 Once-Through Cooling....................14
501.9 System Controls...............................18
410.2 Cooling Towers and Evaporative
Coolers.............................................14 501.10 Commercial, Industrial, and Institu-
tional Restroom Signs......................18
410.3 Cooling Tower Makeup Water.........14
501.11 Inspection and Testing .....................18
410.4 Evaporative Cooler Water Use ........14
501.12 Separation Requirements .................19
410.5 Use of Reclaimed (Recycled) and
On-Site Treated Non-Potable Water 501.13 Abandonment...................................19
for Cooling.......................................14 501.14 Sizing ...............................................20
411.0 Condensate Recovery .....................14 502.0 Gray Water Systems.........................20
412.0 Water-Powered Sump Pumps ..........14 502.1 General.............................................20
413.0 Landscape Irrigation Systems..........14 502.2 Gray Water System ..........................20
413.1 General.............................................14 502.3 Connections to Potable and
413.2 Backflow Protection ........................14 Reclaimed (Recycled)
Water Systems..................................20
413.3 Use of Alterate Water Sources for
Landscape Irrigation ........................15 502.4 Location ...........................................20
413.4 Irrigation Control Systems...............15 502.5 Plot Plan Submission .......................20
413.5 Low Flow Irrigation.........................15 Table 502.4 Location of Gray Water System.......20
413.6 Mulched Planting Areas...................15 502.6 Prohibited Location .........................20
413.7 System Performance Requirements.15 502.7 Drawings and Specifications ...........20
413.8 Narrow or Irregularly Shaped Land- 502.8 Procedure for Estimating Gray
scape Areas ......................................15 Water Discharge...............................21
413.9 Sloped Areas ....................................15 502.9 Gray Water System Components .....21
413.10 Sprinkler Head Installations ............15 502.10 Subsurface Irrigation System
Zones................................................22
413.11 Irrigation Zone Performance
Criteria .............................................15 Table 502.10 Design of Six Typical Soils .............22
413.12 Qualifications...................................16 502.11 Subsurface and Subsoil Irrigation
Field, and Mulch Basin Design
414.0 Trap Seal Protection.........................16
and Construction..............................22
414.1 Water Supplied Trap Primers...........16
Table 502.11.1 Subsurface Irrigation Design
414.2 Drainage Type Trap Seal Primer Criteria for Six Typical Soils ...........23
Devices ............................................16
Table 502.11.3 Subsoil Irrigation Field
415.0 Automated Vehicle Wash Facilities .16 Construction.....................................23
502.12 Gray Water System Color and
CHAPTER 5 ALTERNATE WATER SOURCES Marking Information .......................23
FOR NON-POTABLE 502.13 Special Provisions............................23
APPLICATIONS.........................17
502.14 Testing..............................................24
501.0 General.............................................17
502.15 Maintenance.....................................24
501.1 Scope................................................17
503.0 Reclaimed (Recycled) Water
501.2 System Design .................................17 Systems ............................................24

x GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT

 503.1 General.............................................24 505.8 Rainwater Catchment Water
503.2 Permit...............................................24 System Color and Marking
Information ......................................26
503.3 System Changes...............................24
505.9 Design and Installation ....................26
503.4 Connections to Potable or
Reclaimed (Recycled) Water Table 505.9.5.4 Minimum Water Quality ..................27
Systems ............................................24 505.10 Signs ................................................28
503.5 Initial Cross-Connection Test ..........24 505.11 Inspection and Testing .....................28
503.6 Reclaimed (Recycled) Water
System Materials .............................24 CHAPTER 6 WATER HEATING DESIGN,
503.7 Reclaimed (Recycled) Water EQUIPMENT, AND
System Color and Marking INSTALLATION .........................29
Information ......................................24 601.0 General.............................................29
503.8 Valves...............................................24 601.1 Scope................................................29
503.9 Installation .......................................24 601.2 Insulation .........................................29
503.10 Signs ................................................25 601.3 Recirculation Systems .....................29
503.11 Inspection and Testing .....................25 602.0 Service Hot Water – Low-Rise
Residential Buildings.......................29
504.0 On-Site Treated Non-Potable
602.1 General.............................................29
Water Systems..................................25
602.2 Water Heaters and Storage Tanks ....29
504.1 General.............................................25
602.3 Recirculation Systems .....................30
504.2 Plumbing Plan Submission ..............25
602.4 Central Water Heating Equipment ...30
504.3 System Changes...............................25
602.5 Insulation .........................................30
504.4 Connections to Potable or
602.6 Hard Water .......................................30
Reclaimed (Recycled) Water
Systems ............................................25 602.7 Maximum Volume of Hot Water......30
504.5 Initial Cross-Connection Test ..........25 603.0 Service Hot Water – Other Than
Low-Rise Residential Buildings ......30
504.6 On-Site Treated Non-Potable
603.1 General.............................................30
Water System Materials ...................25
603.2 Service Water Heating .....................30
504.7 On-Site Treated Non-Potable
Water Devices and Systems.............25 Table 602.7 Water Volume for Distribution
Piping Materials...............................30
504.8 On-Site Treated Non-Potable
Water System Color and Marking Table 603.4.2 Performance Requirements for
Information ......................................25 Water Heating Equipment................31
603.3 Compliance Path(s)..........................32
504.9 Valves...............................................25
603.4 Mandatory Provisions......................32
504.10 Design and Installation ....................25
603.5 Prescriptive Path ..............................33
504.11 Signs ................................................26
603.6 Submittals ........................................33
504.12 Inspection and Testing .....................26
604.0 Solar Water Heating Systems ..........33
505.0 Non-Potable Rainwater Catchment
Systems ............................................26 604.1 General.............................................33
505.1 General.............................................26 604.2 Annual Inspection and
Maintenance.....................................33
505.2 Plumbing Plan Submission ..............26
605.0 Hard Water ......................................33
505.3 System Changes...............................26
605.1 Softening and Treatment..................33
505.4 Connections to Potable or
606.0 Drain Water Heat Exchangers..........33
Reclaimed (Recycled) Water
Systems ............................................26
505.5 Initial Cross-Connection Test ..........26 CHAPTER 7 HEATING, VENTILATION, AND
AIR-CONDITIONING SYSTEMS
505.6 Sizing ...............................................26 AND EQUIPMENT - ENERGY
505.7 Rainwater Catchment System EFFICIENCY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35
Materials ..........................................26 701.0 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35
701.1 Scope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35

GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT xi

 702.0 Heating, Ventilation, and Air-
Conditioning Low-Rise Residential
Buildings..........................................35
702.1 General.............................................35
702.2 Heating, Ventilating, and Air-
Conditioning Systems and
Equipment........................................35
702.3 Balancing .........................................35
702.4 Ducts ................................................35
702.5 Insulation for Piping ........................35
702.6 Ventilation and Combustion Air ......35
702.7 Electric Heating Systems.................35
Table 702.5 Minimum Pipe Insulation
Thickness .........................................36
Table 702.6.1 Ventilation Air..................................36
702.8 Bath Ceiling Units ...........................36
702.9 HVAC Equipment, Rated
Combinations...................................36
Table 702.9 Minimum Requirements for
Non-Federally Covered
HVAC Equipment ............................37
702.10 Controls............................................37
702.11 Whole House Fans...........................37
702.12 Attic Fans.........................................37
702.13 Dampers...........................................37
703.0 Heating, Ventilation, and Air-
Conditioning – Other Than
Low-Rise Residential Buildings ......37
703.1 General.............................................37
703.2 Compliance Path(s)..........................38
703.3 Simplified Approach Option for
HVAC Systems ................................38
Table 703.3.2 Eliminate Required Economizer
By Increasing Cooling Efficiency....39
703.4 Mandatory Provisions......................39
Table 703.4.3.4.3 Maximum Damper Leakage ............43
Table 703.4.4.2(1) Minimum Duct Seal Level...............46
Table 703.4.4.2(2) Duct Seal Levels ..............................46
703.5 Prescriptive Path ..............................46
Table 703.5.1(1) Minimum Fan-Cooling Unit Size for
Which An Economizer is Required
for Comfort Cooling ........................47
Table 703.5.1(2) Minimum Fan-Cooling Unit Size for
Which an Economizer is Required for
Computer Rooms........................................47
Table 703.5.1.1.3(1) High-Limit Shutoff Control
Options for Air Economizers ..............47
Table 703.5.1.1.3(2) High-Limit Shutoff Control
Settings for Air Economizers..............48
Table 703.5.3.1.1(1) Fan Power Limitation ............................51
xii
Table 703.5.3.1.1(2) Fan Power Limitation Pressure
Drop Adjustment .....................................51
Table 703.5.4.5 Piping System Design Maximum Flow
Rate in GPM ................................................53
Table 703.5.6.1 Energy Recovery Requirement.................54
Table 703.5.7.1.3 Maximum Net Exhaust Flow Rate, CFM
Per Linear Foot of Hood Length...............55
Table 703.5.9 Hot Gas Bypass Limitation..............56
703.6 Alternative Compliance Path
(Not Used)...........................................56
703.7 Submittals ...........................................56
703.8 Minimum Equipment Efficiency
Tables ..................................................57
704.0 Solar Energy Systems.........................57
705.0 Geothermal Systems...........................57
705.1 General ................................................57
Table 703.8.1(1) Electronically Operated Unitary
Air Conditioners and Condensing
Units – Minimum Efficiency
Requirements ............................................58
Table 703.8.1(2) Electronically Operated Unitary
and Applied Heat Pumps – Minimum
Efficiency Requirements ....................61
Table 703.8.1(3) Water Chilling Packages –
Efficiency Requirements..................63
Table 703.8.1(4) Electronically Operated Packaged
Terminal Air Conditioners,
Packaged Terminal Single-
Packed Vertical Air Conditioners,
Single-Package Vertical Heat
Pumps, Room Air Conditioners,
and Room Air Conditioner Heat
Pumps – Minimum Efficiency
Requirements ...................................64
Table 703.8.1(5) Warm Air Furnaces and
Combination Warm Air Furnaces/
Air-Conditioning Units, Warm Air
Duct Furnaces, and Unit Heaters .....66
Table 703.8.1(6) Gas- and Oil-Fired Boilers, Minimum
Efficiency Requirements..................67
Table 703.8.1(7) Performance Requirements for
Heat Rejection Equipment...............68
Table 703.8.1(8) Heat Transfer Equipment....................69
Table 703.8.1(9) Electronically Operated Variable
Refrigerant Flow Air Conditioners –
Minimum Efficiency Requirements.69
Table 703.8.1(10) Electronically Operated Variable
Refrigerant Flow Air-to-Air and
Applied Heat Pumps – Minimum
Efficiency Requirements..................70
Table 703.8.1(11) Air Conditioners and Condensing
Units Serviing Computer Rooms.....72
GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT
 Table 703.8.2(1) Minimum Duct Insulation R-Value, 902.0 Qualifications...................................81
Cooling and Heating Only Supply 902.1 General.............................................81
Ducts and Return Ducts......................73
Table 703.8.2(2) Minimum Duct Insulation R-Value,
CHAPTER 10 SWIMMING POOLS, SPAS,
Combined Heating and Cooling AND HOT TUBS ........................83
Supply Ducts and Return Ducts .........74
1001.0 General.............................................83
Table 703.8.3A Minimum Pipe Insulation
Thickness Heating and Hot Water 1001.1 Practices...........................................83
Systems ...............................................75 1001.2 On and Off Switch ...........................83
Table 703.8.3B Minimum Pipe Insulation Thickness 1001.3 Covers ..............................................83
Cooling Systems (Chilled Water, Brine, 1001.4 Time Switches..................................83
and Refrigerant) ..................................76
CHAPTER 11 REFERENCED STANDARDS ...85
CHAPTER 8 INDOOR ENVIRONMENT . . . . .77 1101.0 General.............................................85
801.0 General.............................................77 1101.1 Standards..........................................85
801.1 Scope................................................77 Table 1101.1 Referenced Standards ......................85
802.0 Fireplaces.........................................77
802.1 Requirements ...................................77 APPENDICES TABLE OF CONTENTS...................91
803.0 Pollutant Control..............................77
Appendix A Method of Calculating
803.1 Indoor Air Quality During Water Savings ..................................93
Construction.....................................77
Appendix B Potable Rainwater Catchment
803.2 Isolation of Pollutant Sources..........77 Systems ............................................97
803.3 Filters ...............................................77 Appendix C Heating, Ventilation, Air-
803.4 Ozone Depletion and Global Conditioning Systems
Warming Reductions........................78 Commissioning ..............................101
804.0 Indoor Moisture Control ..................78
804.1 Rainwater Control............................78 INDEX .................................................151
805.0 Indoor Air Quality for Low-Rise
Residential Buildings.......................78
805.1 General.............................................78
Table 805.1.3.1 Ventilation Air Requirements ..........79
Table 805.1.3.1.1 Ventilation Effectiveness for
Intermittent Fans..............................79
805.2 Bathroom Exhaust Fans...................80
805.3 Filters ...............................................80
806.0 Indoor Air Quality for Other than
Low-Rise Residential Buildings ......80
806.1 Minimum Indoor Air Quality...........80
807.0 Environmental Comfort ...................80
807.1 Thermal Comfort Controls ..............80
807.2 Heating and Air-Conditioning System
Design ..............................................80
808.0 Low VOC Solvent Cement
and Primer........................................80
808.1 General.............................................80

CHAPTER 9 INSTALLER
QUALIFICATIONS.....................81
901.0 General.............................................81
901.1 Scope................................................81

GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT xiii

xiv GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT
 CHAPTER 1
ADMINISTRATION
101.0 Title, Scope, and General.
101.1 Title. This document shall be known as the “IAPMO
Green Plumbing and Mechanical Code Supplement,” shall be
cited as such, and will be referred to herein as “this supplement.”
101.2 Purpose. The purpose of this supplement is to
provide a comprehensive set of technically sound provisions
that encourage sustainable practices and works towards
enhancing the design and construction of plumbing and
mechanical systems that result in a positive long-term envi-
ronmental impact. This supplement is not intended to circum-
vent the health, safety and general welfare requirements of
the codes referenced in Section 101.6.
101.3 Plans Required. The Authority Having Jurisdiction
shall be permitted to require the submission of plans, speci-
fications, drawings, and such other information as the
Authority Having Jurisdiction may deem necessary, prior to
the commencement of, and at any time during the progress
of, any work regulated by this supplement. The issuance of a
permit upon plans and specifications shall not prevent the
Authority Having Jurisdiction from thereafter requiring the
correction of errors in said plans and specifications or from
preventing construction operations being carried on there-
under when in violation of this supplement or of any other
pertinent ordinance or from revoking any certificate of
approval when issued in error.
101.4 Scope. The provisions of this supplement applies to
the erection, installation, alteration, repair, relocation, replace-
ment, addition to, use, or maintenance of plumbing and
mechanical systems covered by the scope of this supplement
within this jurisdiction.
101.4.1 Repairs and Alterations. In existing build-
ings or premises in which plumbing and mechanical
installations that were designed and installed in accor-
dance with this supplement are to be altered, repaired, or
renovated, deviations from the provisions of this supple-
ment are permitted, provided such deviations are found
to be necessary and are first approved by the Authority
Having Jurisdiction.
101.4.2 Existing Construction. No provision of this
supplement shall be deemed to require a change in any
portion of a plumbing or mechanical system or any other
work regulated by this supplement in or on an existing
building or lot when such work was installed and is
maintained in accordance with law in effect prior to the
effective date of this supplement, except when any such
plumbing or mechanical system is determined by the
Authority Having Jurisdiction to be in fact dangerous,
unsafe, insanitary, a nuisance or a menace to life, health,
or property.
101.5 Appendices. The provisions in the appendices are
intended to augment the requirements of this supplement and
GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT
shall not be considered part of this supplement unless
formally adopted as such.
101.6 Referenced Codes and Standards. The codes
and standards referenced elsewhere in this supplement shall
be considered part of the requirements of this supplement to
the prescribed extent of each such reference.
101.6.1 Building. The provisions of the building code
shall apply to the construction, alteration, movement,
enlargement, replacement, repair, use and occupancy,
location, maintenance, removal and demolition of every
structure or any appurtenances connected or attached to
such buildings or structures.
101.6.2 Electrical. The provisions of the electrical
code shall apply to the installation of electrical systems,
including but not limited to, alterations, repair, replace-
ment, equipment, appliances, fixtures, fittings, and
appurtenances thereto.
101.6.3 Mechanical. The provisions of the mechan-
ical code shall apply to the installation, alterations, repair
and replacement of mechanical systems, including equip-
ment, appliances, including ventilating, heating, cooling,
air-conditioning and refrigeration systems. Where a
mechanical code is not adopted or where the content of
the mechanical code adopted by the jurisdiction is not
applicable, then mechanical code shall mean the Uniform
Mechanical Code (UMC) promulgated by the Interna-
tional Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials
(IAPMO).
101.6.4 Plumbing. The provisions of the plumbing code
shall apply to the installation, alteration, repair and replace-
ment of plumbing systems, including equipment, appli-
ances, fixtures, fittings and appurtenances. Where a
plumbing code is not adopted or where the content of the
plumbing code adopted by the jurisdiction is not applicable,
then plumbing code shall mean the Uniform Plumbing
Code (UPC) promulgated by the International Association
of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials (IAPMO).
101.6.5 Solar. Solar energy systems shall be installed
in accordance with the Uniform Solar Energy Code
(USEC) promulgated by the International Association of
Plumbing and Mechanical Officials (IAPMO).
101.6.6 Swimming Pool. The provisions of the swim-
ming pool code shall apply to the erection, installation,
alteration, repair, relocation, replacement, addition to,
use and maintenance of swimming pools, spas, or hot tub
systems. Where a swimming pool code is not adopted or
where the content of the swimming pool code adopted
by the jurisdiction is not applicable, then swimming pool
code shall mean the Uniform Swimming Pool, Spa &
Hot Tub Code (USPSHTC) promulgated by the Interna-
tional Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials
(IAPMO).
1
ADMINISTRATION
101.7 Conflicts. Where, in any specific case, different
sections of this supplement or referenced standards specify
different materials, methods of construction, or other require-
ments, the most restrictive shall govern as determined by the
Authority Having Jurisdiction. When there is a conflict
between a general requirement and a specific requirement,
the specific requirement shall be applicable. [UMC:101.3.1]
102.0 Alternate Materials, Designs, and Methods of
Construction Equivalency.
102.1 General. Nothing in this supplement is intended to
prevent the use of systems, methods, or devices of equivalent
or superior quality, strength, fire resistance, effectiveness,
durability, and safety over those prescribed by this supple-
ment. Technical documentation shall be submitted to the
Authority Having Jurisdiction to demonstrate equivalency.
The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall have the authority to
approve or disapprove the system, method, or device for the
intended purpose.
However, the exercise of this discretionary approval by
the Authority Having Jurisdiction shall have no effect beyond
the jurisdictional boundaries of said Authority Having Juris-
diction. Any alternate material or method of construction so
approved shall not be considered as conforming to the
requirements, intent or both of this supplement for any
purpose other than that granted by the Authority Having Juris-
diction when the submitted data does not prove equivalency.
[UPC:301.2]
103.0 Plans and Specifications.
103.1 Submission. Plans, engineering calculations,
diagrams, and other data shall be submitted in one or more
sets with each application for a permit. The Authority Having
Jurisdiction shall be permitted to require plans, computations,
and specifications to be prepared by, and the plumbing
designed by, an engineer or architect licensed by the state to
practice as such. [UPC:103.2.1]
Exception: The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall be
permitted to waive the submission of plans, calculations, or
other data if the Authority Having Jurisdiction finds that the
nature of the work applied for is such that reviewing of plans
is not necessary to obtain compliance within this supplement.
103.2 Information on Plans and Specifications. Plans
and specifications shall be drawn to scale upon substantial
paper or cloth and shall indicate the location, nature, and
extent of the work proposed and show in detail that it is in
accordance with to the provisions of this supplement and rele-
vant laws, ordinances, rules, and regulations. [UPC:103.2.2]
103.2.1 Supplemental Information. Supplemental
information necessary to verify compliance with this
supplement, such as calculations, worksheets, compli-
ance forms, product listings, or other data, shall be made
available when required by the Authority Having Juris-
diction.
104.0 Permit Issuance.
2 GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT
104.1 Issuance. The application, plans, and specifications
and other data filed by an applicant for a permit shall be
reviewed by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Such plans
shall be permitted to be reviewed by other departments of this
jurisdiction to verify compliance with applicable laws under
their jurisdiction. Where the Authority Having Jurisdiction
finds that the work described in an application for permit and
the plans, specifications, and other data filed therewith are in
accordance with the requirements of the supplement and other
pertinent laws and ordinances, and that the applicable fees
have been paid, the Authority Having Jurisdiction shall issue
a permit therefore to the applicant.
Where the Authority Having Jurisdiction issues the
permit where plans are required, the Authority Having Juris-
diction shall endorse in writing or stamp the plans and spec-
ifications “APPROVED.” Such approved plans and
specifications shall not be changed, modified, or altered
without authorization from the Authority Having Jurisdiction,
and the work shall be done in accordance with approved
plans. [UPC:103.3]
104.2 Permit Fees. The fees shall be determined and
adopted by the Authority Having Jurisdiction.
105.0 Inspections.
105.1 General. Plumbing and mechanical systems for
which a permit is required by this supplement or the appli-
cable code shall be inspected by the Authority Having Juris-
diction. No portion of any plumbing or mechanical system
shall be concealed until inspected and approved. Neither the
Authority Having Jurisdiction nor the jurisdiction shall be
liable for expense entailed in the removal or replacement of
material required to permit inspection. When the installation
of a plumbing or mechanical system is complete, an addi-
tional and final inspection shall be made.
106.0 Connection Approval.
106.1 Connections. No person shall make connection to
any plumbing system regulated by this supplement for which
a permit is required unless approved by the Authority Having
Jurisdiction.
106.2 Energy Connections. No person shall make
connections from a source of energy or fuel to any system or
equipment regulated by this supplement and for which a
permit is required until approved by the Authority Having
Jurisdiction.
106.3 Temporary Connections. The Authority Having
Jurisdiction shall be permitted to authorize temporary connec-
tion of the plumbing or mechanical equipment to the source
of energy or fuel for the purpose of testing the equipment.
107.0 Maintenance.
107.1 General. Plumbing and mechanical systems, mate-
rials, and appurtenances, both existing and new, and parts
thereof shall be maintained in proper operating condition in
 ADMINISTRATION

accordance with the original design and in a safe and hazard-

free condition. Devices or safeguards that are required by this
supplement shall be maintained in conformance with the
supplement edition under which installed. The owner or the
owner’s designated agent shall be responsible for mainte-
nance of plumbing and mechanical systems and equipment.
To determine compliance with this subsection, the Authority
Having Jurisdiction shall be permitted to cause a plumbing
or mechanical system or equipment to be reinspected.
107.2 Information Required. Information, such as manu-
facturer’s instructions, owner’s manuals or other information
shall be provided for all products and systems that require
regular maintenance to achieve the effective use of energy
and water. A maintenance schedule that includes clear instruc-
tions of the maintenance action and makes reference to the
owner’s manual shall be required and made available.

GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT 3

4 GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT
 CHAPTER 2
DEFINITIONS
201.0 General.
For the purpose of this supplement, the following terms have
the meanings indicated in this chapter.
No attempt is made to define ordinary words, which are used
in accordance with their established dictionary meanings,
except where a word has been used loosely and it is necessary
to define its meaning as used in this supplement to avoid
misunderstanding.
The definitions of terms are arranged alphabetically according
to the first word of the term.
202.0 Definition of Terms.
203.0 –A–
Accessible. When applied to a fixture, connection, appli-
ance, or equipment, “accessible” means having access
thereto, but which first may require the removal of an access
panel, door, or similar obstruction. [UPC:203.0]
Alternate Water Source. Non-potable source of water that
includes but not limited to gray water, on-site treated non-
potable water, rainwater, and reclaimed (recycled) water.
Authority Having Jurisdiction. The organization, office,
or individual responsible for enforcing the requirements of a
code or standard, or for approving equipment, materials,
installations, or procedures. The Authority Having Jurisdic-
tion shall be a federal, state, local, or other regional depart-
ment or an individual such as a plumbing official, mechanical
official, labor department official, health department official,
building official, or others having statutory authority. In the
absence of a statutory authority, the Authority Having Juris-
diction may be some other responsible party. This definition
shall include the Authority Having Jurisdiction’s duly author-
ized representative. [UPC:203.0]
204.0 –B–
Building Code. The building code that is adopted by the
jurisdiction.
205.0 –C–
Catch Can Test. Method to measure the precipitation rate
of an irrigation system by placing catchment containers at
various random positions in the irrigation zone for a
prescribed amount of time during irrigation application. The
volumes of water in the containers are measured, averaged
and calculated to determine precipitation rate. Tests are
conducted using irrigation industry accepted practices.
Combination Ovens. A device that combines the function
of hot air convection (oven mode) and saturated and super-
heated steam heating (steam mode), or both, to perform
steaming, baking, roasting, rethermalizing, and proofing of
various food products. In general, the term combination oven
GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT
is used to describe this type of equipment, which is self
contained. The combination oven is also referred to as a
combination oven/steamer, combi or combo.
Conditioned Space. An area, room, or space normally
occupied and being heated or cooled for human habitation by
any equipment. [UMC:205.0]
Cycles of Concentration for Cooling Towers. Cycles
of concentration equals the specific conductance of the water
in the cooling tower basin divided by the combined flow
weighted average specific conductance of the makeup
water(s) to the cooling tower.
206.0 –D–
Debris Excluder. A device installed on the rainwater catch-
ment conveyance system to prevent the accumulation of
leaves, needles, or other debris in the system.
Dry Weather Runoff. Water that flows along a surface, in
a channel or sub-surface including groundwater seepage, and
is not associated with a rainwater catchment system or
stormwater catchment system.
207.0 –E–
Electrical Code. The electrical code that is adopted by the
jurisdiction.
Energy Efficiency Ratio (EER). The ratio of net cooling
capacity in British thermal units per hour (Btu/h) to total
rate of electric input in watts under designated operating
conditions.
Energy Star. A joint program of the U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency and the U.S. Department of Energy.
Energy Star is a voluntary program designed to identify and
promote energy-efficient products and practices.
Evapotranspiration (ET). The combination of water tran-
spired from vegetation and evaporated from the soil, water,
and plant surfaces. Evapotranspiration rates are expressed in
inches per day, week, month, or year. Evapotranspiration
varies by climate and time of year. Common usage includes
Evapotranspiration as the base rate (water demand of 4-6 inch
tall cool season grass), with coefficients for specific plant
types. Evapotranspiration rates are used as a factor in esti-
mating the irrigation water needs of landscapes. Local agri-
culture extension, state departments of agriculture, water
agencies, irrigation professionals, and internet websites are
common sources for obtaining local Evapotranspiration rates.
208.0 –F–
Food Steamers (Steam Cookers). A cooking appliance
wherein heat is imparted to food in a closed compartment by
direct contact with steam. The compartment can be at or above
atmospheric pressure. The steam can be static or circulated.
5
DEFINITIONS
209.0 –G–
Gang Showers (non-residential). Shower compartments
designed and intended for use by multiple persons simulta-
neously in non-residential occupancies.
Geothermal. Renewable energy generated by deep-earth.
Gray Water. Untreated waste water that has not come into
contact with toilet waste, kitchen sink waste, dishwasher
waste or similarly contaminated sources. Gray water includes
waste water from bathtubs, showers, lavatories, clothes
washers and laundry tubs. Also known as grey water,
graywater, and greywater.
Gray Water Diverter Valve. A valve that directs gray
water to the sanitary drainage system or to a subsurface
irrigation system.
210.0 –H–
Heating Seasonal Performance Factor (HSPF). The
total heating output of a heat pump during its normal annual
usage period for heating (in Btu) divided by the total electric
energy input during the same period.
Hydrozone. A grouping of plants with similar water require-
ments that are irrigated by the same irrigation zone.
211.0 –I–
Integrated Energy Efficiency Ratio (IEER). A single
number figure of merit expressing cooling part-load EER effi-
ciency for commercial unitary air-conditioning and heat pump
equipment on the basis of weighted operation at various load
capacities for the equipment.
Integrated Part-Load Value (IPLV). A single-number
figure of merit based on part-load EER, COP, or kW/ton
expressing part-load efficiency for air-conditioning and heat
pump equipment on the basis of weighted operation at various
load capacities for the equipment.
Irrigation Demand. The amount of irrigation water not
supplied by natural precipitation that is needed to maintain
landscape plant life in good condition. Irrigation demand
is calculated by subtracting natural effective precipitation
from the ET rate adjusted by the crop coefficient of the plant
being irrigated.
Irrigation Emission Device. The various landscape irri-
gation equipment terminal fittings or outlets that emit water
for irrigating vegetation in a landscape.
Irrigation Zone. The landscape area that is irrigated by a
set of landscape irrigation emission devices installed on the
same water supply line downstream of a single valve.
212.0 –J–
No Definitions.
213.0 –K–
Kitchen and Bar Sink Faucets. A faucet that discharges
into a kitchen or bar sink in domestic or commercial
installations. Supply fittings that discharge into other type
6 GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT
sinks, including clinic sinks, floor sinks, service sinks and
laundry trays are not included.
214.0 –L–
Lavatory. 1) a basin or vessel, for washing. 2) a plumbing
fixture, as above, especially placed for use in personal
hygiene. Principally not used for laundry purposes and never
used for food preparation, or utensils, in food services. 3) a
fixture designed for the washing of the hands and face. Some-
times called a wash basin.
Lavatory Faucet. A faucet that discharges into a lavatory
basin in a domestic or commercial installation.
Listed (Third-party Certified). Equipment or materials
included in a list published by a listing agency (accredited
conformity assessment body) that maintains periodic inspec-
tion on current production of listed equipment or materials
and whose listing states either that the equipment or material
complies with approved standards or has been tested and
found suitable for use in a specified manner. [UPC:214.0]
Listing Agency. An agency accredited by an independent
and authoritative conformity assessment body to operate a
material and product listing and labeling (certification)
system and that is accepted by the Authority Having Juris-
diction, which is in the business of listing or labeling. The
system includes initial and ongoing product testing, a peri-
odic inspection on current production of listed (certified)
products, and makes available a published report of such
listing in which specific information is included that the mate-
rial or product conforms to applicable standards and found
safe for use in a specific manner. [UPC:214.0]
Low Application Rate Irrigation. A means of irrigation
using Low Precipitation Rate Sprinkler Heads or Low Flow
Emitters in conjunction with cycling irrigation schedules to
apply water at a rate less than the soil absorption rate.
Low Flow Emitter. Low flow irrigation emission device
designed to dissipate water pressure and discharge a small
uniform flow or trickle of water at a constant flow rate. To be
classified as a Low Flow Emitter: drip emitters shall
discharge water at less than 4 gallons (15 L) per hour per
emitter; micro-spray, micro-jet and misters shall discharge
water at a maximum of 30 gallons (113 L) per hour per
nozzle.
Low Precipitation Rate Sprinkler Heads. Landscape
irrigation emission devices or sprinkler heads with maximum
precipitation rate of 1 inch per hour over the applied irrigation
area.
215.0 –M–
Maintenance. The upkeep of property or equipment by the
owner of the property in compliance with the requirements
of this supplement.
Mechanical Code. The mechanical code that is adopted by
the jurisdiction. Where a mechanical code is not adopted or
where the content of the mechanical code adopted by the
jurisdiction is not applicable, then mechanical code shall
mean the Uniform Mechanical Code (UMC) promulgated by

the International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical
Officials (IAPMO).
Metering Faucet. A self-closing faucet that dispenses a
specific volume of water for each actuation cycle. The
volume or cycle duration can be fixed or adjustable.
Minimum Efficiency Reporting Value (MERV). Filter
minimum efficiency reporting value, based on ASHRAE
52.2.
Mulch. Organic materials, such as wood chips and fines, tree
bark chips, and pine needles that are used in a mulch basin to
conceal gray water outlets and permit the infiltration of gray
water.
Mulch Basin. A subsurface catchment area for gray water
that is filled with mulch and of sufficient depth and volume
to prevent ponding, surfacing or runoff.
Multi-Occupant Spaces. Indoor spaces used for presen-
tations and training, including classrooms and conference
rooms.
216.0 –N–
No Definitions.
217.0 –O–
On-Site Treated Non-Potable Water. Non-potable water,
that has been collected, treated, and intended to be used on-
site and is suitable for direct beneficial use. Sources for on-
site treated non-potable water include but are not limited to
gray water; black water; rainwater; stormwater; reclaimed
(recycled) water; swimming pool backwash; condensate;
cooling tower blow-down water; foundation drainage; fluid
cooler discharge water; food steamer discharge water; combi-
nation oven discharge water; industrial process water; fire
pump test water and dry weather runoff.
218.0 –P–
Plumbing Code. The plumbing code that is adopted by the
jurisdiction. Where a plumbing code is not adopted or where
the content of the plumbing code adopted by the jurisdiction
is not applicable, then plumbing code shall mean the Uniform
Plumbing Code (UPC) promulgated by the International
Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials (IAPMO).
Potable Water. Water that is satisfactory for drinking, culi-
nary, and domestic purposes and that meets the requirements
of the Health Authority Having Jurisdiction.
Precipitation Rate. The sprinkler head application rate of
water applied to landscape irrigation zone, measured as
inches (millimeters) per hour. Precipitation rates of sprinkler
heads are calculated according to the flow rate, pattern and
spacing of the sprinkler heads.
Pre-Rinse Spray Valve. A handheld device for use with
commercial dishwashing and ware washing equipment that
sprays water on dishes, flatware, and other food service items
for the purpose of removing food residue before cleaning and
sanitizing the items.
GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT
DEFINITIONS
219.0 –Q–
Quick-Disconnect Device. A hand-operated device that
provides a means for connecting and disconnecting a hose to
a water supply and that is equipped with a means to shut off
the water supply when the device is disconnected.
220.0 –R–
Rainwater. Natural precipitation that has contacted a rooftop
or other man-made above ground surface and has not been
put to beneficial use.
Rainwater Catchment System. A system that collects
and stores rainwater for the intended purpose of beneficial
use. Also known as Rain Water Harvesting System.
Recirculation System. A system of hot water supply and
return piping with shutoff valves, balancing valves, circu-
lating pumps, and a method of controlling the circulating
system.
Reclaimed (Recycled) Water. Non-potable water
provided by a water/wastewater utility that, as a result of
treatment of domestic wastewater, meets requirements of the
Authority Having Jurisdiction for its intended uses.
Roof Washer. A device or method for removal of sediment
and debris from a collection surface by diverting initial rain-
fall from entry into the cistern(s). Also known as a first flush
device.
Run Out. The developed length of pipe that extends away
from the circulating loop system to a fixture(s).
221.0 –S–
Seasonal Energy Efficiency Ratio (SEER). The total
cooling output of an air conditioner during its normal annual
usage period for cooling (in Btu) divided by the total electric
energy input during the same period (in Wh).
Self Closing Faucet. A faucet that closes itself after the
actuation or control mechanism is deactivated. The actuation
or control mechanism can be mechanical or electronic.
Single Occupant Spaces. Private offices, workstations
in open offices, reception workstations, and ticket booths.
Soil Absorption Rate. The rate of the soil’s ability to allow
water to percolate or infiltrate the soil and be retained in the
root zone of the soil, expressed as inches (millimeters) per hour.
Sprinkler Head. Landscape irrigation emission device
discharging water in the form of sprays or rotating streams,
not including Low Flow Emitters.
Storage Tank. The central component of the rainwater,
stormwater or dry weather runoff catchment system. Also
known as a cistern or rain barrel.
Stormwater. Natural precipitation that has contacted a
surface at grade or below grade and has not been put to bene-
ficial use.
Stormwater Catchment System. A system that collects
and stores stormwater for a beneficial use.
Submeter. A meter installed subordinate to a site meter.
Also known as a dedicated meter.
7
DEFINITIONS

Subsoil Irrigation Field. Gray water irrigation field

installed in a trench within the layer of soil below the topsoil.
This system is typically used for irrigation of deep rooted
plants.
Subsurface Irrigation Field. Gray water irrigation field
installed below finished grade within the topsoil.
Surge Tank. A reservoir to modify the fluctuation in flow
rates to allow for uniform distribution of gray water to the
points of irrigation.

222.0 –T–
No definitions.

223.0 –U–
No definitions.

224.0 –V–
No definitions.

225.0 –W–
WaterSense. A voluntary program of the U.S. Environ-
mental Protection Agency designed to identify and promote
water-efficient products and practices.
Water Closet. A fixture with a water-containing receptor
that receives liquid and solid body waste and on actuation
conveys the waste through an exposed integral trap into a
drainage system. Also referred to as a toilet.
Water Factor (WF). A measurement and rating of appli-
ance water efficiency, most often used for residential and light
commercial clothes washers, as follows:
Clothes Washer (residential and commercial).
The quantity of water in gallons used to complete a full
wash and rinse cycle per measured cubic foot capacity
of the clothes container.
Water/Wastewater Utility. A public or private entity which
may treat, deliver or do both functions to reclaimed (recy-
cled) water, potable water, or both to wholesale or retail
customers.

226.0 –X–
No definitions.

227.0 –Y–
No definitions.

228.0 –Z–
No definitions.

8 GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT

 CHAPTER 3
GENERAL REGULATIONS

301.0 Scope. 304.2 Connections to Plumbing System Required.

This chapter covers the general requirements for plumbing Plumbing fixtures, drains, appurtenances, and appliances,
and mechanical systems covered by this supplement. Such used to receive or discharge liquid wastes or sewage, shall be
systems shall be in accordance with the requirements of this connected properly to the drainage system of the building or
supplement, the plumbing code and the mechanical code. premises, in accordance with the requirements of the
plumbing code and this supplement.
305.0 Abandonment.
302.0 Approval.
305.1 General. Every abandoned system or part thereof
302.1 Plumbing Materials and Systems. Pipe, pipe
covered under the scope of this supplement shall be discon-
fittings, traps, fixtures, material, and devices used in a
nected from any remaining systems, drained, plugged, and
plumbing system shall be listed or labeled (third-party certi-
capped in an approved manner.
fied) by a listing agency (accredited conformity assessment
body) and shall comply to approved applicable recognized 305.2 Underground Tank. Every underground water
standards referenced in this supplement and the plumbing storage tank that has been abandoned or otherwise discon-
code, and shall be free from defects. Plastic pipe and the tinued from use in a system covered under the scope of this
fittings used for plastic pipe, other than those for gas, shall supplement shall be completely drained and filled with earth,
meet the requirements of NSF 14. Unless otherwise provided sand, gravel, concrete, or other approved material or removed
for in this supplement, materials, fixtures, or devices used or in a manner satisfactory to the Authority Having Jurisdiction.
entering into the construction of plumbing systems, or parts
thereof, shall be submitted to the Authority Having Jurisdic- 306.0 Life Cycle Assessment. Reserved.
tion for approval. [UPC:301.1]
302.2 Mechanical Systems. Mechanical equipment and
appliances shall be approved by the Authority Having Juris-
diction or comply with the applicable nationally referenced
standards as evidenced by the listing and label of an approved
agency.

303.0 Installation.
303.1 Plumbing and Mechanical Systems. Plumbing
and mechanical systems covered by this supplement shall be
installed in a manner conforming to the plumbing, mechan-
ical, other applicable codes, and the manufacturer’s installa-
tion and operating instructions.
303.2 Rehabilitation of Piping Systems. When pres-
sure piping systems are rehabilitated using an epoxy lining
system it shall meet ASTM F2831.
303.3 Qualifications. Where permits are required, the
Authority Having Jurisdiction shall have the authority to
require contractors, installers, or service technicians to
demonstrate competency. Where determined by the Authority
Having Jurisdiction, the contractor, installer or service tech-
nician shall be licensed to perform such work.

304.0 Disposal of Liquid Waste.

304.1 Disposal. It shall be unlawful for any person to cause,
suffer, or permit the disposal of sewage, human excrement, or
other liquid wastes, in any place or manner, except through
and by means of an approved drainage system, installed and
maintained in accordance with the provisions of the plumbing
code and this supplement.

GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT 9

10 GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT
 CHAPTER 4
WATER EFFICIENCY AND CONSERVATION

401.0 General. accordance with ASME A112.19.2/CSA B45.1 or ASME

401.1 Scope. The provisions of this chapter establish the A112.19.14 and shall also be listed to the EPA
means of conserving potable and non-potable water used in WaterSense Tank-Type High Efficiency Toilet Specifi-
and around a building. cation. The effective flush volume for dual flush toilets
is defined as the composite, average flush volume of two
reduced flushes and one full flush.
402.0 Water-Conserving Plumbing Fixtures and 402.2.2 Flushometer-Valve Activated Water
Fittings. Closets. Flushometer-valve activated water closets
402.1 General. The maximum water consumption of shall have a maximum flush volume of not more than 1.6
fixtures and fixture fittings shall comply with the flow rates gallons (6.1 L) of water per flush in accordance with
specifiied in Table 402.1 and Section 402.2 through Section ASME A112.19.2/CSA B45.1.
402.9. 402.2.3 Composting Toilets. Reserved.
402.2 Water Closets. No water closet shall have a flush 402.3 Urinals. Urinals shall have a maximum flush volume
volume exceeding 1.6 gallons per flush (gpf) (6.1 Lpf). of not more than 0.5 gallon (1.9 L) of water per flush in accor-
402.2.1 Gravity, Pressure Assisted and Electro- dance with ASME A112.19.2/CSA B45.1 or IAPMO Z124.9.
Hydraulic Tank Type Water Closets. Gravity, pres- Flushing urinals shall be listed to the EPA WaterSense
sure assisted, and electro-hydraulic tank type water Flushing Urinal Specification.
closets shall have a maximum effective flush volume of 402.3.1 Nonwater Urinals. Nonwater urinals shall
not more than 1.28 gallons (4.84 L) of water per flush in comply with ASME A112.19.3/CSA B45.4, ASME
A112.19.19/CSA B45.4 or IAPMO Z124.9. Nonwater
TABLE 402.1 urinals shall be cleaned and maintained in accordance
MAXIMUM FIXTURE AND FIXTURE FITTINGS FLOW RATES with the manufacturer’s instructions after installation.
Where nonwater urinals are installed they shall have a
FIXTURE TYPE FLOW RATE
water distribution line roughed-in to the urinal location at
Showerheads 2.0 gpm @ 80 psi1 a height not less than 56 inches (1422 mm) above
Kitchen faucets residential5 1.8 gpm @ 60 psi finished floor to allow for the installation of an approved
backflow prevention device in the event of a retrofit.
Lavatory faucets residential 1.5 gpm @ 60 psi Such water distribution lines shall be installed with
Lavatory faucets other than shutoff valves located as close as possible to the distrib-
0.5 gpm @ 60 psi
residential uting main to prevent the creation of dead ends. Where
Metering faucets 0.25 gallons/cycle nonwater urinals are installed, not less than one water
supplied fixture rated at not less than 1 drainage fixture
0.25 [rim space (in.)/20 gpm unit (DFU) shall be installed upstream on the same drain
Metering faucets for wash fountains
@ 60 psi] line to facilitate drain line flow and rinsing.
2.2 [rim space (in.)/20 gpm 402.4 Residential Kitchen Faucets. The maximum flow
Wash fountains
@ 60 psi] rate of residential kitchen faucets shall not exceed 1.8 gallons
Water Closets - other than remote per minute (gpm) (0.11 L/s) at 60 pounds-force per square inch
1.28 gallons/flush2
locations4 (psi) (414 kPa). Kitchen faucets are permitted to temporarily
Water Closets - remote locations4 1.6 gallons/flush increase the flow above the maximum rate, but not to exceed
2.2 gpm (0.77 L/s) at 60 psi ( 414 kPa), and must revert to a
Urinals 0.5 gallons/flush3 maximum flow rate of 1.8 gpm (0.11 L/s) at 60 psi (414 kPa)
Commercial Pre-Rinse Spray upon valve closure.
1.3 gpm @ 60 psi
Valves 402.5 Lavatory Faucets. The maximum water flow rate of
faucets shall be in accordance with Section 402.5.1 and
1 For multiple showerheads serving one shower compartment see Section
402.6.2
Section 402.5.2.
2 Shall also be listed to EPA WaterSense Tank-Type High Efficiency
402.5.1 Lavatory Faucets in Residences, Apart-
Toilet Specification. ments, and Private Bathrooms in Lodging Facil-
3 Shall also be listed to EPA WaterSense Flushing Urinal Specification.
ities, Hospitals, and Patient Care Facilities. The
Nonwater urinals shall meet the specifications listed in Section 402.3.1.
4 Remote location is where a water closet is located at least 30 feet flow rate for lavatory faucets installed in residences,
upstream of the nearest drain line connections or fixtures, and is located apartments, and private bathrooms in lodging, hospitals,
where less than 1.5 drainage fixture units are upstream of the water and patient care facilities (including skilled nursing and
closet’s drain line connection. long-term care facilities) shall not exceed 1.5 gpm (0.09
5 See Section 402.4.

GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT 11

WATER EFFICIENCY AND CONSERVATION
L/s) at 60 psi (414 kPa) in accordance with ASME
A112.18.1/CSA B125.1 and shall be listed to the U.S.
EPA WaterSense High-Efficiency Lavatory Faucet Spec-
ification.
402.5.2 Lavatory Faucets in Other Than Resi-
dences, Apartments, and Private Bathrooms in
Lodging Facilities. Lavatory faucets installed in bath-
rooms of buildings or occupancies other than those spec-
ified in Section 402.5.1 shall be in accordance with
Section 402.5.2.1 or Section 402.5.2.2.
402.5.2.1 Maximum Flow Rate. The flow rate
shall not exceed 0.5 gpm (0.03 L/s) at 60 psi (414
kPa) in accordance with ASME A112.18.1/CSA
B125.1.
402.5.2.2 Metering Faucets. Metering faucets
shall deliver not more than 0.25 gallons (0.95 L) of
water per cycle.
402.6 Showers.
402.6.1 Showerheads. Showerheads shall comply
with the requirements of the Energy Policy Act of 1992,
except that the flow rate shall not exceed 2.0 gpm
(0.13 L/s) at 80 psi (552 kPa), when listed to ASME
A112.18.1/CSA B125.1.
402.6.2 Multiple Showerheads Serving One
Shower Compartment. The total allowable flow rate
of water from multiple showerheads flowing at any given
time, with or without a diverter, including rain systems,
waterfalls, bodysprays, and jets, shall not exceed 2.0 gpm
(0.13 L/s) per shower compartment, where the floor area
of the shower compartment is less than 1800 square
inches (1.161 m2). For each increment of 1800 square
inches (1.161 m2) of floor area thereafter or part thereof,
additional showerheads are allowed, provided the total
flow rate of water from all flowing devices shall not
exceed 2.0 gpm (0.13 L/s) for each such increment.
Exceptions:
(1) Gang showers in non-residential occupancies.
Singular showerheads or multiple shower outlets
serving one showering position in gang showers shall
not have more than 2.0 gpm (0.13 L/s) total flow.
(2) Where provided, accessible shower compartments
shall not be permitted to have more than 4.0 gpm
(0.25 L/s) total flow, where one outlet is the hand
shower. The hand shower shall have a control with
a nonpositive shutoff feature.
402.6.3 Bath and Shower Diverters. The rate of
leakage out of the tub spout of bath and shower diverters
while operating in the shower mode shall not exceed 0.1
gpm (0.006 L/s) in accordance with ASME
A112.18.1/CSA B125.1.
402.6.4 Shower Valves. Shower valves shall meet the
temperature control performance requirements of ASSE
1016 or ASME A112.18.1/CSA B125.1 when tested at
2.0 gpm (0.13 L/s).
402.7 Commercial Pre-Rinse Spray Valves. The flow
rate for a pre-rinse spray valve installed in a commercial
12
kitchen to remove food waste from cookware and dishes prior
to cleaning shall not be more than 1.3 gpm (0.08 L/s) at 60 psi
(414 kPa). Where pre-rinse spray valves with maximum flow
rates of 1.0 gpm (0.06 L/s) or less are installed, the static pres-
sure shall be not less than 30 psi (207 kPa). Commercial
kitchen pre-rinse spray valves shall be equipped with an inte-
gral automatic shutoff.
402.8 Emergency Safety Showers and Eye Wash
Stations. Emergency safety showers and emergency eye
wash stations shall not be limited in their water supply flow
rates.
402.9 Drinking Fountains. Drinking fountains shall be
self-closing.
402.10 Water and Drain Pipe Sizing. Reserved
402.11 Installation. Water-conserving fixtures and fixture
fittings shall be installed in accordance with the manufac-
turers’ instructions to maintain their rated performance.
403.0 Appliances.
403.1 Dishwashers. Residential and commercial dish-
washers shall be in accordance with the Energy Star program
requirements.
403.2 Clothes Washers. Residential clothes washers shall
be in accordance with the Energy Star program requirements.
Commercial clothes washers shall be in accordance with
Energy Star program requirements, where such requirements
exist.
404.0 Pressure Regulator.
404.1 Installation. Pressure regulators shall be installed in
accordance with the plumbing code.
405.0 Water Softeners and Treatment Devices.
405.1 Water Softeners. Actuation of regeneration of water
softeners shall be by demand initiation. Water softeners shall
be listed to NSF/ANSI Standard 44. Water softeners shall
have a rated salt efficiency exceeding 3400 grains (gr)
(0.2200 kg) of total hardness exchange per pound (lb)
(0.5 kg) of salt, based on sodium chloride (NaCl) equivalency,
and shall not generate more than 5 gallons (19 L) of water per
1000 grains (0.0647 kg) of hardness removed during the
service cycle.
405.2 Water Softener Limitations. In residential build-
ings, where the supplied potable water hardness is equal to
or less than 8 grains per gallon (gr/gal) (137 mg/L) measured
as total calcium carbonate equivalents, water softening equip-
ment that discharges water into the wastewater system during
the service cycle shall not be allowed, except as required for
medical purposes.
405.3 Point-of-Use Reverse Osmosis Water Treat-
ment Systems. Reverse osmosis water treatment systems
installed in residential occupancies shall be equipped with
automatic shutoff valves to prevent discharge when there is no
call for producing treated water. Reverse osmosis water treat-
ment systems shall be listed to meet NSF/ANSI Standard 58.
GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT

406.0 Occupancy Specific Water Efficiency Require-
ments.
406.1 Commercial Food Service.
406.1.1 Ice Makers. Ice makers shall be air cooled and
shall be in accordance with Energy Star for commercial
ice machines.
406.1.2 Food Steamers. All steamers shall consume
not more than 5.0 gallons (19 L) per hour per steamer
pan in the full operational mode.
406.1.3 Combination Ovens. Combination ovens
shall not consume more than 3.5 gph (13 L/h) per pan in
the full operational mode.
406.1.4 Grease Interceptors. Grease interceptor
maintenance procedures shall not include post-
pumping/cleaning refill using potable water. Refill shall
be by connected appliance accumulated discharge only.
406.1.5 Dipper Well Faucets. Where dipper wells
are installed, the water supply to a dipper well shall have
a shutoff valve and flow control. The flow of water into
a dipper well shall be limited by at least one of the
following methods:
(1) Maximum Continuous Flow. Water flow shall
not exceed the water capacity of the dipper well in
one minute at supply pressure of 60 psi (414 kPa),
and the maximum flow shall not exceed 2.2 gpm
(0.14 L/s) at a supply pressure of 60 psi (414 kPa).
The water capacity of a dipper well shall be the
maximum amount of water that the fixture can hold
before water flows into the drain.
(2) Metered Flow. The volume of water dispensed
into a dipper well in each activation cycle of a self
closing fixture fitting shall not exceed the water
capacity of the dipper well, and the maximum flow
shall not exceed 2.2 gpm (0.14 L/s) at a supply pres-
sure of 60 psi (414 kPa).
406.2 Medical and Laboratory Facilities.
406.2.1 Steam Sterilizers. Controls shall be installed
to limit the discharge temperature of condensate or water
from steam sterilizers to 140°F (60°C) or less. Venturi-
type vacuum system shall not be utilized with vacuum
sterilizers.
406.2.2 X-Ray Film Processing Units. Processors
for X-ray film exceeding 6 inches (152 mm) in any
dimension shall be equipped with water recycling units.
406.2.3 Exhaust Hood Liquid Scrubber
Systems. Liquid scrubber systems for exhaust hoods
and ducts shall be of the recirculation type. Liquid
scrubber systems for perchloric acid exhaust hoods and
ducts shall be equipped with a timer-controlled water
recirculation system. The collection sump for perchloric
acid exhaust systems shall be designed to automatically
drain after the wash down process has completed.
GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT
WATER EFFICIENCY AND CONSERVATION
407.0 Leak Detection and Control.
407.1 General. Where installed, leak detection and control
devices shall comply with IAPMO IGC115. Note: Leak
detection and control devices help protect property from
water damage and also conserve water by shutting off the
flow when leaks are detected.
408.0 Fountains and Other Water Features.
408.1 Use of Alternate Water Source for Special
Water Features. Special water features such as ponds and
water fountains shall be provided with reclaimed (recycled)
water, rainwater, or on-site treated non-potable water where
the source and capacity is available on the premises and
approved by the Authority Having Jurisdiction.
409.0 Meters.
409.1 Required. A water meter shall be required for build-
ings connected to a public water system, including munici-
pally supplied reclaimed (recycled) water. In other than
single-family houses, multi-family structures of three stories
or fewer above grade, and modular houses, a separate meter
or submeter shall be installed in the following locations:
(1) The water supply for irrigated landscape with an accu-
mulative area exceeding 2500 square feet (232 m2).
(2) The makeup water supply to cooling towers, evaporative
condensers, and fluid coolers.
(3) The makeup water supply to one or more boilers collec-
tively exceeding 1 000 000 British thermal units per hour
(Btu/h) (293 kW).
(4) The water supply to a water-using process where the
consumption exceeds 1000 gallons per day (gal/d)
(0.0438 L/s), except for manufacturing processes.
(5) The water supply to each building on a property with
multiple buildings where the water consumption exceeds
500 gal/d (0.021 L/s).
(6) The water supply to an individual tenant space on a prop-
erty where any of the following applies:
(a) Water consumption exceeds 500 gal/d (0.021 L/s)
for that tenant.
(b) Tenant space is occupied by a commercial laundry,
cleaning operation, restaurant, food service, medical
office, dental office, laboratory, beauty salon, or
barbershop.
(c) Total building area exceeds 50 000 square feet
(4645 m2).
(7) A makeup water supply to a swimming pool.
(8) The makeup water supply to an evaporative cooler
having an air flow exceeding 30 000 cubic feet per
minute (ft3/min) (14 158.2 L/s).
409.2 Consumption Data. A means of communicating
water consumption data from submeters to the water
consumer shall be provided.
409.3 Access. Meters and submeters shall be accessible.
13
410.0 HVAC Water Efficiency.
410.1 Once-Through Cooling. Once-through cooling
using potable water is prohibited.
410.2 Cooling Towers and Evaporative Coolers.
Cooling towers and evaporative coolers shall be equipped
with makeup water and blow down meters, conductivity
controllers and overflow alarms. Cooling towers shall be
equipped with efficiency drift eliminators that achieve drift
reduction to 0.002 percent of the circulated water volume for
counterflow towers and 0.005 percent for cross-flow towers.
410.3 Cooling Tower Makeup Water. Not less than five
cycles of concentration is required for air-conditioning
cooling tower makeup water having a total hardness of less
than 11 gr/gal (188 mg/L) expressed as calcium carbonate.
Not less than 3.5 cycles of concentration is required for air-
conditioning cooling tower makeup water having a total hard-
ness equal to or exceeding 11 gr/gal (188 mg/L) expressed as
calcium carbonate.
Exception: Air-conditioning cooling tower makeup water
having discharge conductivity range not less than 7 gr/gal
(120 mg/L) to 9 gr/gal (154 mg/L) of silica measured as
silicon dioxide.
410.4 Evaporative Cooler Water Use. Evaporative
cooling systems (also known as swamp coolers) shall use less
than 3.5 gallons (13.2 L) of water per ton-hour of cooling
when system controls are set to maximum water use. Water
use, expressed in maximum water use per ton-hour of
cooling, shall be marked on the device and included in
product user manuals, product information literature, and
installation instructions. Water use information shall be
readily available at the time of code compliance inspection.
410.4.1 Overflow Alarm. Cooling systems shall be
equipped with an overflow alarm to alert building
owners, tenants, or maintenance personnel when the
water refill valve continues to allow water to flow into
the reservoir when the reservoir is already full. The alarm
shall have a minimum sound pressure level rating of 85
dBa measured at a distance of 10 feet.
410.4.2 Automatic Pump Shut-Off. Cooling
systems shall automatically cease pumping water to the
evaporation pads when airflow across evaporation pads
ceases.
410.4.3 Cooler Reservoir Discharge. A water
quality management system (either timer or water quality
sensor) is required. Where timers are used, the time
interval between discharge of reservoir water shall be set
to 6 hours or greater of cooler operation. Where water
quality sensors are used, the discharge of reservoir water
shall be set for greater 800 ppm or greater of TDS.
Continuous discharge or continuous bleed systems are
prohibited.
410.4.4 Discharge Water Reuse. Discharge water
shall be reused where appropriate applications exist on
site. Where a nonpotable water source system exists on
site, evaporative cooler discharge water shall be collected
and discharged to such collection system.
14
Exception: Where the reservoir water adversely affects
the quality of the nonpotable water supply making the
nonpotable water unusable for its intended purposes.
410.4.5 Discharge Water to Drain. Where discharge
water is not recovered for reuse, the sump overflow line
shall not be directly connected to a drain. Where the
discharge water is put into a sanitary drain, a minimum 6
inch (152 mm) air gap is required between the termination
of the discharge line and the drain opening. The discharge
line shall terminate in a location that is readily visible to
the building owner, tenants, or maintenance personnel.
410.5 Use of Reclaimed (Recycled) and On-Site
Treated Non-Potable Water for Cooling. Where
approved for use by the water/wastewater utility and the
Authority Having Jurisdiction, reclaimed (recycled) or on-
site treated non-potable water shall be permitted to be used for
industrial and commercial cooling or air-conditioning.
410.5.1 Drift Eliminator. A drift eliminator shall be
utilized in a cooling system, utilizing alternate sources
of water, where the aerosolized water may come in
contact with employees or members of the public.
410.5.2 Disinfection. A biocide shall be used to treat
the cooling system recirculation water where the recy-
cled water may come in contact with employees or
members of the public.
411.0 Condensate Recovery. Condensate is permitted to
be used as on-site treated non-potable water where collected,
stored and treated in accordance with Section 504.0.
412.0 Water-Powered Sump Pumps. Sump pumps
powered by potable or reclaimed (recycled) water pressure
shall only be used as an emergency backup pump. The water-
powered pump shall be equipped with a battery powered
alarm having a minimum rating of 85 dBa at 10 feet (3048
mm). Water-powered pumps shall have a water efficiency
factor of pumping at least 1.4 gallons (5.3 L) of water to a
height of 10 feet (3048 mm) for every gallon of water used to
operate the pump, measured at a water pressure of 60 psi (414
kPa). Pumps shall be clearly labeled as to the gallons of water
pumped per gallon of potable water consumed.
Water-powered stormwater sump pumps shall be
equipped with a reduced pressure principle backflow preven-
tion assembly.
413.0 Landscape Irrigation Systems.
413.1 General. Where landscape irrigation systems are
installed, they shall use low application irrigation methods
and comply with Sections 413.2 through 413.13. Require-
ments limiting the amount or type of plant material used in
landscapes shall be established by the Authority Having Juris-
diction.
Exception: Plants grown for food production.
413.2 Backflow Protection. Potable water and reclaimed
water supplies to landscape irrigation systems shall be
GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT

protected from backflow in accordance with the plumbing
code and Authority Having Jurisdiction.
413.3 Use of Alternate Water Sources for Landscape
Irrigation. Where available by pre-existing treatment,
storage or distribution network, and where approved by the
Authority Having Jurisdiction, alternative water source(s)
complying with Chapter 5 shall be utilized for landscape irri-
gation. Where adequate capacity and volumes of pre-existing
alternative water sources are available, the irrigation system
shall be designed to use minimum of 75 percent of alternative
water for the annual irrigation demand before supplemental
potable water is used.
413.4 Irrigation Control Systems. Where installed as
part of a landscape irrigation system, irrigation control
systems shall:
413.4.1 Automatically adjust the irrigation schedule to
respond to plant water needs determined by weather or
soil moisture conditions.
413.4.2 Utilize sensors to suspend irrigation during a
rainfall.
413.4.3 Utilize sensors to suspend irrigation when
adequate soil moisture is present for plant growth.
413.4.4 Have the capability to program multiple and
different run times for each irrigation zone to enable
cycling of water applications and durations to mitigate
water flowing off of the intended irrigation zone.
413.4.5 The site specific settings of the irrigation control
system affecting the irrigation and shall be posted at the
control system location. The posted data, where appli-
cable to the settings of the controller, shall include:
(1) Precipitation rate for each zone.
(2) Plant evapotranspiration coefficients for each zone.
(3) Soil absorption rate for each zone.
(4) Rain sensor settings.
(5) Soil moisture setting.
(6) Peak demand schedule including run times for each
zone and the number of cycles to mitigate runoff and
monthly adjustments or percentage.
413.5 Low Flow Irrigation. Irrigation zones using low
flow irrigation shall be equipped with filters sized for the irri-
gation emission devices, and with a pressure regulator
installed upstream of the irrigation emission devices as neces-
sary to reduce the operating water pressure meeting manu-
facturers’ equipment requirements.
413.6 Mulched Planting Areas. Only low volume emit-
ters are allowed to be installed in mulched planting areas with
vegetation taller than 12 inches (305 mm).
413.7 System Performance Requirements. The land-
scape irrigation system shall be designed and installed to:
(1) Prevent irrigation water from runoff out of the irrigation
zone.
(2) Prevent water in the supply-line drainage from draining
out between irrigation events.
(3) Not allow irrigation water to be applied onto or enter non-
GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT
WATER EFFICIENCY AND CONSERVATION
targeted areas including: adjacent property and vegeta-
tion areas, adjacent hydrozones not requiring the irriga-
tion water to meet its irrigation demand, non-vegetative
areas, impermeable surfaces, roadways, and structures.
413.8 Narrow or Irregularly Shaped Landscape
Areas. Narrow or irregularly shaped landscape areas, less
than 4 feet (1219 mm) in any direction across any opposing
boundaries shall not be irrigated by any irrigation emission
device except low flow emitters.
413.9 Sloped Areas. Where soil surface rises more than 1
foot (305 mm) per 4 feet (1219 mm) of length, the irrigation
zone system average precipitation rate shall not exceed 0.75
inches (19 mm) per hour as verified through either of the
following methods:
(a) manufacturer documentation that the precipitation rate
for the installed sprinkler head does not exceed 0.75
inches (19 mm) per hour where the sprinkler heads are
installed no closer than the specified radius and where
the water pressure of the irrigation system is no greater
than the manufacturer’s recommendations.
(b) catch can testing in accordance with the requirements of
the Authority Having Jurisdiction and where emitted
water volume is measured with a minimum of 6 catch-
ment containers at random places within the irrigation
zone for a minimum of 15 minutes to determine the
average precipitation rate, expressed as inches per hour.
413.10 Sprinkler Head Installations. All installed sprin-
kler heads shall be low precipitation rate sprinkler heads.
413.10.1 Sprinkler Heads in Common Irrigation
Zones. Sprinkler heads installed in irrigation zones
served by a common valve shall be limited to applying
water to plants with similar irrigation needs, and shall
have matched precipitation rates (identical inches of
water application per hour as rated or tested, plus or
minus 5 percent).
413.10.2 Sprinkler Head Pressure Regulation.
Sprinkler heads shall utilize pressure regulating devices
(as part of irrigation system or integral to the sprinkler
head) to maintain manufacturer’s recommended oper-
ating pressure for each sprinkler and nozzle type.
413.10.3 Pop-up Type Sprinkler Heads. Where
pop-up type sprinkler heads are installed, the sprinkler
heads shall rise to a height of not less than 4 inches (102
mm) above the soil level when emitting water.
413.11 Irrigation Zone Performance Criteria. Irriga-
tion zones shall be designed and installed to ensure the
average precipitation rate of the sprinkler heads over the irri-
gated area does not exceed 1.0 inch per hour as verified
through either of the following methods:
(a) manufacturer’s documentation that the precipitation rate
for the installed sprinkler head does not exceed 1.0
inches per hour where the sprinkler heads are installed
no closer that the specified radius and where the water
pressure of the irrigation system is no greater than the
manufacturer’s recommendations.
(b) catch can testing in accordance with the requirements of
15
WATER EFFICIENCY AND CONSERVATION

the Authority Having Jurisdiction and where emitted

water volume is measured with a minimum of 6 catch-
ment containers at random places within the irrigation
zone for a minimum of 15 minutes to determine the
average precipitation rate, expressed as inches per hour.
413.12 Qualifications. The Authority Having Jurisdiction
shall have the authority to require landscape irrigation
contractors, installers, or designers to demonstrate compe-
tency. Where required by the Authority Having Jurisdiction,
the contractor, installer, or designer shall be certified to
perform such work.

414.0 Trap Seal Protection.

414.1 Water Supplied Trap Primers. Water supplied trap
primers shall be electronic or pressure activated and shall use
no more than 30 gallons (114 L) per year per drain. Where an
alternate water source, as defined by this code, is used for
fixture flushing or other uses in the same room, the alternate
water source shall be used for the trap primer water supply.
Exception: Flushometer tailpiece trap primers complying
with IAPMO PS 76 are exempted from the provisions of this
section.
414.2 Drainage Type Trap Seal Primer Devices.
Drainage type trap seal primer devices shall not be limited in
the amount of water they discharge.

415.0 Vehicle Wash Facilities. The maximum make-up

water use for automobile washing shall not exceed 40 gallons
(151 L) per vehicle for in-bay automatic car washes and 35
gallons (132 L) for conveyor and express type car washes.
Spray wands and foamy brushes shall use no more than 3.0
gpm (0.06 L/s). Spot-free reverse osmosis discharge (reject)
water shall be recycled. Towel ringers shall have a positive
shut-off valve. Spray nozzles shall be replaced annually.
Exemption: Bus and large commercial vehicles washes are
exempt from the requirements in this section.

16 GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT

 CHAPTER 5
ALTERNATE WATER SOURCES FOR NON-POTABLE APPLICATIONS
501.0 General.
501.1 Scope. The provisions of this chapter shall apply to
the construction, alteration, and repair of alternate water
source systems for non-potable applications.
501.1.1 Allowable Use of Alternate Water. Where
approved or required by the Authority Having Jurisdic-
tion, alternate water sources (reclaimed (recycled) water,
rainwater, gray water and onsite treated non-potable
water) shall be permitted to be used in lieu of potable
water for the applications identified in this chapter.
501.2 System Design. Alternate water source systems
complying with this chapter shall be designed by a person
registered or licensed to perform plumbing design work or
who demonstrates competency to design the alternate water
source system as required by the Authority Having Jurisdic-
tion. Components, piping, and fittings used in any alternate
water source system shall be listed.
Exceptions:
(1) A person registered or licensed to perform plumbing
design work is not required to design rainwater catch-
ment systems used for irrigation with a maximum
storage capacity of 360 gallons (1363 L).
(2) A person registered or licensed to perform plumbing
design work is not required to design rainwater catch-
ment systems for single family dwellings where all
outlets, piping, and system components are located on
the exterior of the building.
(3) A person registered or licensed to perform plumbing
design work is not required to design gray water systems
having a maximum discharge capacity of 250 gallons per
day (gal/d) (15.77 L/s) for single family and multi-family
dwellings.
(4) A person registered or licensed to perform plumbing design
work is not required to design an on-site treated non-
potable water system for single family dwellings having a
maximum discharge capacity of 250 gal/d (15.77 L/s).
501.3 Permit. It shall be unlawful for any person to
construct, install, alter, or cause to be constructed, installed,
or altered any alternate water source system in a building or
on a premise without first obtaining a permit to do such work
from the Authority Having Jurisdiction.
Exceptions:
(1) A permit is not required for exterior rainwater catchment
systems used for outdoor drip and subsurface irrigation
with a maximum storage capacity of 360 gallons (1363 L).
(2) A plumbing permit is not required for rainwater catch-
ment systems for single family dwellings where all
outlets, piping, and system components are located on
the exterior of the building. This does not exempt the
GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT
need for permits if required for electrical connections,
tank supports, or enclosures.
501.4 Component Identification. System components
shall be properly identified as to the manufacturer.
501.5 Maintenance and Inspection. Alternate water
source systems and components shall be inspected and main-
tained in accordance with Section 501.5.1 through Section
501.5.3.
501.5.1 Frequency. Alternate water source systems
and components shall be inspected and maintained in
accordance with Table 501.5 unless more frequent
inspection and maintenance is required by the manufac-
turer.
501.5.2 Maintenance Log. A maintenance log for
gray water, rainwater, and on-site treated non-potable
water systems is required to have a permit in accordance
with Section 501.3 and shall be maintained by the prop-
erty owner and be available for inspection. The property
owner or designated appointee shall ensure that a record
of testing, inspection and maintenance as required by
Table 501.5 is maintained in the log. The log will indi-
cate the frequency of inspection and maintenance for
each system.
501.5.3 Maintenance Responsibility. The required
maintenance and inspection of alternate water source
systems shall be the responsibility of the property owner,
unless otherwise required by the Authority Having Juris-
diction.
501.6 Operation and Maintenance Manual. An opera-
tion and maintenance manual for gray water, rainwater, and
on-site treated water systems required to have a permit in
accordance with Section 501.3 shall be supplied to the
building owner by the system designer. The operating and
maintenance manual shall include the following:
(1) Detailed diagram of the entire system and the location of
system components.
(2) Instructions on operating and maintaining the system.
(3) Details on maintaining the required water quality as
determined by the Authority Having Jurisdiction.
(4) Details on deactivating the system for maintenance,
repair, or other purposes.
(5) Applicable testing, inspection, and maintenance frequen-
cies as required by Table 501.5.
(6) A method of contacting the manufacturer(s).
501.7 Minimum Water Quality Requirements. The
minimum water quality for alternate water source systems shall
meet the applicable water quality requirements for the intended
application as determined by the Authority Having Jurisdic-
tion. Water quality for non-potable rainwater catchment
17
ALTERNATE WATER SOURCES FOR NON-POTABLE APPLICATIONS

TABLE 501.5 (3) Water treatment is not required for rainwater catchment
MINIMUM ALTERNATE WATER SOURCE TESTING, systems used for subsurface or drip irrigation.
INSPECTION, AND MAINTENANCE FREQUENCY 501.8 Material Compatibility. Alternate water source
systems shall be constructed of materials that are compatible
DESCRIPTION MINIMUM FREQUENCY
with the type of pipe and fitting materials, water treatment,
Inspect and clean filters and Every 3 months and water conditions in the system.
screens, and replace (if necessary)
501.9 System Controls. Controls for pumps, valves, and
Inspect and verify that disinfection, In accordance with manu-
filters and water quality treatment facturer’s instructions, and
other devices that contain mercury that come in contact with
devices and systems are operational the Authority Having Juris- alternate water source water supply shall not be permitted.
and maintaining minimum water diction 501.10 Commercial, Industrial, and Institutional
quality requirements as determined Restroom Signs. A sign shall be installed in all restrooms
by the Authority Having Jurisdiction
in commercial, industrial, and institutional occupancies using
Inspect and clear debris from rain- Every 6 months reclaimed (recycled) water, on-site treated water, and non-
water gutters, downspouts, and roof potable rainwater for water closets, urinals, or both. Each sign
washers
shall contain ½ inch (12.7 mm) letters of a highly visible color
Inspect and clear debris from roof Every 6 months on a contrasting background. The location of the sign(s) shall
or other aboveground rainwater
collection surfaces be such that the sign(s) shall be visible to all users. The loca-
tion of the sign(s) shall be approved by the Authority Having
Remove tree branches and vegeta- As needed
tion overhanging roof or other Jurisdiction and shall contain the following text:
aboveground rainwater collection TO CONSERVE WATER, THIS BUILDING USES
surfaces *____________* TO FLUSH TOILETS AND URINALS.
Inspect pumps and verify operation After initial installation and
501.10.1 Equipment Room Signs. Each room
every 12 months thereafter
containing reclaimed (recycled) water, on-site treated
Inspect valves and verify operation After initial installation and
every 12 months thereafter
water, and non-potable rainwater equipment shall have
a sign posted in a location that is visible to anyone
Inspect pressure tanks and verify After initial installation and
operation every 12 months thereafter working on or near non-potable water equipment with
the following wording in 1 inch (25.4 mm) letters:
Clear debris from and inspect After initial installation and
storage tanks, locking devices, and every 12 months thereafter CAUTION: NON-POTABLE *____________*, DO
verify operation NOT DRINK. DO NOT CONNECT TO DRINKING
Inspect caution labels and marking After initial installation and WATER SYSTEM. NOTICE: CONTACT BUILDING
every 12 months thereafter MANAGEMENT BEFORE PERFORMING ANY
Inspect and maintain mulch basins As needed to maintain WORK ON THIS WATER SYSTEM.
for gray water irrigation systems mulch depth and prevent *____________* Shall indicate RECLAIMED
ponding and runoff (RECYCLED) WATER, ON-SITE TREATED
Cross-connection inspection and After initial installation and WATER, or RAINWATER accordingly.
test* every 12 months thereafter 501.11 Inspection and Testing. Alternate water source
Test water quality of rainwater Every 12 months. systems shall be inspected and tested in accordance with
catchment systems required by After system renovation or Section 501.11.1 and Section 501.11.2.
Section 505.9.4 to maintain a repair.
minimum water quality 501.11.1 Supply System Inspection and Test.
Alternate water source systems shall be inspected and
* The cross-connection test shall be performed in the presence of the tested in accordance with the plumbing code for testing
Authority Having Jurisdiction in accordance with the requirements of this
Chapter. of potable water piping.
501.11.2 Annual Cross-Connection Inspection
systems shall comply with Section 505.9.4. In the absence of and Testing. An initial and subsequent annual inspec-
water quality requirements for on-site treated non-potable tion and test shall be performed on both the potable and
water and reclaimed (recycled) water systems, the EPA/625/R- alternate water source systems. The potable and alternate
04/108 contains recommended water reuse guidelines to assist water source system shall be isolated from each other and
regulatory agencies develop, revise, or expand alternate water independently inspected and tested to ensure there is no
source water quality standards. cross-connection in accordance with Section 501.11.2.1
Exceptions: through Section 501.11.2.4.
(1) Water treatment is not required for rainwater catchment 501.11.2.1 Visual System Inspection. Prior to
systems used for aboveground irrigation with a commencing the cross-connection testing, a dual
maximum storage capacity of 360 gallons (1363 L). system inspection shall be conducted by the
(2) Water treatment is not required for gray water used for Authority Having Jurisdiction and other authorities
subsurface irrigation. having jurisdiction as follows:

18 GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT

 ALTERNATE WATER SOURCES FOR NON-POTABLE APPLICATIONS
(1) Meter locations of the alternate water source
and potable water lines shall be checked to
verify that no modifications were made, and
that no cross-connections are visible.
(2) Pumps and equipment, equipment room signs,
and exposed piping in equipment room shall be
checked.
(3) Valves shall be checked to ensure that valve
lock seals are still in place and intact. Valve
control door signs shall be checked to verify
that no signs have been removed.
501.11.2.2 Cross-Connection Test. The proce-
dure for determining cross-connection shall be
followed by the applicant in the presence of the
Authority Having Jurisdiction and other authorities
having jurisdiction to determine whether a cross-
connection has occurred as follows:
(1) The potable water system shall be activated and
pressurized. The alternate water source system
shall be shut down, depressurized, and drained.
(2) The potable water system shall remain pressur-
ized for a minimum period of time specified by
the Authority Having Jurisdiction while the
alternate water source system is empty. The
minimum period the alternate water source
system is to remain depressurized shall be
determined on a case-by-case basis, taking into
account the size and complexity of the potable
and the alternate water source distribution
systems, but in no case shall that period be less
than 1 hour.
(3) The drain on the alternate water source system
shall be checked for flow during the test and all
fixtures, potable and alternate water source,
shall be tested and inspected for flow. Flow
from any alternate water source system outlet
indicates a cross-connection. No flow from a
potable water outlet shall indicate that it is
connected to the alternate water source system.
(4) The potable water system shall then be depres-
surized and drained.
(5) The alternate water source system shall then be
activated and pressurized.
(6) The alternate water source system shall remain
pressurized for a minimum period of time spec-
ified by the Authority Having Jurisdiction while
the potable water system is empty. The
minimum period the potable water system is to
remain depressurized shall be determined on a
case-by-case basis, but in no case shall that
period be less than 1 hour.
(7) All fixtures, potable and alternate water source,
shall be tested and inspected for flow. Flow
from any potable water system outlet indicates
a cross-connection. No flow from an alternate
GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT
water source outlet will indicate that it is
connected to the potable water system.
(8) The drain on the potable water system shall be
checked for flow during the test and at the end
of the test.
(9) If there is no flow detected in any of the fixtures
which would indicate a cross-connection, the
potable water system shall be repressurized.
501.11.2.3 Discovery of Cross-Connection.
In the event that a cross-connection is discovered,
the following procedure, in the presence of the
Authority Having Jurisdiction, shall be activated
immediately:
(1) The alternate water source piping to the
building shall be shut down at the meter, and
the alternate water source riser shall be drained.
(2) Potable water piping to the building shall be
shut down at the meter.
(3) The cross-connection shall be uncovered and
disconnected.
(4) The building shall be retested following proce-
dures listed in Section 501.11.2.1 and Section
501.11.2.2.
(5) The potable water system shall be chlorinated
with 50 parts-per-million (ppm) chlorine for 24
hours.
(6) The potable water system shall be flushed after
24 hours, and a standard bacteriological test
shall be performed. If test results are acceptable,
the potable water system shall be permitted to
be recharged.
501.11.2.4 Annual Inspection. An annual
inspection of the alternate water source system,
following the procedures listed in Section 501.11.2.1
shall be required. Annual cross-connection testing,
following the procedures listed in Section 501.11.2.2
shall be required by the Authority Having Jurisdic-
tion, unless site conditions do not require it. In no
event shall the test occur less than once in 4 years.
Alternate testing requirements shall be permitted by
the Authority Having Jurisdiction.
501.12 Separation Requirements. All underground
alternate water source service piping other than gray water
shall be separated from the building sewer in accordance with
the plumbing code. Treated non-potable water pipes shall be
permitted to be run or laid in the same trench as potable water
pipes with a 12 inch (305 mm) minimum vertical and hori-
zontal separation when both pipe materials are approved for
use within a building. Where horizontal piping materials do
not meet this requirement the minimum separation shall be
increased to 60 inches (1524 mm). The potable water piping
shall be installed at an elevation above the treated non-potable
water piping.
501.13 Abandonment. All alternate water source systems
that are no longer in use or fails to be maintained in accor-
19
ALTERNATE WATER SOURCES FOR NON-POTABLE APPLICATIONS

dance with Section 501.5 shall be abandoned. Abandonment TABLE 502.4

shall comply with Section 305.0. LOCATION OF GRAY WATER SYSTEM
501.14 Sizing. Unless otherwise provided for in this supple- SUBSURFACE
ment, alternate water source piping shall be sized in accor- AND SUBSOIL
SURGE
dance with the plumbing code for sizing potable water piping. MINIMUM HORIZONTAL DISTANCE IN
TANK
IRRIGATION
CLEAR REQUIRED FROM: FIELD AND
(feet)
MULCH BED
(feet)
502.0 Gray Water Systems.
502.1 General. The provisions of this section shall apply to Building structures1 52, 9 23, 8
the construction, alteration, and repair of gray water systems. Property line adjoining private prop-
5 58
502.2 Gray Water System. erty
502.2.1 Discharge. Gray water shall be permitted to Water supply wells4 50 100
be diverted away from a sewer or private sewage Streams and lakes4 50 505
disposal system, and discharge to a subsurface irrigation Sewage pits or cesspools 5 5
or subsoil irrigation system. The gray water shall be Sewage disposal field 5 46
permitted to discharge to a mulch basin for single family
and multi-family dwellings. Gray water shall not be used Septic tank 0 5
to irrigate root crops or food crops intended for human On-site domestic water service line 5 5
consumption that come in contact with soil. Pressurized public water main 10 107
502.2.2 Surge Capacity. Gray water systems shall be For SI units: 1 foot = 304.8 mm
designed to have the capacity to accommodate peak flow Note: Where irrigation or disposal fields are installed in sloping ground,
rates and distribute the total amount of estimated gray the minimum horizontal distance between any part of the distribution
water on a daily basis to a subsurface irrigation field, system and the ground surface shall be 15 feet (4572 mm).
subsoil irrigation field, or mulch basin without surfacing, 1 Including porches and steps, whether covered or uncovered, breezeways,
ponding, or runoff. A surge tank is required for all roofed carports, roofed patios, carports, covered walks, covered drive-
systems that are unable to accommodate peak flow rates ways, and similar structures or appurtenances.
and distribute the total amount of gray water by gravity 2 The distance shall be permitted to be reduced to 0 feet for aboveground
drainage. The water discharge for gray water systems tanks when first approved by the Authority Having Jurisdiction.
shall be determined in accordance with Section 502.8.1 3 Reference to a 45 degree (0.79 rad) angle from foundation.
or Section 502.8.2. 4 Where special hazards are involved, the distance required shall be
502.2.3 Diversion. The gray water system shall increased as directed by the Authority Having Jurisdiction.
5 These minimum clear horizontal distances shall also apply between the
connect to the sanitary drainage system downstream of
fixture traps and vent connections through an approved irrigation or disposal field and the ocean mean higher high tide line.
6 Add 2 feet (610 mm) for each additional foot of depth in excess of 1 foot
gray water diverter valve. The gray water diverter shall
be installed in an accessible location and clearly indicate (305 mm) below the bottom of the drain line.
7 For parallel construction or for crossings, approval by the Authority
the direction of flow.
Having Jurisdiction shall be required.
502.2.4 Backwater Valves. Gray water drains subject 8 The distance shall be permitted to be reduced to 11⁄2 feet (457 mm) for
to backflow shall be provided with a backwater valve so drip and mulch basin irrigation systems.
located as to be accessible for inspection and mainte- 9 The distance shall be permitted to be reduced to 0 feet for surge tanks of
nance. 75 gallons (284 L) or less.
502.3 Connections to Potable and Reclaimed (Recy-
cled) Water Systems. Gray water systems shall have no
direct connection to any potable water supply, on-site treated data satisfactory to the Authority Having Jurisdiction has been
non-potable water supply, or reclaimed (recycled) water submitted and approved.
systems. Potable, on-site treated non-potable, or reclaimed
502.6 Prohibited Location. Where there is insufficient lot
(recycled) water is permitted to be used as makeup water for
area or inappropriate soil conditions for adequate absorption
a non-pressurized storage tank provided the connection is
to prevent the ponding, surfacing or runoff of the gray water,
protected by an airgap in accordance with the plumbing code.
as determined by the Authority Having Jurisdiction, no gray
502.4 Location. No gray water system or part thereof shall water system shall be permitted. A gray water system is not
be located on any lot other than the lot that is the site of the permitted on any property in a geologically sensitive area as
building or structure that discharges the gray water, nor shall determined by the Authority Having Jurisdiction.
any gray water system or part thereof be located at any point
502.7 Drawings and Specifications. The Authority
having less than the minimum distances indicated in Table
Having Jurisdiction shall require any or all of the following
502.4.
information to be included with or in the plot plan before a
502.5 Plot Plan Submission. No permit for any gray permit is issued for a gray water system, or at any time during
water system shall be issued until a plot plan with appropriate the construction thereof:

20 GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT

 ALTERNATE WATER SOURCES FOR NON-POTABLE APPLICATIONS
(1) Plot plan drawn to scale and completely dimensioned,
showing lot lines and structures, direction and approxi-
mate slope of surface, location of all present or proposed
retaining walls, drainage channels, water supply lines,
wells, paved areas and structures on the plot, number of
bedrooms and plumbing fixtures in each structure, loca-
tion of private sewage disposal system and expansion
area or building sewer connecting to the public sewer,
and location of the proposed gray water system.
(2) Details of construction necessary to ensure compliance
with the requirements of this chapter, together with a full
description of the complete installation, including instal-
lation methods, construction, and materials as required
by the Authority Having Jurisdiction.
(3) Details for all holding tanks shall include all dimensions,
structural calculations, bracings, and such other pertinent
data as required.
(4) A log of soil formations and groundwater level as deter-
mined by test holes dug in proximity to any proposed
irrigation area, together with a statement of water absorp-
tion characteristics of the soil at the proposed site as
determined by approved percolation tests.
Exception: The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall
permit the use of Table 502.10 in lieu of percolation tests.
(5) Distance between the plot and any surface waters such
as lakes, ponds, rivers or streams, and the slope between
the plot and the surface water, if in close proximity.
502.8 Procedure for Estimating Gray Water
Discharge. Gray water systems shall be designed to
distribute the total amount of estimated gray water on a daily
basis. The water discharge for gray water systems shall be
determined in accordance with Section 502.8.1 or Section
502.8.2.
502.8.1 Single Family Dwellings and Multi-
Family Dwellings. The gray water discharge for single
family and multi-family dwellings shall be calculated by
water use records, calculations of local daily per person
interior water use, or the following procedure:
(1) The number of occupants of each dwelling unit shall
be calculated as follows:
First Bedroom 2 occupants
Each additional bedroom 1 occupant
(2) The estimated gray water flows of each occupant
shall be calculated as follows:
Showers, bathtubs 25 gallons (95 L) per day/
occupant and lavatories
Laundry 15 gallons (57 L) per day/
occupant
(3) The total number of occupants shall be multiplied
by the applicable estimated gray water discharge as
provided above and the type of fixtures connected
to the gray water system.
502.8.2 Commercial, Industrial, and Institutional
Occupancies. The gray water discharge for commer-
cial, industrial, and institutional occupancies shall be
GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT
calculated by utilizing the procedure in Section 502.8.1,
water use records, or other documentation to estimate
gray water discharge.
502.9 Gray Water System Components. Gray water
system components shall be in accordance with Section
502.9.1 through Section 502.9.5.
502.9.1 Surge Tanks. Where installed, surge tanks
shall comply with the following:
(1) Surge tanks shall be constructed of solid, durable
materials not subject to excessive corrosion or decay
and shall be watertight. Surge tanks constructed of
steel shall be approved by the Authority Having
Jurisdiction, provided such tanks comply with
approved applicable standards.
(2) Each surge tank shall be vented as required by the
plumbing code. The vent size shall be determined
based on the total gray water fixture units as outlined
in the plumbing code.
(3) Each surge tank shall have an access opening with
lockable gasketed covers or approved equivalent to
allow for inspection and cleaning.
(4) Each surge tank shall have its rated capacity perma-
nently marked on the unit. In addition, a sign stating
GRAY WATER, DANGER — UNSAFE WATER
shall be permanently marked on the holding tank.
(5) Each surge tank shall have an overflow drain. The
overflow drains shall have permanent connections
to the building drain or building sewer, upstream of
septic tanks, if any. The overflow drain shall not be
equipped with a shutoff valve.
(6) The overflow drainpipes shall not be less in size than
the inlet pipe. Unions or equally effective fittings
shall be provided for all piping connected to the surge
tank.
(7) Surge tank shall be structurally designed to with-
stand anticipated earth or other loads. Surge tank
covers shall be capable of supporting an earth load
of not less than 300 pounds per square foot (lb/ft2)
(1465 kg/m2) when the tank is designed for under-
ground installation.
(8) If a surge tank is installed underground, the system
shall be designed so that the tank overflow will
gravity drain to the existing sewer line or septic tank.
The tank shall be protected against sewer line back-
flow by a backwater valve installed in accordance
with the plumbing code.
(9) Surge tanks shall be installed on dry, level, well-
compacted soil if underground or on a level 3 inch
(76 mm) thick concrete slab if aboveground.
(10) Surge tanks shall be anchored to prevent against
overturning when installed aboveground. Under-
ground tanks shall be ballasted, anchored, or other-
wise secured, to prevent the tank from floating out of
the ground when empty. The combined weight of the
tank and hold down system shall meet or exceed the
buoyancy forces of the tank.
21
ALTERNATE WATER SOURCES FOR NON-POTABLE APPLICATIONS

502.9.2 Gray Water Pipe and Fitting Materials. 502.10.3 Groundwater Level. No excavation for an
Aboveground and underground building drainage and irrigation field, disposal field, or mulch basin shall
vent pipe and fittings for gray water systems shall extend within 3 feet (914 mm) vertical of the highest
comply with the requirements for aboveground and known seasonal groundwater level, nor to a depth where
underground sanitary building drainage and vent pipe gray water contaminates the groundwater or surface
and fittings in the plumbing code. These materials shall water. The applicant shall supply evidence of ground-
extend not less than 2 feet (610 mm) outside the building. water depth to the satisfaction of the Authority Having
502.9.3 Subsoil Irrigation Field Materials. Subsoil Jurisdiction.
irrigation field piping shall be constructed of perforated 502.11 Subsurface and Subsoil Irrigation Field, and
high-density polyethylene pipe, perforated ABS pipe, Mulch Basin Design and Construction. Subsurface and
perforated PVC pipe, or other approved materials, subsoil irrigation field, and mulch basin design and construc-
provided that sufficient openings are available for distri- tion shall be in accordance with Section 502.11.1 through
bution of the gray water into the trench area. Material, Section 502.11.3. Where a gray water irrigation system design
construction, and perforation of the pipe shall be in is predicated on soil tests, the subsurface or subsoil irrigation
compliance with the appropriate absorption field field or mulch basin shall be installed at the same location
drainage piping standards and shall be approved by the and depth as the tested area.
Authority Having Jurisdiction. 502.11.1 Subsurface Irrigation Field. A subsurface
502.9.4 Subsurface Irrigation Field and Mulch irrigation field shall be in accordance with Section
Basin Supply Line Materials. Materials for gray water 502.11.1.1 through Section 502.11.1.6.
piping outside the building shall be polyethylene or PVC. 502.11.1.1 Minimum Depth. Supply piping,
Drip feeder lines shall be PVC or polyethylene tubing. including drip feeders, shall be not less than 2 inches
502.9.5 Valves. Valves shall be accessible. (51 mm) below finished grade and covered with
502.9.6 Trap. Gray water piping discharging into the mulch or soil.
surge tank or having a direct connection to the sanitary 502.11.1.2 Filter. Not less than 140 mesh (115
drain or sewer piping shall be downstream of an micron) filter with a capacity of 25 gallons per minute
approved water seal type trap(s). If no such trap(s) exists, (gpm) (1.58 L/s), or equivalent shall be installed.
an approved vented running trap shall be installed Where a filter backwash is installed, the backwash and
upstream of the connection to protect the building from flush discharge shall discharge into the building sewer
any possible waste or sewer gases. or private sewage disposal system. Filter backwash
502.9.7 Backwater Valve. A backwater valve shall be and flush water shall not be used for any purpose.
installed on all gray water drain connections to the sani- 502.11.1.3 Emitter Size. Emitters shall be
tary drain or sewer. installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s
502.10 Subsurface Irrigation System Zones. Irriga- installation instructions. Emitters shall have a flow
tion or disposal fields shall be permitted to have one or more path of not less than 1200 microns (µ) (1200 µm)
valved zones. Each zone must be of adequate size to receive and shall not have a coefficient of manufacturing
the gray water anticipated in that zone. variation (Cv) exceeding 7 percent. Irrigation system
design shall be such that emitter flow variation shall
502.10.1 Required Area of Subsurface Irrigation not exceed 10 percent.
Fields, Subsoil Irrigation Fields and Mulch
Basins. The minimum effective irrigation area of
subsurface irrigation fields, subsoil irrigation fields, and TABLE 502.10
mulch basins shall be determined by Table 502.10 for the DESIGN OF SIX TYPICAL SOILS
type of soil found in the excavation, based upon a calcu- TYPE OF SOIL MINIMUM MAXIMUM
lation of estimated gray water discharge pursuant to SQUARE FEET OF ABSORPTION
Section 502.8. For a subsoil irrigation field, the area shall IRRIGATION AREA CAPACITY IN
PER 100 GALLONS GALLONS PER
be equal to the aggregate length of the perforated pipe OF ESTIMATED SQUARE FOOT OF
sections within the valved zone multiplied by the width GRAY WATER IRRIGATION/
of the proposed subsoil irrigation field. DISCHARGE LEACHING AREA FOR
PER DAY A 24-HOUR PERIOD
502.10.2 Determination of Maximum Absorption
Coarse sand or gravel 20 5.0
Capacity. The irrigation field and mulch basin size shall
Fine sand 25 4.0
be based on the maximum absorption capacity of the soil
and determined using Table 502.10. For soils not listed in Sandy loam 40 2.5
Table 502.10, the maximum absorption capacity for the Sandy clay 60 1.7
proposed site shall be determined by percolation tests or Clay with considerable
90 1.1
other method acceptable to the Authority Having Juris- sand or gravel
diction. A gray water system shall not be permitted, Clay with small
where the percolation test shows the absorption capacity amounts of sand or 120 0.8
of the soil is unable to accommodate the maximum gravel
discharge of the proposed gray water irrigation system. For SI units: 1 square foot = 0.0929 m2, 1 gallon per day = 0.000043 L/s

22 GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT

 ALTERNATE WATER SOURCES FOR NON-POTABLE APPLICATIONS

502.11.1.4 Number of Emitters. The minimum TABLE 502.11.1

number of emitters and the maximum discharge of SUBSURFACE IRRIGATION DESIGN
each emitter in an irrigation field shall be in accor- CRITERIA FOR SIX TYPICAL SOILS
dance with Table 502.11.1. MINIMUM NUMBER OF
MAXIMUM
502.11.1.5 Controls. The system design shall EMITTER
EMITTERS PER GALLON OF
TYPE ESTIMATED GRAY WATER
provide user controls, such as valves, switches, OF SOIL
DISCHARGE
DISCHARGE PER DAY*
timers, and other controllers, to rotate the distribu-
gallon/day gallon/day
tion of gray water between irrigation zones.
502.11.1.6 Maximum Pressure. Where pressure Sand 1.8 0.6
at the discharge side of the pump exceeds 20 pounds- Sandy loam 1.4 0.7
force per square inch (psi) (138 kPa), a pressure- Loam 1.2 0.9
reducing valve able to maintain downstream pressure Clay loam 0.9 1.1
not exceeding 20 psi (138 kPa) shall be installed down- Silty clay 0.6 1.6
stream from the pump and before any emission device. Clay 0.5 2.0
502.11.2 Mulch Basin. A mulch basin shall be in For SI units: 1 gallon per day = 0.000043 L/s
accordance with Section 502.11.2.1 through Section * The estimated gray water discharge per day shall be determined in accor-
dance with Section 503.9.
502.11.2.4.
502.11.2.1 Single Family and Multi-Family
Dwellings. The gray water discharge to a mulch TABLE 502.11.3
basin is limited to single family and multi-family SUBSOIL IRRIGATION FIELD CONSTRUCTION
dwellings. DESCRIPTION MINIMUM MAXIMUM
502.11.2.2 Size. Mulch basins shall be of sufficient Number of drain lines per
size to accommodate peak flow rates and distribute 1 -
valved zone
the total amount of estimated gray water on a daily Length of each perforated
basis without surfacing, ponding or runoff. Mulch - 100 feet
line
basins shall have a depth of not less than 10 inches
(254 mm) below finished grade. The mulch basin size Bottom width of trench 12 inches 18 inches
shall be based on the maximum absorption capacity
Spacing of lines, center to
of the soil and determined using Table 502.10. 4 feet -
center
502.11.2.3 Minimum Depth. Gray water supply
piping, including drip feeders, shall be a minimum 2 Depth of earth cover of lines 10 inches -
inches (51 mm) below finished grade and covered
Depth of filter material
with mulch. 2 inches -
cover of lines
502.11.2.4 Maintenance. The mulch basin shall be Depth of filter material
maintained periodically to retain the required depth 3 inches -
beneath lines
and area, and to replenish the required mulch cover. Grade of perforated lines 3 inches per 100
502.11.3 Subsoil Irrigation Field. Subsoil irrigation level
level feet
fields shall be in accordance with Section 502.11.3.1 For SI units: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 inch per foot = 83.3
through Section 502.11.3.3. mm/m
502.11.3.1 Minimum Pipe Size. Subsoil irriga-
tion field distribution piping shall be not less than 3 502.11.3.3 Subsoil Irrigation Field Construc-
inches (80 mm) diameter. tion. Subsoil irrigation fields shall be constructed
502.11.3.2 Filter Material and Backfill. Filter in accordance with Table 502.11.3. Where necessary
material, clean stone, gravel, slag, or similar material on sloping ground to prevent excessive line slopes,
acceptable to the Authority Having Jurisdiction, irrigation lines shall be stepped. The lines between
varying in size from 3⁄4 of an inch (19.1 mm) to 21⁄2 each horizontal leaching section shall be made with
inches (64 mm) shall be placed in the trench to the approved watertight joints and installed on natural
depth and grade in accordance with Table 502.11.3. or unfilled ground.
The perforated section of subsoil irrigation field 502.12 Gray Water System Color and Marking Infor-
distribution piping shall be laid on the filter mate- mation. Pressurized gray water distribution systems shall be
rial in an approved manner. The perforated section identified as containing non-potable water in accordance with
shall then be covered with filter material to the the plumbing code.
minimum depth in accordance with Table 502.11.3.
The filter material shall then be covered with porous 502.13 Special Provisions.
material to prevent closure of voids with earth back- 502.13.1 Other Collection and Distribution
fill. No earth backfill shall be placed over the filter Systems. Other collection and distribution systems
material cover until after inspection and acceptance. shall be approved by the local Authority Having Juris-

GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT 23

ALTERNATE WATER SOURCES FOR NON-POTABLE APPLICATIONS
diction, as allowed by Section 102.0 of this supplement
and the plumbing code.
502.13.2 Higher Requirements. Nothing contained
in this chapter shall be construed to prevent the Authority
Having Jurisdiction from requiring compliance with
higher requirements than those contained herein, where
such higher requirements are essential to maintain a safe
and sanitary condition.
502.14 Testing. Building drains and vents for gray water
systems shall be tested in accordance with the plumbing code.
Surge tanks shall be filled with water to the overflow line
prior to and during inspection. Seams and joints shall be left
exposed, and the tank shall remain watertight. A flow test
shall be performed through the system to the point of gray
water discharge. Lines and components shall be watertight up
to the point of the irrigation perforated and drip lines.
502.15 Maintenance. Gray water systems and components
shall be maintained in accordance with Table 501.5.
503.0 Reclaimed (Recycled) Water Systems.
503.1 General. The provisions of this section shall apply to
the installation, construction, alteration, and repair of
reclaimed (recycled) water systems intended to supply uses
such as water closets, urinals, trap primers for floor drains
and floor sinks, aboveground and subsurface irrigation, indus-
trial or commercial cooling or air conditioning and other uses
approved by the Authority Having Jurisdiction.
503.2 Permit. It shall be unlawful for any person to
construct, install, alter, or cause to be constructed, installed,
or altered any reclaimed (recycled) water system within a
building or on a premises without first obtaining a permit to
do such work from the Authority Having Jurisdiction.
503.2.1 Plumbing Plan Submission. No permit for
any reclaimed (recycled) water system shall be issued
until complete plumbing plans, with appropriate data
satisfactory to the Authority Having Jurisdiction, have
been submitted and approved.
503.3 System Changes. No changes or connections shall
be made to either the reclaimed (recycled) water system or
the potable water system within any site containing a
reclaimed (recycled) water system without approval by the
Authority Having Jurisdiction.
503.4 Connections to Potable or Reclaimed (Recy-
cled) Water Systems. Reclaimed (recycled) water systems
shall have no connection to any potable water supply or alter-
nate water source system. Potable water is permitted to be
used as makeup water for a reclaimed (recycled) water
storage tank provided the water supply inlet is protected by an
airgap or reduced-pressure principle backflow preventer
complying with the plumbing code.
503.5 Initial Cross-Connection Test. A cross-connec-
tion test is required in accordance with Section 501.11.2.
Before the building is occupied or the system is activated, the
installer shall perform the initial cross-connection test in the
presence of the Authority Having Jurisdiction and other
24
authorities having jurisdiction. The test shall be ruled
successful by the Authority Having Jurisdiction before final
approval is granted.
503.6 Reclaimed (Recycled) Water System Mate-
rials. Reclaimed (recycled) water supply and distribution
system materials shall comply with the requirements of the
plumbing code for potable water supply and distribution
systems, unless otherwise provided for in this section.
503.7 Reclaimed (Recycled) Water System Color
and Marking Information. Reclaimed (recycled) water
systems shall have a colored background in accordance with
the plumbing code. Reclaimed (recycled) water systems shall
be marked, in lettering in accordance with the plumbing code,
with the words: “CAUTION: NON-POTABLE RECLAIMED
(RECYCLED) WATER, DO NOT DRINK.” Field marking of
pipe meeting these requirements shall be permitted.
503.8 Valves. Valves, except fixture supply control valves,
shall be equipped with a locking feature.
503.9 Installation.
503.9.1 Hose Bibbs. Hose bibbs shall not be allowed
on reclaimed (recycled) water piping systems located in
areas accessible to the public. Access to reclaimed (recy-
cled) water at points in the system accessible to the public
shall be through a quick-disconnect device that differs from
those installed on the potable water system. Hose bibbs
supplying reclaimed (recycled) water shall be marked with
the words: “CAUTION: NON-POTABLE RECLAIMED
WATER, DO NOT DRINK,” and the symbol in Figure
503.9.
503.9.2 Required Appurtenances. The reclaimed
(recycled) water system and the potable water system
within the building shall be provided with the required
appurtenances (valves, air/vacuum relief valves, etc.) to
allow for deactivation or drainage as required for cross-
connection test in Section 501.11.2.
503.9.3 Same Trench as Potable Water Pipes.
Reclaimed (recycled) water pipes shall be permitted to
be run or laid in the same trench as potable water pipes
with a 12 inches (305 mm) minimum vertical and hori-
zontal separation when both pipe materials are approved
for use within a building. When piping materials do not
FIGURE 503.9
GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT
 ALTERNATE WATER SOURCES FOR NON-POTABLE APPLICATIONS
meet this requirement the minimum horizontal separa-
tion shall be increased to 60 inches (1524 mm). The
potable water piping shall be installed at an elevation
above the reclaimed (recycled) water piping. Reclaimed
(recycled) water pipes laid in the same trench or crossing
building sewer or drainage piping shall be installed in
accordance with the plumbing code for potable water
piping.
503.10 Signs. Rooms and water closet tanks in buildings
using reclaimed (recycled) water shall be in accordance with
Section 501.10.
503.11 Inspection and Testing. Reclaimed (recycled)
water systems shall be inspected and tested in accordance
with Section 501.11.
504.0 On-Site Treated Non-Potable Water Systems.
504.1 General. The provisions of this section shall apply to
the installation, construction, alteration, and repair of on-site
treated non-potable water systems intended to supply uses
such as water closets, urinals, trap primers for floor drains
and floor sinks, above and below ground irrigation, and other
uses approved by the Authority Having Jurisdiction.
504.2 Plumbing Plan Submission. No permit for any
on-site treated non-potable water system shall be issued until
complete plumbing plans, with appropriate data satisfactory
to the Authority Having Jurisdiction, have been submitted and
approved.
504.3 System Changes. No changes or connections shall
be made to either the on-site treated non-potable water system
or the potable water system within any site containing an on-
site treated non-potable water system without approval by the
Authority Having Jurisdiction.
504.4 Connections to Potable or Reclaimed (Recy-
cled) Water Systems. On-site treated non-potable water
systems shall have no connection to any potable water supply or
reclaimed (recycled) water source system. Potable or reclaimed
(recycled) water is permitted to be used as makeup water for a
non-pressurized storage tank provided the makeup water supply
is protected by an airgap in accordance with the plumbing code.
504.5 Initial Cross-Connection Test. A cross-connection
test is required in accordance with Section 501.11.2. Before
the building is occupied or the system is activated, the installer
shall perform the initial cross-connection test in the presence
of the Authority Having Jurisdiction and other authorities
having jurisdiction. The test shall be ruled successful by the
Authority Having Jurisdiction before final approval is granted.
504.6 On-Site Treated Non-Potable Water System
Materials. On-site treated non-potable water supply and distri-
bution system materials shall comply with the requirements of
the plumbing code for potable water supply and distribution
systems, unless otherwise provided for in this section.
504.7 On-Site Treated Non-Potable Water Devices
and Systems. Devices or equipment used to treat on-site
treated non-potable water in order to maintain the minimum
water quality requirements determined by the Authority
GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT
Having Jurisdiction shall be listed or labeled (third-party
certified) by a listing agency (accredited conformity assess-
ment body) or approved by the Authority Having Jurisdiction
and approved for the intended application. Devices or equip-
ment used to treat on-site treated non-potable water for use in
water closet and urinal flushing, surface irrigation and similar
applications shall be listed and labeled to IAPMO IGC207-
2009a, NSF 350-2011 or approved by the Authority Having
Jurisdiction.
504.8 On-Site Treated Non-Potable Water System
Color and Marking Information. On-site treated water
systems shall have a colored background in accordance with
the plumbing code. On-site treated water systems shall be
marked, in lettering in accordance with the plumbing code,
with the words: “CAUTION: ON-SITE TREATED NON-
POTABLE WATER, DO NOT DRINK.” Field marking of
pipe meeting these requirements shall be acceptable.
504.9 Valves. Valves, except fixture supply control valves,
shall be equipped with a locking feature.
504.10 Design and Installation. The design and installa-
tion of on-site treated non-potable systems shall be in accor-
dance with Section 504.10.1 through Section 504.10.5.
504.10.1 Listing Terms and Installation Instruc-
tions. On-site treated non-potable water systems shall
be installed in accordance with the terms of its listing and
the manufacturer’s installation instructions.
504.10.2 Minimum Water Quality. On-site treated
non-potable water supplied to toilets or urinals or for
other uses in which it is sprayed or exposed shall be
disinfected. Acceptable disinfection methods shall
include chlorination, ultraviolet sterilization, ozone, or
other methods as approved by the Authority Having
Jurisdiction. The minimum water quality for on-site
treated non-potable water systems shall meet the appli-
cable water quality requirements for the intended appli-
cations as determined by the Authority Having
Jurisdiction.
504.10.3 Deactivation and Drainage. The on-site
treated non-potable water system and the potable water
system within the building shall be provided with the
required appurtenances (valves, air/vacuum relief valves,
etc.) to allow for deactivation or drainage as required for
cross-connection test in accordance with Section 501.11.2.
504.10.4 Near Underground Potable Water Pipe.
On-site treated non-potable water pipes shall be
permitted to be run or laid in the same trench as potable
water pipes with a 12 inch (305 mm) minimum vertical
and horizontal separation when both pipe materials are
approved for use within a building. Where piping mate-
rials do not meet this requirement the minimum separa-
tion shall be increased to 60 inches (1524 mm). The
potable water piping shall be installed at an elevation
above the on-site treated non-potable water piping.
504.10.5 Required Filters. A filter permitting the
passage of particulates no larger than 100 microns (100
25
ALTERNATE WATER SOURCES FOR NON-POTABLE APPLICATIONS
µm) shall be provided for on-site treated non-potable
water supplied to water closets, urinals, trap primers, and
drip irrigation system.
504.11 Signs. Signs in buildings using on-site treated non-
potable water shall be in accordance with Section 501.10.
504.12 Inspection and Testing. On-site treated non-
potable water systems shall be inspected and tested in accor-
dance with Section 501.11.
505.0 Non-Potable Rainwater Catchment Systems.
505.1 General. The provisions of this section shall apply to
the installation, construction, alteration, and repair of rain-
water catchments systems intended to supply uses such as
water closets, urinals, trap primers for floor drains and floor
sinks, irrigation, industrial processes, water features, cooling
tower makeup and other uses approved by the Authority
Having Jurisdiction. Additional design criteria can be found
in the ARCSA/ASPE Rainwater Catchment Design and
Installation Standard.
505.2 Plumbing Plan Submission. No permit for any
rainwater catchment system requiring a permit shall be issued
until complete plumbing plans, with appropriate data satis-
factory to the Authority Having Jurisdiction, have been
submitted and approved. No changes or connections shall be
made to either the rainwater catchment or the potable water
system within any site containing a rainwater catchment water
system without approval by the Authority Having Jurisdiction.
505.3 System Changes. No changes or connections shall
be made to either the rainwater catchment system or the
potable water system within any site containing a rainwater
catchment system requiring a permit without approval by the
Authority Having Jurisdiction.
505.4 Connections to Potable or Reclaimed (Recy-
cled) Water Systems. Rainwater catchment systems shall
have no direct connection to any potable water supply or
alternate water source system. Potable or reclaimed (recycled)
water is permitted to be used as makeup water for a rainwater
catchment system provided the potable or reclaimed (recy-
cled) water supply connection is protected by an airgap or
reduced-pressure principle backflow preventer in accordance
with the plumbing code.
505.5 Initial Cross-Connection Test. Where any portion
of a rainwater catchment system is installed within a building,
a cross-connection test is required in accordance with
505.11.2. Before the building is occupied or the system is
activated, the installer shall perform the initial cross-connec-
tion test in the presence of the Authority Having Jurisdiction
and other authorities having jurisdiction. The test shall be
ruled successful by the Authority Having Jurisdiction before
final approval is granted.
505.6 Sizing. The design and size of rainwater drains,
gutters, conductors, and leaders shall be in accordance with
the plumbing code.
505.7 Rainwater Catchment System Materials. Rain-
water catchment system materials shall be in accordance with
Section 505.7.1 through Section 505.7.4.
26
505.7.1 Water Supply and Distribution Materials.
Rainwater catchment water supply and distribution mate-
rials shall comply with the requirements of the plumbing
code for potable water supply and distribution systems,
unless otherwise provided for in this section.
505.7.2 Rainwater Catchment System Drainage
Materials. Materials used in rainwater catchment
drainage systems, including gutters, downspouts,
conductors, and leaders shall comply with the require-
ments of the plumbing code for storm drainage.
505.7.3 Storage Tanks. Rainwater storage tanks shall
be in accordance with Section 505.9.5.
505.7.4 Collections Surfaces. The collection surface
shall be constructed of a hard, impervious material.
505.8 Rainwater Catchment Water System Color
and Marking Information. Rainwater catchment systems
shall have a colored background in accordance with the
plumbing code. Rainwater catchment systems shall be
marked, in lettering in accordance with the plumbing code,
with the words: “CAUTION: NON-POTABLE RAINWATER
WATER, DO NOT DRINK.”
505.9 Design and Installation.
505.9.1 Outside Hose Bibbs. Outside hose bibbs
shall be allowed on rainwater piping systems. Hose bibbs
supplying rainwater shall be marked with the words:
“CAUTION: NON-POTABLE WATER, DO NOT
DRINK” and the symbol in Figure 503.9.
505.9.2 Deactivation and Drainage for Cross-
connection Test. The rainwater catchment system and
the potable water system within the building shall be
provided with the required appurtenances (e.g., valves,
air or vacuum relief valves, etc.) to allow for deactivation
or drainage as required for cross-connection test in
Section 501.11.2.
505.9.3 Collection Surfaces.
505.9.3.1 Rainwater Catchment System
Surfaces. Rainwater shall be collected from roof
surfaces or other manmade, aboveground collection
surfaces.
505.9.3.2 Other Surfaces. Natural precipitation
collected from surface water runoff, vehicular
parking surfaces or manmade surfaces at or below
grade shall comply with the stormwater require-
ments for on-site treated non-potable water systems
in Section 504.0.
505.9.3.3 Prohibited Discharges. Overflows
and bleed-off pipes from roof-mounted equipment
and appliances shall not discharge onto roof surfaces
that are intended to collect rainwater.
505.9.4 Minimum Water Quality. The minimum
water quality for harvested rainwater shall meet the
applicable water quality requirements for the intended
applications as determined by the Authority Having
Jurisdiction. In the absence of water quality requirements
determined by the Authority Having Jurisdiction, the
minimum treatment and water quality shall also comply
with Table 505.9.4.
GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT
 ALTERNATE WATER SOURCES FOR NON-POTABLE APPLICATIONS

505.9.5 Rainwater Storage Tanks. Rainwater
storage tanks shall be constructed and installed in accor-
dance with Section 505.9.5.1 through Section 505.9.5.8.
505.9.5.1 Construction. Rainwater storage shall
be constructed of solid, durable materials not subject
to excessive corrosion or decay and shall be water-
tight. Storage tanks shall be approved by the
Authority Having Jurisdiction, provided such tanks
comply with approved applicable standards.
505.9.5.2 Location. Rainwater storage tanks shall
be permitted to be installed above or below grade.
505.9.5.3 Above Grade. Above grade storage
tanks shall be of an opaque material, approved for
aboveground use in direct sunlight or shall be
shielded from direct sunlight. Tanks shall be
installed in an accessible location to allow for
inspection and cleaning. The tank shall be installed
on a foundation or platform that is constructed to
accommodate all loads in accordance with the
building code.
505.9.5.4 Below Grade. Rainwater storage tanks
installed below grade shall be structurally designed
to withstand all anticipated earth or other loads.
Holding tank covers shall be capable of supporting
an earth load of not less than 300 pounds per square
foot (lb/ft2) (1465 kg/m2) when the tank is designed
for underground installation. Below grade rainwater
tanks installed underground shall be provided with
manholes. The manhole opening shall be a minimum
diameter of 20 inches (508 mm) and located a
minimum of 4 inches (102 mm) above the
surrounding grade. The surrounding grade shall be
sloped away from the manhole. Underground tanks
shall be ballasted, anchored, or otherwise secured,
to prevent the tank from floating out of the ground
when empty. The combined weight of the tank and
hold down system should meet or exceed the buoy-
ancy force of the tank.
505.9.5.5 Drainage and Overflow. Rainwater
storage tanks shall be provided with a means of
draining and cleaning. The overflow drain shall not
be equipped with a shutoff valve. The overflow
outlet shall discharge as required by the plumbing
code for storm drainage systems. Where discharging
to the storm drainage system, the overflow drain
shall be protected from backflow of the storm
drainage system by a backwater valve or other
approved method.

TABLE 505.9.4
MINIMUM WATER QUALITY

APPLICATION MINIMUM TREATMENT MINIMUM WATER QUALITY

Debris excluder or other approved means in compliance

with Section 505.9.10, and
Car washing N/A
100 Micron (100 µm) in compliance with Section
505.9.11 for drip irrigation.
Debris excluder or other approved means in compliance
with Section 505.9.10, and
Subsurface and drip irrigation N/A
100 Micron (100 µm) in compliance with Section
505.9.11 for drip irrigation.

Spray irrigation where the maximum Debris excluder or other approved means in compliance
storage volume is less than 360 with Section 505.9.10, and N/A
gallons (1363 L) Disinfection in accordance with Section 505.9.8.
Spray irrigation where the maximum
Debris excluder or other approved means in compliance Escherichia coli: < 100 CFU/100 mL, and
storage volume is equal to or greater
with Section 505.9.10. Turbidity: < 10 NTU
than 360 gallons (1363 L)
Debris excluder or other approved means in compliance
Urinal and water closet flushing, with Section 505.9.10, and Escherichia coli: < 100 CFU/100 mL, and
clothes washing, and trap priming 100 Micron (100 µm) in compliance with Section Turbidity: < 10 NTU
505.9.11.
Ornamental fountains and other water Debris excluder or other approved means in compliance Escherichia coli: < 100 CFU/100 mL, and
features with Section 505.9.10. Turbidity: < 10 NTU
Debris excluder or other approved means in compliance
with Section 505.9.10, and Escherichia coli: < 100 CFU/100 mL, and
Cooling tower make up water
100 Micron (100 µm) in compliance with Section Turbidity: < 10 NTU
505.9.11.

GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT 27

ALTERNATE WATER SOURCES FOR NON-POTABLE APPLICATIONS

505.9.5.5.1 Overflow Outlet Size. The mulation of leaves, needles, other debris and sediment
overflow outlet shall be sized to accommodate from entering the storage tank. Devices or methods used
the flow of the rainwater entering the tank and to remove debris or sediment shall be accessible and
not less than the aggregate cross-sectional area sized and installed in accordance with manufacturer’s
of all inflow pipes. installation instructions.
505.9.5.6 Opening and Access Protection. 505.9.11 Required Filters. A filter permitting the
505.9.5.6.1 Animals and Insects. Rainwater passage of particulates no larger than 100 microns (100
tank openings shall be protected to prevent the µm) shall be provided for rainwater supplied to water
entrance of insects, birds, or rodents into the tank. closets, urinals, trap primers, and drip irrigation system.
505.9.5.6.2 Human Access. Rainwater tank 505.9.12 Roof Gutters. Gutters shall maintain a
access openings exceeding 12 inches (305 mm) minimum slope and be sized in accordance with the
in diameter shall be secured to prevent plumbing code.
tampering and unintended entry by either a 505.10 Signs. Signs in buildings using rainwater water shall
lockable device or other approved method. be in accordance with Section 501.10.
505.9.5.7 Marking. Rainwater tanks shall be 505.11 Inspection and Testing. Rainwater catchment
permanently marked with the capacity and the systems shall be inspected and tested in accordance with
language: “NON-POTABLE RAINWATER.” Where Section 501.11.
openings are provided to allow a person to enter the
tank, the opening shall be marked with the following 505.11.1 Supply System Inspection and Test.
language: “DANGER-CONFINED SPACE.” Rainwater catchment systems shall be inspected and
tested in accordance with Section 501.11 and the appli-
505.9.5.8 Storage Tank Venting. Where venting
by means of drainage or overflow piping is not cable provisions of the plumbing code for testing of
provided or is considered insufficient, a vent shall potable water and storm drainage systems. Storage tanks
be installed on each tank. The vent shall extend from shall be filled with water to the overflow opening for a
the top of the tank and terminate a minimum of 6 period of 24 hours and during inspection or by other
inches (152 mm) above grade and shall be a means as approved by the Authority Having Jurisdiction.
minimum of 1-½ inches (38 mm) in diameter. The All seams and joints shall be exposed during inspection
vent terminal shall be directed downward and and checked for water tightness.
covered with a 3/32 inch (2.4 mm) mesh screen to
prevent the entry of vermin and insects.
505.9.6 Pumps. Pumps serving rainwater catchment
systems shall be listed. Pumps supplying water to water
closets, urinals, and trap primers shall be capable of
delivering not less than 15 psi (103 kPa) residual pressure
at the highest and most remote outlet served. Where the
water pressure in the rainwater supply system within the
building exceeds 80 psi (552 kPa), a pressure reducing
valve reducing the pressure to 80 psi (552 kPa) or less to
all water outlets in the building shall be installed in
accordance with the plumbing code.
505.9.7 Roof Drains. Primary and secondary roof
drains, conductors, leaders, and gutters shall be designed
and installed in accordance with the plumbing code.
505.9.8 Water Quality Devices and Equipment.
Devices and equipment used to treat rainwater to main-
tain the minimum water quality requirements determined
by the Authority Having Jurisdiction shall be listed or
labeled (third-party certified) by a listing agency (accred-
ited conformity assessment body) and approved for the
intended application.
505.9.9 Freeze Protection. Tanks and piping
installed in locations subject to freezing shall be provided
with an adequate means of freeze protection.
505.9.10 Debris Removal. The rainwater catchment
conveyance system shall be equipped with a debris
excluder or other approved means to prevent the accu-

28 GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT

 CHAPTER 6
WATER HEATING DESIGN, EQUIPMENT AND INSTALLATION
601.0 General.
601.1 Scope. The provisions of this chapter shall establish
the means of conserving potable and non-potable water and
energy associated with the generation and use of hot water in
a building. This includes provisions for the hot water distri-
bution system, which is the portion of the potable water distri-
bution system between a water heating device and the
plumbing fixtures, including all dedicated return piping and
appurtenances to the water heating device in a recirculation
system.
601.2 Insulation. Hot water supply and return piping shall
be thermally insulated. The wall thickness of the insulation
shall be equal to the nominal diameter of the pipe up to 2
inches (50 mm). The wall thickness shall be not less than 2
inches (50 mm) for nominal pipe diameters exceeding 2
inches (50 mm). The conductivity of the insulation [k-factor
(Btu•in/(h•ft2•ºF))], measured radially, shall be less than or
equal to 0.28 [Btu•in/(h•ft2•ºF)] [0.04 W/(m•k)]. Hot water
piping to be insulated shall be installed such that insulation is
continuous. Pipe insulation shall be installed to within ¼ inch
(6.4 mm) of all appliances, appurtenances, fixtures, structural
members, or a wall where the pipe passes through to connect
to a fixture within 24 inches (610 mm). Building cavities shall
be large enough to accommodate the combined diameter of
the pipe plus the insulation, plus any other objects in the
cavity that the piping must cross. Pipe supports shall be
installed on the outside of the pipe insulation.
Exceptions:
(1) Where the hot water pipe is installed in a wall that is not
of sufficient width to accommodate the pipe and insula-
tion, the insulation thickness shall be permitted to have
the maximum thickness that the wall can accommodate
and not less than ½ inch (12.7 mm) thick.
(2) Hot water supply piping exposed under sinks, lavatories,
and similar fixtures.
(3) Where hot water distribution piping is installed within
attic, crawlspace, or wall insulation.
(a) In attics and crawlspaces the insulation shall cover
the pipe not less than 5 inches (140 mm) further
away from the conditioned space.
(b) In walls, the insulation must completely surround
the pipe with not less than 1 inch (25.4 mm) of insu-
lation.
(c) If burial within the insulation will not completely or
continuously surround the pipe, then these excep-
tions do not apply.
601.3 Recirculation Systems.
601.3.1 Pump Operation.
601.3.1.1 For Low-Rise Residential Build-
ings. Circulating hot water systems shall be
arranged so that the circulating pump(s) can be
turned off (automatically or manually) when the hot
GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT
water system is not in operation. [ASHRAE
90.2:7.2]
601.3.1.2 For Pumps Between Boilers and
Storage Tanks. When used to maintain storage
tank water temperature, recirculating pumps shall
be equipped with controls limiting operation to a
period from the start of the heating cycle to a
maximum of 5 minutes after the end of the heating
cycle. [ASHRAE 90.1:7.4.4.4]
601.3.2 Recirculation Pump Controls. Pump
controls shall include on-demand activation or time
clocks combined with temperature sensing. Time clock
controls for pumps shall not let the pump operate more
than 15 minutes every hour. Temperature sensors shall
stop circulation when the temperature set point is
reached and shall be located on the circulation loop at or
near the last fixture. The pump, pump controls and
temperature sensors shall be accessible. Pump operation
shall be limited to the building’s hours of operation.
601.3.3 Temperature Maintenance Controls. For
other than low-rise residential buildings, systems
designed to maintain usage temperatures in hot-water
pipes, such as recirculating hot-water systems or heat
trace, shall be equipped with automatic time switches or
other controls that can be set to switch off the usage
temperature maintenance system during extended periods
when hot water is not required. [ASHRAE 90.1:7.4.4.2]
601.3.4 System Balancing. Systems with multiple
recirculation zones shall be balanced to uniformly
distribute hot water, or they shall be operated with a
pump for each zone. The circulation pump controls shall
comply with the provisions of Section 601.3.2.
601.3.5 Flow Balancing Valves. Flow balancing
valves shall be a factory preset automatic flow control
valve, a flow regulating valve, or a balancing valve with
memory stop.
601.3.6 Air Elimination. Provision shall be made for
the elimination of air from the return system.
601.3.7 Gravity or Thermosyphon Systems.
Gravity or thermosyphon systems are prohibited.
602.0 Service Hot Water – Low-Rise Residential
Buildings.
602.1 General. The service water heating system for single-
family houses, multi-family structures of three stories or fewer
above grade, and modular houses shall be in accordance with
Section 602.2 through Section 602.7. The service water
heating system of all other buildings shall be in accordance
with Section 603.0.
602.2 Water Heaters and Storage Tanks. Residential-
type water heaters, pool heaters, and unfired water heater
storage tanks shall meet the minimum performance require-
ments specified by federal law.
29
WATER HEATING DESIGN, EQUIPMENT AND INSTALLATION

Unfired storage water heating equipment shall have a
heat loss through the tank surface area of less than 6.5 British
thermal units per hour per square foot (Btu/h•ft2) (20.5
W/m2). [ASHRAE 90.2:7.1]
602.3 Recirculation Systems. Recirculation systems
shall meet the provisions in Section 601.3.
602.4 Central Water Heating Equipment. Service water
heating equipment (central systems) that does not fall under
the requirements for residential-type service water heating
equipment addressed in Section 602.0 shall meet the appli-
cable requirements for service water-heating equipment found
in Section 603.0. [ASHRAE 90.2:7.3]
602.5 Insulation. Insulation of hot water and return piping
shall meet the provisions of Section 601.2.
602.6 Hard Water. Where water has hardness equal to or
exceeding 9 grains per gallon (gr/gal) (154 mg/L) measured
as total calcium carbonate equivalents, the water supply line
to water heating equipment in new one- and two family
dwellings shall be roughed-in to allow for the installation of
water treatment equipment.
602.7 Maximum Volume of Hot Water. The maximum
volume of water contained in the hot water distribution shall
comply with Sections 602.7.1 or 602.7.2. The water volume
shall be calculated using Table 602.7.
602.7.1 Maximum Volume of Hot Water Without
Recirculation or Heat Trace. The maximum volume
of water contained in the hot water distribution pipe
between the water heater and any fixture fitting shall not
exceed 32 ounces (oz) (946 mL). Where a fixture fitting
shut off valve (supply stop) is installed ahead of the
fixture fitting, the maximum volume of water is
permitted to be calculated between the water heater and
the fixture fitting shut off valve (supply stop).
602.7.2 Maximum Volume of Hot Water with
Recirculation or Heat Trace. The maximum volume
of water contained in the branches between the recircu-
lation loop or electrically heat traced pipe and the fixture
fitting shall not exceed a 16 oz (473 mL). Where a fixture
fitting shut off valve (supply stop) is installed ahead of
the fixture fitting, the maximum volume of water is
permitted to be calculated between the recirculation loop
or electrically heat traced pipe and the fixture fitting shut
off valve (supply stop).
Exception: Whirlpool bathtubs or bathtubs that are not
equipped with a shower are exempted from the require-
ments of Section 602.7.
602.7.3 Hot Water System Submeters. Where a
hot water pipe from a circulation loop or electric heat
trace line is equipped with a submeter, the hot water
distribution system downstream of the submeter shall
have either an end-of-line hot water circulation pump or
shall be electrically heat traced. The maximum volume of
water in any branch from the circulation loop or electric
heat trace line downstream of the submeter shall not
exceed 16 oz (473 mL).
If there is no circulation loop or electric heat traced
line downstream of the submeter, the submeter shall be
located within 2 feet (610 mm) of the central hot water
system; or the branch line to the submeter shall be circu-
lated or heat traced to within 2 feet of the submeter. The
maximum volume from the submeter to each fixture shall
not exceed 32 oz (946 mL).
The circulation pump controls shall comply with the
provisions of Section 601.3.2.
603.0 Service Hot Water – Other Than Low-Rise
Residential Buildings.
603.1 General. The service hot water, other than single-
family houses, multi-family structures of three stories or
fewer above grade, and modular houses, shall comply with
this section.
603.2 Service Water Heating.
603.2.1 New Buildings. Service water heating systems
and equipment shall comply with the requirements of
this section as described in Section 603.3. [ASHRAE
90.1:7.1.1.1]

TABLE 602.7
WATER VOLUME FOR DISTRIBUTION PIPING MATERIALS

OUNCES OF WATER PER FOOT LENGTH OF PIPING

NOMINAL COPPER COPPER COPPER CPVC CTS CPVC PEX-AL- PE-AL- CPVC PEX CTS PE-RT PP PP PP
SIZE (inch) M L K SDR 11 SCH 40 PEX PE SCH 80 SDR 9 SDR 9 SDR 6 SDR 7.3 SDR 11

3⁄8 1.06 0.97 0.84 NA 1.17 0.63 0.63 NA 0.64 0.64 0.91 1.09 1.24
1⁄2 1.69 1.55 1.45 1.25 1.89 1.31 1.31 1.46 1.18 1.18 1.41 1.68 2.12
3⁄4 3.43 3.22 2.90 2.67 3.38 3.39 3.39 2.74 2.35 2.35 2.23 2.62 3.37
1 5.81 5.49 5.17 4.43 5.53 5.56 5.56 4.57 3.91 3.91 3.64 4.36 5.56
1 ⁄4
1 8.70 8.36 8.09 6.61 9.66 8.49 8.49 8.24 5.81 5.81 5.73 6.81 8.60
1 ⁄2
1 12.18 11.83 11.45 9.22 13.20 13.88 13.88 11.38 8.09 8.09 9.03 10.61 13.47
2 21.08 20.58 20.04 15.79 21.88 21.48 21.48 19.11 13.86 13.86 14.28 16.98 21.39
For SI units: 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 ounce = 29.573 mL

30 GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT

 WATER HEATING DESIGN, EQUIPMENT AND INSTALLATION

TABLE 603.4.2
PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR WATER HEATING EQUIPMENT [ASHRAE 90.1: TABLE 7.8]
SIZE CATEGORY SUBCATEGORY OR PERFORMANCE TEST
EQUIPMENT TYPE
(INPUT) RATING CONDITION REQUIRED1 PROCEDURE2,3

Resistance DOE 10 CFR

Electric Table Top Water Heaters ≤12 kW 0.93–0.00132V EF
≥20 gal Part 430
Resistance DOE 10 CFR
≤12 kW 0.97–0.00132V EF
≥20 gal Part 430
20 + 35√V Section G.2 of ANSI
Electric water heaters >12 kW Resistance ≥20 gal
SL, Btu/h Z21.10.3
≤24 Amps and DOE 10 CFR
Heat Pump 0.93–0.00132V EF
≤250 Volts Part 430
DOE 10 CFR
≤75 000 Btu/h ≥20 gal 0.62–0.0019V EF
Part 430
Gas storage water heaters Sections G.1 and
80% Et (Q/800 +
>75 000 Btu/h <4000 (Btu/h)/gal G.2 of ANSI
110√V)SL, Btu/h
Z21.10.3
>50 000 Btu/h and <200 ≥4000 (Btu/h)/gal DOE 10 CFR
0.62–0.0019V EF
000 Btu/h and <2 gal Part 430
Gas instantaneous ≥4000 (Btu/h)/gal
≥200 000 Btu/h4 80% Et Sections G.1 and
water heaters and <10 gal
G.2 of ANSI
≥4000 (Btu/h)/gal 80% Et (Q/800 + 110√V) Z21.10.3
≥200 000 Btu/h
and ≥10 gal SL, Btu/h
≥ 4000 (Btu/h)/gal DOE 10 CFR
≤ 12 kW 0.93 – (0.00132•V) EF
and < 2 gal Part 430
Electronic instantaneous water heaters 5
≥ 4000 (Btu/h)/gal Section G.2 of ANSI
> 12 kW 95% Et
and < 2 gal Z21.10.3
DOE 10 CFR
≤105 000 Btu/h ≥20 gal 0.59-0.0019V EF
Part 430
Oil storage water heaters Sections G.1 and
78% Et (Q/800 + 110√V)
>105 000 Btu/h <4000 (Btu/h)/gal G.2 of ANSI
SL, Btu/h
Z21.10.3
≥4000 (Btu/h)/gal DOE 10 CFR
≤210 000 Btu/h 0.59–0.0019V EF
and <2 gal Part 430
≥4000 (Btu/h)/gal
Oil instantaneous water heaters >210 000 Btu/h 80% Et Sections G.1 and
and <10 gal
G.2 of ANSI
≥4000 (Btu/h)/gal 78% Et (Q/800 + 110√V) Z21.10.3
>210 000 Btu/h
and ≥10 gal SL, Btu/h
≥300 000 Btu/h and ≥4000 (Btu/h)/gal
Hot-water supply boilers, gas and oil 80% Et
<12 500 000 Btu/h and <2 gal
Sections G.1 and
≥4000 (Btu/h)/gal 80% Et (Q/800 + 110√V)
Hot-water supply boilers, gas ––––– G.2 of ANSI
and <10 gal SL, Btu/h
Z21.10.3
≥4000 (Btu/h)/gal 78% Et (Q/800 + 110√V)
Hot-water supply boilers, oil –––––
and ≥10 gal SL, Btu/h
Pool heaters, oil and gas All ––––– 78% Et ASHRAE 146
50.0°F db
44.2°F wb
Heat pump pool heaters All Outdoor air 4.0 COP AHRI 1160
80.0°F
Entering Water
Unfired storage tanks All R-12.5 (none)
For SI units: 1 gallon = 3.785 L, 1000 British thermal units per hour = 0.293 kW, 1 degree Fahrenheit = t/cº = (t/ºF-32)/1.8
1 Energy factor (EF) and thermal efficiency (E ) are minimum requirements, while standby loss (SL) is maximum Btu/h (W) based on a 70°F (21ºC)
t
temperature difference between stored water and ambient requirements. In the EF equation, V is the rated volume in gallons. In the SL equation, V is the
rated volume in gallons and Q is the nameplate input rate in Btu/h.
2 Section 12 of ASHRAE 90.1 contains a complete specification, including the year version, of the referenced test procedure.
3 Section G1 is titled “Test Method for Measuring Thermal Efficiency” and Section G2 is titled “Test Method for Measuring Standby Loss.”
4 Instantaneous water heaters with input rates below 200 000 Btu/h (58.6 kW) must comply with these requirements if the water heater is designed to heat

water to temperatures of 180°F (82ºC) or higher.

5 Not part of ASHRAE 90.1 Table 7-8.

GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT 31

WATER HEATING DESIGN, EQUIPMENT AND INSTALLATION
603.2.2 Additions to Existing Buildings. Service
water heating systems and equipment shall comply with
the requirements of this section.
Exception: When the service water heating to an addi-
tion is provided by existing service water heating systems
and equipment, such systems and equipment shall not be
required to comply with this supplement. However, any
new systems or equipment installed must comply with
specific requirements applicable to those systems and
equipment. [ASHRAE 90.1:7.1.1.2]
603.2.3 Alterations to Existing Buildings. Building
service water heating equipment installed as a direct
replacement for existing building service water heating
equipment shall comply with the requirements of Section
603.0 applicable to the equipment being replaced. New
and replacement piping shall comply with Section 603.4.3.
Exception: Compliance shall not be required where
there is insufficient space or access to meet these require-
ments. [ASHRAE 90.1:7.1.1.3]
603.3 Compliance Path(s).
603.3.1 General. Compliance shall be achieved by
meeting the requirements of Section 603.1, General;
Section 603.4, Mandatory Provisions; Section 603.5,
Prescriptive Path; and Section 603.6, Submittals.
[ASHRAE 90.1:7.2.1]
603.3.2 Energy Cost Budget Method. Projects
using the Energy Cost Budget Method (Section 11 of
ASHRAE 90.1) for demonstrating compliance with the
standard shall meet the requirements of Section 603.4,
Mandatory Provisions, in conjunction with Section 11 of
ASHRAE 90.1, Energy Cost Budget Method. [ASHRAE
90.1:7.2.2]
603.4 Mandatory Provisions.
603.4.1 Load Calculations. Service water heating
system design loads for the purpose of sizing systems
and equipment shall be determined in accordance with
manufacturers’ published sizing guidelines or generally
accepted engineering standards and handbooks accept-
able to the adopting authority (e.g., ASHRAE Hand-
book – HVAC Applications). [ASHRAE 90.1:7.4.1]
603.4.2 Equipment Efficiency. Water heating equip-
ment, hot-water supply boilers used solely for heating
potable water, pool heaters, and hot-water storage tanks
shall meet the criteria listed in Table 603.4.2. Where
multiple criteria are listed, all criteria shall be met. Omis-
sion of minimum performance requirements for certain
classes of equipment does not preclude use of such equip-
ment where appropriate. Equipment not listed in Table
603.4.2 has no minimum performance requirements.
Exceptions: Water heaters and hot-water supply boilers
having more than 140 gallons (530 L) of storage capacity
are not required to meet the standby loss (SL) require-
ments of Table 603.4.2 when:
(1) The tank surface is thermally insulated to R-12.5.
(2) A standing pilot light is not installed.
32
(3) Gas- or oil-fired storage water heaters have a flue
damper or fan-assisted combustion. [ASHRAE
90.1:7.4.2]
603.4.3 Insulation. Insulation of hot water and return
piping shall meet the provisions in Section 601.2.
603.4.4 Hot Water System Design.
603.4.4.1 Recirculation Systems. Recircula-
tion systems shall meet the provisions in Section
601.3.
603.4.4.4 Maximum Volume of Hot Water. The
maximum volume of water contained in hot water
distribution lines between the water heater and the
fixture stop or connection to showers, kitchen
faucets, and lavatories shall be determined in accor-
dance with Section 602.7.
603.4.5 Service Water Heating System Controls.
603.4.5.1 Temperature Controls. Temperature
controls shall be provided that allow for storage
temperature adjustment from 120°F (49ºC) or lower
to a maximum temperature compatible with the
intended use.
Exception: When the manufacturers’ installation
instructions specify a higher minimum thermostat
setting to minimize condensation and resulting
corrosion. [ASHRAE 90.1:7.4.4.1]
603.4.5.2 Outlet Temperature Controls.
Temperature controlling means shall be provided to
limit the maximum temperature of water delivered
from lavatory faucets in public facility restrooms to
110°F (43ºC). [ASHRAE 90.1:7.4.4.3]
603.4.6 Pools.
603.4.6.1 Pool Heaters. Pool heaters shall be
equipped with a readily accessible ON/OFF switch
to allow shutting off the heater without adjusting the
thermostat setting. Pool heaters fired by natural gas
shall not have continuously burning pilot lights.
[ASHRAE 90.1:7.4.5.1]
603.4.6.2 Pool Covers. Heated pools shall be
equipped with a vapor retardant pool cover on or at
the water surface. Pools heated to more than 90°F
(32ºC) shall have a pool cover with a minimum insu-
lation value of R-12.
Exception: Pools deriving over 60 percent of the
energy for heating from site-recovered energy or
solar energy source. [ASHRAE 90.1:7.4.5.2]
603.4.6.3 Time Switches. Time switches shall be
installed on swimming pool heaters and pumps.
Exceptions:
(1) Where public health standards require 24-hour
pump operation.
(2) Where pumps are required to operate solar and
waste heat recovery pool heating systems.
[ASHRAE 90.1:7.4.5.3]
GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT

603.4.7 Heat Traps. Vertical pipe risers serving storage
water heaters and storage tanks not having integral heat
traps and serving a nonrecirculating system shall have
heat traps on both the inlet and outlet piping as close as
practical to the storage tank. A heat trap is a means to
counteract the natural convection of heated water in a
vertical pipe run. The means is either a device specifi-
cally designed for the purpose or an arrangement of
tubing that forms a loop of 360 degrees (6.28 rad) or
piping that from the point of connection to the water
heater (inlet or outlet) includes a length of piping directed
downward before connection to the vertical piping of the
supply water or hot-water distribution system, as appli-
cable. [ASHRAE 90.1:7.4.6]
603.5 Prescriptive Path.
603.5.1 Space Heating and Water Heating. The
use of a gas-fired or oil-fired space-heating boiler system
otherwise complying with Section 603.0 to provide the
total space heating and water heating for a building is
allowed when one of the following conditions is met:
(1) The single space-heating boiler, or the component
of a modular or multiple boiler system that is heating
the service water, has a standby loss in Btu/h (kW)
not exceeding (13.3 × pmd + 400)/n, where (pmd) is
the probable maximum demand in gallons per hour,
determined in accordance with the procedures
described in generally accepted engineering stan-
dards and handbooks, and (n) is the fraction of the
year when the outdoor daily mean temperature is
greater than 64.9°F (18.28ºC).
The standby loss is to be determined for a test
period of 24 hours duration while maintaining a
boiler water temperature of at least 90°F (32ºC)
above ambient, with an ambient temperature
between 60°F (16ºC) and 90°F (32ºC). For a boiler
with a modulating burner, this test shall be
conducted at the lowest input.
(2) It is demonstrated to the satisfaction of the Authority
Having Jurisdiction that the use of a single heat
source will consume less energy than separate units.
(3) The energy input of the combined boiler and water
heater system is less than 150 000 Btu/h (44 kW).
[ASHRAE 90.1:7.5.1]
603.5.2 Service Water Heating Equipment. Service
water heating equipment used to provide the additional
function of space heating as part of a combination (inte-
grated) system shall satisfy all stated requirements for the
service water heating equipment. [ASHRAE 90.1:7.5.2]
603.5.3 Heat Recovery for Service Water Heating.
603.5.3.1 Condenser heat recovery systems shall
be installed for heating or preheating of service hot
water provided all of the following are true:
(1) The facility operates 24 hours a day.
(2) The total installed heat rejection capacity of the
water-cooled systems exceeds 6 000 000 Btu/h
(1758 kW) of heat rejection.
GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT
WATER HEATING DESIGN, EQUIPMENT AND INSTALLATION
(3) The design service water heating load
exceeds 1 000 000 Btu/h (293 kW). [ASHRAE
90.1:6.5.6.2.1]
603.5.3.2 The required heat recovery system shall
have the capacity to provide the smaller of:
(1) Sixty percent of the peak heat rejection load at
design conditions.
(2) Preheat of the peak service hot water draw to
85°F (29ºC). [ASHRAE 90.1:6.5.6.2.2]
Exceptions:
(a) Facilities that employ condenser heat recovery
for space heating with a heat recovery design
exceeding 30 percent of the peak water-cooled
condenser load at design conditions.
(b) Facilities that provide 60 percent of their service
water heating from site-solar or site-recovered
energy or from other sources.
603.6 Submittals.
603.6.1 General. The Authority Having Jurisdiction
shall require submittal of compliance documentation and
supplemental information, in accordance with Section
103.0 of this supplement and the applicable mechanical
and building codes.
604.0 Solar Water Heating Systems.
604.1 General. The erection, installation, alteration, addi-
tion to, use or maintenance of solar water heating systems
shall be in accordance with this section and the Uniform Solar
Energy Code.
604.2 Annual Inspection and Maintenance. Solar
energy systems that utilize a heat transfer fluid shall be
inspected annually, unless inspections are required on a more
frequent basis by the solar energy system manufacturer.
605.0 Hard Water.
605.1 Softening and Treatment. Where water has hard-
ness equal to or exceeding 10 gr/gal (171 mg/L) measured as
total calcium carbonate equivalents, the water supply line to
water heating equipment and the circuit of boilers shall be soft-
ened or treated to prevent accumulation of lime scale and
consequent reduction in energy efficiency.
606.0 Drain Water Heat Exchangers. Drain water heat
exchangers shall comply with IAPMO PS-92. The heat
exchanger shall be accessible.
33
34 GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT
 CHAPTER 7
HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR-CONDITIONING SYSTEMS
AND EQUIPMENT - ENERGY EFFICIENCY
701.0 General.
701.1 Scope. The provisions of this chapter shall establish
the means of enhancing energy efficiency associated with
mechanical systems in a building.
702.0 Heating, Ventilation, and Air-Conditioning
Low-Rise Residential Buildings.
702.1 General. The heating, ventilating, air-conditioning,
for single-family houses, multi-family structures of three
stories or fewer above grade, and modular houses shall be in
accordance with Section 702.2 through Section 702.13. The
heating, ventilation, and air-conditioning system of other
buildings shall be in accordance with Section 703.0.
702.2 Heating, Ventilating, and Air-Conditioning
Systems and Equipment. This section shall regulate only
equipment using single-phase electric power, air conditioners,
and heat pumps with rated cooling capacities less than 65 000
British thermal units per hour (Btu/h) (19.0 kW), warm air
furnaces with rated heating capacities less than 225 000 Btu/h
(66 kW), boilers less than 300 000 Btu/h (88 kW) input, and
heating-only heat pumps with rated heating capacities less than
65 000 Btu/h (19.0 kW). [ASHRAE 90.2:6.2]
702.2.1 Non-Residential Type Systems and
Equipment. Heating, ventilating, and air-conditioning
systems and equipment that does not fall under the
requirements in Section 702.0 shall be in accordance
with the applicable requirements of Section 703.0.
702.3 Balancing. The air distribution system design,
including outlet grilles, shall provide a means for balancing
the air distribution system unless the design procedure
provides a system intended to operate within ± 10 percent of
design air quantities. [ASHRAE 90.2:6.3]
702.3.1 Balancing Dampers. Balancing dampers
shall be installed in all branch ducts and the axis of the
damper must be installed parallel to the direction of
airflow in the main duct.
702.4 Ducts. Ducts shall be sized, installed, and tested in
accordance with Section 702.4.1 through Section 702.4.4.
702.4.1 Insulation for Ducts. Portions of the air distri-
bution system installed in or on buildings for heating and
cooling shall be R-8. When the mean outdoor dew-point
temperature in any month exceeds 60°F (16°C), vapor
retarders shall be installed on conditioned-air supply ducts.
Vapor retarders shall have a water vapor permeance not
exceeding 0.5 perm [0.0000000000286 kg/(Pa•s•m2)] when
tested in accordance with Procedure A in ASTM E96.
Insulation is not required when the ducts are within
the conditioned space. [ASHRAE 90.2:6.4]
702.4.2 Ducts and Register Penetrations. Joints,
seams, and penetrations of duct systems shall be made
airtight by means of mastics, gasketing, or other means
in accordance with the mechanical code. Register pene-
GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT
trations shall be sealed to the wall or floor assemblies.
Where HVAC duct penetrates a conditioned space, the
duct penetration shall be sealed to the wall or floor
assembly to prevent leakage into an unconditioned space.
702.4.3 Duct Leakage Test. For systems with any
duct or air handler outside of the conditioned space, a
duct leakage test shall be performed in accordance with
Section 702.4.3.1.
702.4.3.1 Duct Leakage Verification Test.
Ductwork shall be tested to the maximum permitted
leakage in 1 cubic foot per minute (ft3/min)/100
square feet (ft2) (0.05 L/s/m2) of duct surface area
in accordance with the SMACNA Air Duct Leakage
Test Manual. All register penetrations shall be
sealed during the test. The test shall be conducted
with a pressure differential of 0.1 inch water gauge
(0.024 kPa) across the tested system.
702.4.4 Duct Sizing. Duct systems shall be sized in
accordance with ACCA Manual D or other methods
approved by the Authority Having Jurisdiction with the
velocity in the main duct not to exceed 1000 feet per
minute (ft/min) (5 m/s) and the velocity in the secondary
branch duct not to exceed 600 ft/min (3.05 m/s).
702.5 Insulation for Piping. HVAC system piping installed
to serve buildings and within buildings shall be thermally insu-
lated in accordance with Table 702.5. [ASHRAE 90.2:6.5]
702.6 Ventilation and Combustion Air.
702.6.1 Ventilation Air. The building shall be
designed to have the capability to provide the ventilation
air specified in Table 702.6.1. Mechanical ventilation
shall be calculated in accordance with Equation 702.6.1.
[ASHRAE 90.2:6.3.1]
Mechanical (Equation 702.6.1)
Ventilation = [(0.35 – Summer) × Volume] / 60
Where:
Mechanical
Ventilation = required mechanical ventilation rate to
supplement summer infiltration, cfm
Summer = summer design infiltration rate, ach
Volume = volume of conditioned space, ft3
702.6.2 Combustion Air. Combustion air for fossil
fuel heating equipment shall be in accordance with the
locally adopted code or with one of the following:
natural gas and propane heating equipment, NFPA 54;
oil heating equipment, NFPA 31; or solid fuel burning
equipment, NFPA 211. [ASHRAE 90.2:6.3.2]
702.7 Electric Heating Systems. Electric heating
systems shall be installed in accordance with the following
requirements. [ASHRAE 90.2:6.7]
35
HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR-CONDITIONING
SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT – ENERGY EFFICIENCY

TABLE 702.5
MINIMUM PIPE INSULATION THICKNESS1, 5
[ASHRAE 90.2: TABLE 6.5]

INSULATION CONDUCTIVITY NOMINAL PIPE DIAMETER (inches)

EQUAL TO
FLUID DESIGN OPERATING MEAN RATING
2 OR
TEMPERATURE RANGE Btu•inch/(h•ft •°F) TEMPERATURE <1 1 TO 1-1⁄4 1-1⁄2 TO 3-1/2 4 TO 6
GREATER
(°F) (°F)
THAN 8
2, 3
HEATING SYSTEMS (STEAM, STEAM CONDENSATE, AND HOT WATER)
201–250 0.27–0.30 150 1.5 1.5 2.0 2.0 2.0
141–200 0.25–0.29 125 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.5 1.5
105–140 0.22–0.28 100 0.5 0.5 1.0 1.0 1.0
COOLING SYSTEMS (CHILLED WATER, BRINE, AND REFRIGERANT)4
40–55 0.22–0.28 100 0.5 0.5 1.0 1.0 1.0
Below 40 0.22–0.28 100 0.5 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.5
For SI Units: t/ºC= (t/ºF-32)/1.8, 1 British thermal unit = 1055 J, 1 inch = 25 mm
1
For insulation outside the stated conductivity range, the minimum thickness (T) shall be determined as follows:
T = r{(1 + t/r)K/k – 1}
Where:
T = minimum insulation thickness (inches).
r = actual outside radius of pipe (inches).
t = insulation thickness listed in this table for applicable fluid temperature and pipe size.
K = conductivity of alternate material at mean rating temperature indicated for the applicable fluid temperature [Btu∙inch/(h∙ft2∙ºF)]
k = the upper value of the conductivity range listed in this table for the applicable fluid temperature.
2
These thicknesses are based on energy efficiency considerations only. Additional insulation is sometimes required relative to safety issues/surface tempera-
ture.
3
Piping insulation is not required between the control valve and coil on run-outs when the control valve is located within 4 feet (1219 mm) of the coil and the
pipe size is 1 inch (25 mm) or less.
4
These thicknesses are based on energy efficiency considerations only. Issues such as water vapor permeability or surface condensation sometimes require vapor
retarders, additional insulation or both.
5
For piping exposed to outdoor air, increase insulation thickness by 1⁄2 inch (12.7 mm). The outdoor air is defined as any portion of insulation that is exposed
to outdoor air. For example, attic spaces and crawlspaces are considered exposed to outdoor air.

TABLE 702.6.1 zones are separate, the number of zones shall not be less
VENTILATION AIR
than two. If two or more heaters are installed in any one
[ASHRAE 90.2: TABLE 6.1.1]
room, they shall be controlled by one thermostat.
MINIMUM
CATEGORY
REQUIREMENT
CONDITIONS [ASHRAE 90.2:6.7.1]
When summer design 702.7.2 Electric Central Warm Air Heating. When
infiltration rate calcu- electric central warm air heating is to be installed, an elec-
Mechanical tric heat pump or an off-peak electric heating system with
50 ft3/min outdoor air lated in accordance with
ventilation1 reference standard A or thermal storage shall be used. [ASHRAE 90.2:6.7.2]
B is less than 0.35 ach2 Exceptions:
Kitchen exhaust 100 ft3/min intermittent All conditions (1) Electric resistance furnaces where the ducts are
located inside the conditioned space, and not less
Bath exhaust intermittent All conditions
than two zones are provided where the living and
For SI units: 1 cubic foot per minute = 0.00047 m3/s. sleeping zones are separate.
1
Calculate in accordance with Equation 702.6.1.
2
Reference standards:
(2) Packaged air-conditioning units with supplemental
(A) ACCA Manual J
electric heat.
(B) ASHRAE GRP-158 702.8 Bath Ceiling Units. Bath ceiling units providing any
combination of heat, light, or ventilation shall be provided
702.7.1 Wall, Floor, or Ceiling Electric-Resis- with controls permitting separate operation of the heating
tance Heating. Where wall, floor, or ceiling electric- function. [ASHRAE 90.2:6.8]
resistance heating units are used, the structure shall be 702.9 HVAC Equipment, Rated Combinations. HVAC
zoned and heaters installed in each zone in accordance system equipment and system components shall be furnished
with the heat loss of that zone. Where living and sleeping with the input(s), the output(s), and the value of the appro-

36 GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT


priate performance descriptor of HVAC products in accor-
dance with federal law or as specified in Table 702.9, as appli-
cable. These shall be based on newly produced equipment or
components. Manufacturers’ recommended maintenance
instructions shall be furnished with and attached to the equip-
ment. The manufacturer of electric-resistance heating equip-
ment shall furnish full-load energy input over the range of
voltages at which the equipment is intended to operate.
[ASHRAE 90.2:6.9]
TABLE 702.9
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR NON-FEDERALLY COVERED
HVAC EQUIPMENT
[ASHRAE 90.2: TABLE 6.9]
SUBCATE-
EQUIPMENT GORY OR MINIMUM TEST
TYPE RATING CONDI- EFFICIENCY PROCEDURE
TION
11.0 EER @ 70ºF
Ent. Water
Cooling Mode ISO 13256-1
11.5 EER @ 50ºF
Ground-
Ent. Water
water* source
3.4 COP @ 70ºF
heat pump
Ent. Water
Heating Mode ISO 13256-1
3.0 COP @ 50ºF
Ent. Water
For SI units: t/ºC = (t/ºF-32)/1.8
* Performance for electrically powered equipment with capacity less than
65 000 Btu/h (19.0 kW) when rated in accordance with ARI Standard 325.
702.10 Controls.
702.10.1 Temperature Control. Each system or each
zone within a system shall be provided with at least one
thermostat capable of being set from 55°F (13°C) to 85°F
(29°C) and capable of operating the system’s heating and
cooling. The thermostat or control system, or both, shall
have an adjustable deadband, the range of which includes
a setting of 10°F (-12°C) between heating and cooling
when automatic changeover is provided. Wall-mounted
temperature controls shall be mounted on an inside wall.
[ASHRAE 90.2:6.10.1]
702.10.1.1 Initial Control Setting. The Control
shall initially be set for a maximum heating temper-
ature of 70°F (21°C) and a cooling temperature of
not less than 78°F (26°C).
702.10.2 Ventilation Control. Each mechanical
ventilation system (supply, exhaust, or both) shall be
equipped with a readily accessible switch or other means
for shutoff. Manual or automatic dampers installed for
the purpose of isolating outside air intakes and exhausts
from the air distribution system shall be designed for
tight shutoff. [ASHRAE 90.2:6.10.2]
702.10.3 Humidity Control.
702.10.3.1 Heating. If additional energy-
consuming equipment is provided for adding mois-
ture to maintain specific selected relative humidities
in spaces or zones, a humidistat shall be provided.
This device shall be capable of being set to prevent
energy from being used to produce relative humidity
GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT
HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR-CONDITIONING
SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT – ENERGY EFFICIENCY
within the space above 30 percent. [ASHRAE
90.2:6.10.3.1]
702.10.3.2 Cooling. If additional energy-
consuming equipment is provided for reducing
humidity, it shall be equipped with controls capable
of being set to prevent energy from being used to
produce a relative humidity within the space below
50 percent during periods of human occupancy and
below 60 percent during unoccupied periods.
[ASHRAE 90.2:6.10.3.2]
702.10.4 Freeze Protection Systems. Freeze
protection systems, such as heat tracing of outdoor piping
and heat exchangers, including self-regulating heat
tracing, shall include automatic controls capable of shut-
ting off the systems when outdoor air temperatures are
above 40°F (4°C) or when the conditions of the protected
fluid will prevent freezing. Snow- and ice-melting
systems shall include automatic controls capable of shut-
ting off the systems when the pavement temperature is
above 50°F (10°C) and no precipitation is falling and an
automatic or manual control that will allow shutoff when
the outdoor temperature is above 40°F (4°C) so that the
potential for snow or ice accumulation is negligible.
[ASHRAE 90.1:6.4.3.8]
702.10.5 Other Controls. When setback, zoned,
humidity and cooling controls and equipment are
provided, they shall be designed and installed in accor-
dance with Section 702.10. [ASHRAE 90.2:6.10.3.3]
702.11 Whole House Fans. Whole house exhaust fans
shall have insulated louvers or covers which close when the
fan is off. Covers or louvers shall have a insulation value of
not less than R-4.2, and shall be installed in accordance with
manufacturer’s instructions. The attic openings shall be suffi-
cient to accommodate the ventilation capacity of the whole
house fan. The operation of the whole house fan shall be
considered in determining the adequacy of providing combus-
tion air in accordance with the mechanical code.
702.12 Attic Fans. Reserved.
702.13 Dampers. Dampers shall be installed to close off
outdoor air inlets and exhaust outlets when the ventilation
system is not operating.
703.0 Heating, Ventilation, and Air-Conditioning –
Other Than Low-Rise Residential Buildings.
703.1 General. The heating, ventilation, and air-condi-
tioning in buildings, other than single-family houses, multi-
family structures of three stories or fewer above grade, and
modular houses, shall be in accordance with this section.
703.1.1 Scope.
703.1.1.1 New Buildings. Mechanical equipment
and systems serving the heating, cooling, or venti-
lating needs of new buildings shall comply with the
requirements of this section as described in Section
703.2. [ASHRAE 90.1:6.1.1.1]
703.1.1.2 Additions to Existing Buildings.
Mechanical equipment and systems serving the
heating, cooling, or ventilating needs of additions to
37
HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR-CONDITIONING
SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT – ENERGY EFFICIENCY
existing buildings shall comply with the require-
ments of this section as described in Section 703.2.
Exception: When HVAC to an addition is provided
by existing HVAC systems and equipment, such
existing systems and equipment shall not be required
to comply with this supplement. However, any new
systems or equipment installed must comply with
specific requirements applicable to those systems
and equipment. [ASHRAE 90.1:6.1.1.2]
703.1.1.3 Alterations to Heating, Ventilating,
and Air-Conditioning in Existing Buildings.
703.1.1.3.1 New HVAC equipment as a direct
replacement of existing HVAC equipment shall
comply with the specific minimum efficiency
requirements applicable to that equipment.
[ASHRAE 90.1:6.1.1.3.1]
703.1.1.3.2 New cooling systems installed to
serve previously uncooled spaces shall comply
with this section as described in Section 703.2.
[ASHRAE 90.1:6.1.1.3.2]
703.1.1.3.3 Alterations to existing cooling
systems shall not decrease economizer capa-
bility unless the system complies with Section
703.5.1. [ASHRAE 90.1:6.1.1.3.3]
703.1.1.3.4 New and replacement ductwork
shall comply with Section 703.4.4.1 and Section
703.4.4.2. [ASHRAE 90.1:6.1.1.3.4]
703.1.1.3.5 New and replacement piping shall
comply with Section 703.4.4.1. [ASHRAE
90.1: 6.1.1.3.5]
Exceptions: Compliance shall not be required:
(1) for equipment that is being modified or
repaired but not replaced, provided that such
modifications, repairs for the following or
both will not result in an increase in the
annual energy consumption of the equip-
ment using the same energy type.
(2) where a replacement or alteration of equip-
ment requires extensive revisions to other
systems, equipment, or elements of a
building, and such replaced or altered equip-
ment is a like-for-like replacement.
(3) for a refrigerant change of existing equip-
ment.
(4) for the relocation of existing equipment.
(5) for ducts and pipes where there is insuffi-
cient space or access to meet these require-
ments.
703.2 Compliance Path(s).
703.2.1 Compliance with Section 703.0 shall be
achieved by meeting all requirements for Section 703.1,
General; Section 703.7, Submittals; Section 703.8,
Minimum Equipment Efficiency Tables; and either:
(1) Section 703.3, Simplified Approach Option for
HVAC Systems.
38
(2) Section 703.4, Mandatory Provisions; and Section
703.5, Prescriptive Path. [ASHRAE 90.1:6.2.1]
Exception: Projects using the Energy Cost Budget
Method of Section 11 of ASHRAE 90.1, provided such
projects comply with Section 703.4, the mandatory provi-
sions of this section, as a portion of that compliance path.
703.3 Simplified Approach Option for HVAC
Systems.
703.3.1 Scope. The simplified approach is an optional
path for compliance when the following conditions are
met:
(1) Building is two stories or fewer in height.
(2) Gross floor area is less than 25 000 ft2 (2323 m2).
(3) Each HVAC system in the building complies with
the requirements listed in Section 703.3.2.
[ASHRAE 90.1:6.3.1]
703.3.2 Criteria. The HVAC system must meet all of
the following criteria:
(1) The system serves a single HVAC zone.
(2) The equipment must meet the variable flow require-
ments of Section 703.4.3.10.
(3) Cooling (if any) shall be provided by a unitary pack-
aged or split-system air conditioner that is either air-
cooled or evaporatively cooled with efficiency
meeting the requirements shown in Table 703.8.1(1)
(air conditioners), Table 703.8.1(2) (heat pumps), or
Table 703.8.1(4) (packaged terminal and room air
conditioners and heat pumps) for the applicable
equipment category.
(4) The system shall have an air economizer meeting
the requirements of Section 703.5.1.
(5) Heating (if any) shall be provided by a unitary pack-
aged or split-system heat pump that meets the appli-
cable efficiency requirements shown in Table
703.8.1(2) (heat pumps) or Table 703.8.1(4) (pack-
aged terminal and room air conditioners and heat
pumps), a fuel-fired furnace that meets the appli-
cable efficiency requirements shown in Table
703.8.1(5) (furnaces, duct furnaces, and unit
heaters), an electric resistance heater, or a baseboard
system connected to a boiler that meets the appli-
cable efficiency requirements shown in Table
703.8.1(6) (boilers).
(6) The system shall meet the exhaust air energy
recovery requirements of Section 703.5.6.1.
(7) The system shall be controlled by a manual
changeover or dual setpoint thermostat.
(8) If a heat pump equipped with auxiliary internal elec-
tric resistance heaters is installed, controls shall be
provided that prevent supplemental heater operation
when the heating load can be met by the heat pump
alone during both steady-state operation and setback
recovery. Supplemental heater operation is permitted
during outdoor coil defrost cycles. The heat pump
must be controlled by either:
GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT
 HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR-CONDITIONING
SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT – ENERGY EFFICIENCY

(a) A digital or electronic thermostat designed for
heat pump use that energizes auxiliary heat only
when the heat pump has insufficient capacity to
maintain setpoint or to warm up the space at a
sufficient rate.
(b) A multistage space thermostat and an outdoor air
thermostat wired to energize auxiliary heat only
on the last stage of the space thermostat and when
outside air temperature is less than 40°F (4°C).
Heat pumps whose minimum efficiency is regu-
lated by NAECA and whose HSPF rating both
meets the requirements shown in Table 703.8.1(2)
and includes all usage of internal electric resist-
ance heating are exempted from the control
requirements of this part [Section 703.3.2(7)].
(9) The system controls shall not permit reheat or any
other form of simultaneous heating and cooling for
humidity control.
(10) Systems serving spaces other than hotel/motel guest
rooms, and other than those requiring continuous
operation, which have both a cooling or heating
capacity greater than 15 000 Btu/h (4.4 kW) and a
supply fan motor power greater than 3⁄4 horsepower
(hp) (0.6 kW), shall be provided with a time clock
that:
(a) Can start and stop the system under different
schedules for seven different day-types per
week.
(b) Capable of retaining programming and time
setting during a loss of power for a period of at
least 10 hours.
(c) Includes an accessible manual override that
allows temporary operation of the system for up
to two hours.
(15) Where separate heating and cooling equipment
serves the same temperature zone, thermostats shall
be interlocked to prevent simultaneous heating and
cooling.
(16) Systems with a design supply air capacity greater
than 10 000 ft3/min (4719.4 L/s) shall have optimum
start controls.
(17) The system shall comply with the demand control
ventilation requirements in Section 703.4.3.9.
[ASHRAE 90.1:6.3.2]
703.3.3 Climate Zone Determination. Climate
zones identified in this supplement shall be determined in
accordance with Section 5.1.4 of ASHRAE 90.1.
Exception: If recorded historical climatic data are avail-
able for a construction site, it is permitted to be used to
determine compliance if approved by the Authority
Having Jurisdiction.
703.4 Mandatory Provisions.
703.4.1 Equipment Efficiencies, Verification, and
Labeling Requirements.
703.4.1.1 Minimum Equipment Efficien-
cies—Listed Equipment—Standard Rating
and Operating Conditions. Equipment shown
in Table 703.8.1(1) through Table 703.8.1(7) shall
have a minimum performance at the specified rating
conditions when tested in accordance with the spec-
ified test procedure. Where multiple rating condi-
TABLE 703.3.2
ELIMINATE REQUIRED ECONOMIZER FOR COMFORT
COOLING BY INCREASING COOLING EFFICIENCY
[ASHRAE 90.1: TABLE 6.3.2]
Climate Zone Efficiency Improvement
a

(d) Capable of temperature setback down to 55°F 2a 17%

(13ºC) during off hours. 2b 21%
(e) Capable of temperature setup to 90°F (32ºC) 3a 27%
during off hours. 3b 32%
(11) Except for piping within manufacturer’s units, 3c 65%
HVAC piping shall be insulated in accordance with 4a 42%
Table 703.8.3. Insulation exposed to weather shall be
suitable for outdoor service (e.g., protected by 4b 49%
aluminum, sheet metal, painted canvas, or plastic 4c 64%
cover). Cellular foam insulation shall be protected as 5a 49%
above or painted with a coating that is water retar- 5b 59%
dant and provides shielding from solar radiation. 5c 74%
(12) Ductwork and plenums shall be insulated in accor- 6a 56%
dance with Table 703.8.2(1) and Table 703.8.2(2)
6b 65%
and shall be sealed in accordance with Table
7 72%
703.4.4.2(1).
8 77%
(13) Construction documents shall require a ducted system
to be air balanced in accordance with industry- a
If a unit is rated with an IPLV, IEER or SEER then to eliminate the
accepted procedures. required air or water economizer, the minimum cooling efficiency of
the HVAC unit must be increased by the percentage shown. If the HVAC
(14) Outdoor air intake and exhaust systems shall meet the unit is only rated with a full load metric like EER or COP cooling then
requirements of Section 703.4.3.4. these must be increased by the percentage shown.

GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT 39

HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR-CONDITIONING
SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT – ENERGY EFFICIENCY

tions or performance requirements are provided, the (Equation 703.4.1.2.1)

equipment shall satisfy all stated requirements, Adjusted maximum full-load kW/ton rating =
unless otherwise exempted by footnotes in the table. (full-load kW/ton from Table 703.8.1(3))/Kadj
Equipment covered under the Federal Energy Policy
Adjusted maximum NPLV rating =
Act of 1992 (EPACT) shall have no minimum effi- (IPLV from Table 703.8.1(3))/Kadj
ciency requirements for operation at minimum
capacity or other than standard rating conditions. Kadj = A x B
Equipment used to provide water heating functions
as part of a combination system shall satisfy all
Where:
stated requirements for the appropriate space heating
or cooling category. A = 0.00000014592 x (LIFT)4 -
0.0000346496 x (LIFT)3 +
Tables are as follows:
0.00314196 x (LIFT)2 -
(1) Table 703.8.1(1) – Air Conditioners and 0.147199 x (LIFT) + 3.9302
Condensing Units. B = 0.0015 x LvgEvap + 0.934
(2) Table 703.8.1(2) – Heat Pumps. LIFT = LvgCond - LvgEvap
(3) Table 703.8.1(3) – Water-Chilling Packages LvgCond = Full-load condenser leaving
(see Section 703.4.1.2.1 for water-cooled fluid temperature (°F)
centrifugal water-chilling packages that are
designed to operate at nonstandard conditions). LvgEvap = Full-load evaporator leaving
temperature (°F)
(4) Table 703.8.1(4) – Packaged Terminal and
Room Air Conditioners and Heat Pumps.
(5) Table 703.8.1(5) – Furnaces, Duct Furnaces, The adjusted full-load and NPLV values are
and Unit Heaters. only applicable for centrifugal chillers meeting
all of the following full-load design ranges:
(6) Table 703.8.1(6) – Boilers.
(1) Minimum Evaporator Leaving Tempera-
(7) Table 703.8.1(7) – Heat Rejection Equipment.
ture: 36°F (2ºC)
(8) Table 703.8.1(8) – Heat Transfer Equpment.
(2) Maximum Condenser Leaving Tempera-
(9) Table 703.8.1(9) – Variable Refrigerant Flow ture: 115°F (46ºC)
Air Conditioners.
(3) LIFT ≥ 20ºF and ≤ 80ºF
(10) Table 703.8.1(10) – Variable Refrigerant Flow
Manufacturers shall calculate the adjusted
Air-to-Air and Applied Heat Pumps.
maximum kW/ton and NPLV before deter-
(11) Table 703.8.1(11) – Air Conditioners Serving mining whether to label the chiller per Section
Computer Rooms. 703.4.1.5. Compliance with 90.1-2007 or -2010
Furnaces with input ratings of ≥225 000 Btu/h or both shall be labeled on chillers within the
(66 kW), including electric furnaces, that are not scope of the Standard.
located within the conditioned space shall have Centrifugal chillers designed to operate
jacket losses not exceeding 0.75 percent of the input outside of these ranges are not covered by this
rating. Air conditioners primarily serving computer Standard.. [ASHRAE 90.1:6.4.1.2.1]
rooms and covered by ASHRAE Standard 127 shall
Example: Path A 600 ton (600 000 kg)
meet the requirements in Table 703.8.1(11). All
centrifugal chiller Table 703.8.1(3) efficiencies
other air conditioners shall meet the requirements in
Table 703.8.1(1). [ASHRAE 90.1:6.4.1.1] Full Load = 0.570 kW/ton
703.4.1.2 Minimum Equipment Efficiencies— IPLV = 0.539 kW/ton
Listed Equipment—Nonstandard Conditions. LvgCond = 91.16°F
703.4.1.2.1 Water-Cooled Centrifugal LvgEvap = 42°F
Chilling Packages. Equipment not designed LIFT = 91.16 – 42 = 49.16°F (10ºC)
for operation at AHRI Standard 550/590 test
Kadj = AxB
conditions of 44°F (7ºC) leaving chilled fluid
temperature and 85°F (29ºC) entering A = 0.00000014592 x (49.16)4 -
condenser-fluid temperature with 3 gallons per 0.0000346496 x (49.16)3 +
minute (gpm) per ton (0.0002 L/s/kg) 0.00314196 x (4916)2 - 0.147199 x
condenser-fluid flow (and, thus, cannot be (4916) + 3.9302 = 1.0228
tested to meet the requirements of Table B = 0.0015 x 42 + 0.934 = 0.9970
703.8.1(3)) shall have maximum full-load Adjusted
kW/ton and NPLV ratings adjusted using the full load = 0.570/(1.0228 x 0.9970)
following equation: = 0.559 kW/ton

40 GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT


NPLV = 0.539/(1.0228 x 0.9970) = 0.529
kW/ton
703.4.1.2.2 Positive Displacement (air-
and water-cooled) Chilling Packages.
Equipment with an evaporator leaving fluid
temperature higher than 32°F (0°C) shall show
compliance with Table 703.8.1(3) when tested
or certified with water at standard rating condi-
tions, per the referenced test procedure.
[ASHRAE 90.1:6.4.1.2.2]
703.4.1.3 Equipment Not Listed. Equipment
not listed in the tables referenced in Section
703.4.1.1 and Section 703.4.1.2 may be used.
[ASHRAE 90.1:6.4.1.3]
703.4.1.4 Verification of Equipment Efficien-
cies. Equipment efficiency information supplied by
manufacturers shall be verified as follows:
(1) Equipment covered under EPACT shall comply
with U.S. Department of Energy certification
requirements.
(2) If a certification program exists for a covered
product, and it includes provisions for verifica-
tion and challenge of equipment efficiency
ratings, then the product shall be listed in the
certification program, or
(3) If a certification program exists for a covered
product, and it includes provisions for verifica-
tion and challenge of equipment efficiency
ratings, but the product is not listed in the
existing certification program, the ratings shall
be verified by an independent laboratory test
report, or
(4) If no certification program exists for a covered
product, the equipment efficiency ratings shall
be supported by data furnished by the manu-
facturer, or
(5) Where components such as indoor or outdoor
coils from different manufacturers are used, the
system designer shall specify component effi-
ciencies whose combined efficiency meets the
minimum equipment efficiency requirements in
Section 703.4.1.
(6) Requirements for plate type liquid-to-liquid
heat exchangers are listed in Table 703.8.1(8).
[ASHRAE 90.1:6.4.1.4]
703.4.1.5 Labeling.
703.4.1.5.1 Mechanical Equipment.
Mechanical equipment that is not covered by
the U.S. National Appliance Energy Conserva-
tion Act (NAECA) of 1987 shall carry a perma-
nent label installed by the manufacturer stating
that the equipment complies with the require-
ments of ASHRAE 90.1. [ASHRAE
90.1:6.4.1.5.1]
703.4.1.5.2 Packaged Terminal Air
Conditioners. Nonstandard size packaged
GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT
HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR-CONDITIONING
SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT – ENERGY EFFICIENCY
terminal air conditioners and heat pumps with
existing sleeves having an external wall opening
of less than 16 inches (406 mm) high or less
than 42 inches (1067 mm) wide and having a
cross-sectional area less than 670 square inches
(in2) (62 m2) shall be factory labeled as follows:
Manufactured for nonstandard size applications
only: not to be installed in new construction
projects. [ASHRAE 90.1:6.4.1.5.2]
703.4.2 Calculations.
703.4.2.1 Load Calculations. Heating and cooling
system design loads for the purpose of sizing systems
and equipment shall be determined in accordance with
ANSI/ASHRAE/ACCA Standard 183-2007, Peak
Cooling and Heating Load Calculations in Building
Except Low-Rise Residential Buildings. [ASHRAE
90.1:6.4.2.1]
703.4.2.2 Pump Head. Pump differential pressure
(head) for the pupose of sizing pumps shall be deter-
mined in accordance with generally accepted engi-
neering standards and handbooks acceptable to the
adopting authority. The pressure drop through each
device and pipe segment in the critical circuit at design
conditions shall be calculated. [ASHRAE
90.1:6.4.2.2]
703.4.2.3 System Sizing. Reserved.
703.4.3 Controls.
703.4.3.1 Zone Thermostatic Controls.
703.4.3.1.1 General. The supply of heating
and cooling energy to each zone shall be indi-
vidually controlled by thermostatic controls
responding to temperature within the zone. For
the purposes of Section 703.4.3.1, a dwelling
unit shall be permitted to be considered a single
zone. [ASHRAE 90.1:6.4.3.1.1]
Exceptions: Independent perimeter systems
that are designed to offset only building enve-
lope loads shall be permitted to serve one or
more zones also served by an interior system
provided:
(1) The perimeter system includes at least one
thermostatic control zone for each building
exposure having exterior walls facing only
one orientation for 50 contiguous feet
(15 240 mm) or more.
(2) The perimeter system heating and cooling
supply is controlled by a thermostatic
control(s) located within the zones(s)
served by the system.
Exterior walls are considered to have
different orientations if the directions they face
differ by more than 45 degrees (0.79 rad).
703.4.3.1.2 Dead Band. Where used to
control both heating and cooling, zone thermo-
static controls shall be capable of providing a
temperature range or dead band of not less than
41
HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR-CONDITIONING
SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT – ENERGY EFFICIENCY
5°F (-15ºC) within which the supply of heating
and cooling energy to the zone is shut off or
reduced to a minimum. [ASHRAE 90.1:6.4.3.1.2]
Exceptions:
(1) Thermostats that require manual changeover
between heating and cooling modes.
(2) Special occupancy or special applications
where wide temperature ranges are not
acceptable (such as retirement homes,
process applications, museums, some areas
of hospitals) and are approved by the
Authority Having Jurisdiction.
703.4.3.2 Setpoint Overlap Restriction. Where
heating and cooling to a zone are controlled by sepa-
rate zone thermostatic controls located within the
zone, means (such as limit switches, mechanical
stops, or, for DDC systems, software programming)
shall be provided to prevent the heating setpoint from
exceeding the cooling setpoint minus any applicable
proportional band. [ASHRAE 90.1:6.4.3.2]
703.4.3.3 Off-Hour Controls. HVAC systems
shall have the off-hour controls required by Section
703.4.3.3.1 through Section 703.4.3.3.4. [ASHRAE
90.1:6.4.3.3]
Exceptions:
(1) HVAC systems intended to operate continu-
ously.
(2) HVAC systems having a design heating
capacity and cooling capacity less than 15 000
Btu/h (4.4 kW) that are equipped with readily
accessible manual ON/ OFF controls.
703.4.3.3.1 Automatic Shutdown. HVAC
systems shall be equipped with at least one of
the following:
(1) Controls that can start and stop the system
under different time schedules for seven
different day-types per week, are capable
of retaining programming and time setting
during loss of power for a period of not less
than 10 hours, and include an accessible
manual override, or equivalent function,
that allows temporary operation of the
system for up to 2 hours.
(2) An occupant sensor that is capable of shut-
ting the system off when no occupant is
sensed for a period of up to 30 minutes.
(3) A manually operated timer capable of
being adjusted to operate the system for up
to 2 hours.
(4) An interlock to a security system that shuts
the system off when the security system is
activated. [ASHRAE 90.1:6.4.3.3.1]
Exception: Residential occupancies shall use
controls that can start and stop the system under
two different time schedules per week.
42
703.4.3.3.2 Setback Controls. Heating
systems located in climate zone 2 through zone
8 shall be equipped with controls that have the
capability to automatically restart and temporarily
operate the system as required to maintain zone
temperatures above a heating setpoint adjustable
down to 55°F (13ºC) or lower. Cooling systems
located in climate zones 1b, 2b, and 3b shall be
equipped with controls that have the capability to
automatically restart and temporarily operate the
system as required to maintain zone temperatures
below a cooling setpoint adjustable up to 90°F
(32ºC) or higher or to prevent high space
humidity levels. [ASHRAE 90.1:6.4.3.3.2]
Exception: Radiant floor and ceiling heating
systems.
703.4.3.3.3 Optimum Start Controls. Indi-
vidual heating and cooling air distribution
systems with a total design supply air capacity
exceeding 10 000 ft3/min (4719.4 L/s), served by
one or more supply fans, shall have optimum
start controls. The control algorithm shall, as a
minimum, be a function of the difference
between space temperature and occupied
setpoint and the amount of time prior to sched-
uled occupancy. [ASHRAE 90.1:6.4.3.3.3]
703.4.3.3.4 Zone Isolation. HVAC systems
serving zones that are intended to operate or be
occupied nonsimultaneously shall be divided
into isolation areas. Zones may be grouped into
a single isolation area provided it does not
exceed 25 000 ft2 (2323 m2) of conditioned
floor area nor include more than one floor. Each
isolation area shall be equipped with isolation
devices capable of automatically shutting off
the supply of conditioned air and outdoor air to
and exhaust air from the area. Each isolation
area shall be controlled independently by a
device meeting the requirements of Section
703.4.3.3.1, Automatic Shutdown. For central
systems and plants, controls and devices shall
be provided to allow stable system and equip-
ment operation for any length of time while
serving only the smallest isolation area served
by the system or plant. [ASHRAE
90.1:6.4.3.3.4]
Exceptions: Isolation devices and controls are
not required for the following:
(1) Exhaust air and outdoor air connections to
isolation zones when the fan system to
which they connect is 5000 ft3/min (2360
L/s) and smaller.
(2) Exhaust airflow from a single isolation
zone of less than 10 percent of the design
airflow of the exhaust system to which it
connects.
(3) Zones intended to operate continuously or
GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT
 HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR-CONDITIONING
SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT – ENERGY EFFICIENCY

intended to be inoperative only when all (3) Dampers are not required in ventilation or
other zones are inoperative. exhaust systems serving unconditioned
703.4.3.4 Ventilation System Controls. spaces.
703.4.3.4.1 Stair and Shaft Vents. Stair (4) Dampers are not required in exhaust
and elevator shaft vents shall be equipped with systems serving Type 1 kitchen exhaust
motorized dampers that are capable of being hoods.
automatically closed during normal building 703.4.3.4.3 Damper Leakage. Where
operation and are interlocked to open as outdoor air supply and exhaust/relief dampers
required by fire and smoke detection systems. are required by Section 703.4.3.4, they shall
[ASHRAE 90.1:6.4.3.4.1] have a maximum leakage rate when tested in
703.4.3.4.2 Shutoff Damper Controls. accordance with AMCA Standard 500 as indi-
Both outdoor air supply and exhaust systems cated in Table 703.4.3.4.3. [ASHRAE
shall be equipped with motorized dampers that 90.1:6.4.3.4.3]
will automatically shut when the systems or 703.4.3.4.4 Ventilation Fan Controls. Fans
spaces served are not in use. Ventilation outdoor with motors greater than 0.75 hp (0.6 kW) shall
air dampers shall be capable of automatically have automatic controls complying with Section
shutting off during preoccupancy building warm- 703.4.3.3.1 that are capable of shutting off fans
up, cool down, and setback, except when venti- when not required. [ASHRAE 90.1:6.4.3.4.4]
lation reduces energy costs (e.g., night purge) or Exception: HVAC systems intended to operate
when ventilation must be supplied to meet code continuously.
requirements. [ASHRAE 90.1:6.4.3.4.2]
703.4.3.4.5 Enclosed Parking Garage
Exceptions: Ventilation. Heat Enclosed parking garage
(1) Backdraft gravity (nonmotorized) dampers ventilation systems shall automatically detect
are acceptable for exhaust and relief in contaminant levels and stage fans or modulate
buildings less than three stories in height fan airflow rates to 50 percent or less of design
and for ventilation air intakes and exhaust capacity provided acceptable contaminant levels
and relief dampers in buildings of any are maintained. [ASHRAE 90.1:6.4.3.4.5]
height located in climate zone 1 through Exceptions:
zone 3. Backdraft dampers for ventilation
air intakes must be protected from direct (1) Garages less than 30 000 square feet (9144
exposure to wind. m2) with ventilation systems that do not
utilize mechanical cooling or mechanical
(2) Backdraft gravity (nonmotorized) dampers heating.
are acceptable in systems with a design
outdoor air intake or exhaust capacity of (2) Garages that have a garage area to ventila-
300 ft3/min (142.0 L/s) or less. tion system motor nameplate hp ratio that

TABLE 703.4.3.4.3 MAXIMUM DAMPER LEAKAGE

(ft3/min/ft2) at 1.0 in. w.g.
[ASHRAE 90.1: TABLE 6.4.3.4.3]

VENTILATION AIR INTAKE EXHAUST/RELIEF

CLIMATE ZONE 1 MOTORIZED 1 MOTORIZED

NONMOTORIZED NONMOTORIZED

1, 2 – – –
any height 20 4 20 4

3 – – –
any height 20 10 20 10
4, 5b, 5c – – –
less than 3 stories not allowed 10 20 10
3 or more stories not allowed 10 not allowed 10
5a, 6, 7, 8 – – –
les than 3 stories not allowed 4 20 4
3 or more stories not allowed 4 not allowed 4
For SI units: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 cubic foot per minute = 0.06 L/s, 1 square foot = 0.929 m2, 1 inch water gauge = 0.249 kPa
1
Dampers smaller than 24 inches (610 mm) in either dimension shall have leakage of 40 (ft3/min)/ft2 (203 L/s/m2).

GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT 43

HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR-CONDITIONING
SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT – ENERGY EFFICIENCY
exceed 1500 ft2/hp (186 m2/kW) and do not
utilize mechanical cooling or mechanical
heating.
(3) Where not permitted by the Authority
Having Jurisdiction.
703.4.3.5 Heat Pump Auxiliary Heat Control.
Heat pumps equipped with internal electric resist-
ance heaters shall have controls that prevent supple-
mental heater operation when the heating load can
be met by the heat pump alone during both steady-
state operation and setback recovery. Supplemental
heater operation is permitted during outdoor coil
defrost cycles. [ASHRAE 90.1:6.4.3.5]
Exceptions: Heat pumps whose minimum effi-
ciency is regulated by U.S. National Appliance
Energy Conservation Act (NAECA) and whose
HSPF rating both meets the requirements shown in
Table 703.8.1(2) and includes all usage of internal
electric resistance heating.
703.4.3.6 Humidifier Preheat. Humidifiers with
preheating jackets mounted in the airstream shall be
provided with an automatic valve to shut off preheat
when humidification is not required. [ASHRAE
90.1:6.4.3.6]
703.4.3.7 Humidification and Dehumidifica-
tion. Where a zone is served by a system or systems
with both humidification and dehumidification capa-
bility, means (such as limit switches, mechanical
stops, or, for DDC systems, software programming)
shall be provided capable of preventing simulta-
neous operation of humidification and dehumidifi-
cation equipment. [ASHRAE 90.1:6.4.3.7]
Exceptions:
(1) Zones served by desiccant systems, used with
direct evaporative cooling in series.
(2) Systems serving zones where specific humidity
levels are required, such as museums and hospi-
tals, and approved by the Authority Having
Jurisdiction.
703.4.3.8 Freeze Protection and Snow/Ice
Melting Systems. Freeze protection systems,
such as heat tracing of outdoor piping and heat
exchangers, including self-regulating heat tracing,
shall include automatic controls capable of shutting
off the systems when outdoor air temperatures are
above 40°F (4ºC) or when the conditions of the
protected fluid will prevent freezing. Snow- and ice-
melting systems shall include automatic controls
capable of shutting off the systems when the pave-
ment temperature is above 50°F (10ºC) and no
precipitation is falling and an automatic or manual
control that will allow shutoff when the outdoor
temperature is above 40°F (4ºC) so that the potential
for snow or ice accumulation is negligible.
[ASHRAE 90.1:6.4.3.8]
703.4.3.9 Ventilation Controls for High-
Occupancy Areas. Demand control ventilation
44
(DCV) is required for spaces larger than 500 ft2
(46.45 m2) and with a design occupancy for ventila-
tion of greater than 40 people per 1000 ft2 (93 m2) of
floor area and served by systems with one or more
of the following:
(1) An air-side economizer.
(2) An automatic modulating control of the outdoor
air damper, or
(3) A design outdoor airflow greater than 3000
ft3/min (1416.0 L/s). [ASHRAE 90.1:6.4.3.9]
Exceptions:
(1) Systems with the exhaust air energy recovery
complying with Section 703.5.6.1.
(2) Multiple-zone systems without DDC of indi-
vidual zones communicating with a central
control panel.
(3) Systems with a design outdoor airflow less than
1200 ft3/min (566 L/s).
(4) Spaces where the supply airflow rate minus any
makeup or outgoing transfer air requirement is
less than 1200 ft3/min (566 L/s).
703.4.3.10 Single Zone Variable-Air-Volume
Controls. HVAC systems shall have variable airflow
controls as follows:
(1) Air-handling and fan-coil units with chilled-water
cooling coils and supply fans with motors greater
than or equal to 5.36 hp (4 kW) shall have their
supply fans controlled by two-speed motors or
variable-speed drives. At cooling demands less
than or equal to 50 percent, the supply fan
controls shall be able to reduce the airflow to no
greater than the larger of the following:
(a) One half of the full fan speed , or
(b) The volume of outdoor air required to meet the
ventilation requirements of ASHRAE 62.1.
(2) Effective January 1, 2012, all air-conditioning
equipment and air-handling units with direct
expansion cooling and a cooling capacity at
AHRI conditions greater than or equal to 110 000
Btu/h (32.2 kW) that serve single zones shall have
their supply fans controlled by two-speed motors
or variable-speed drives. At cooling demands less
than or equal to 50 percent, the supply fan
controls shall be able to reduce the airflow to no
greater than the larger of the following:
(a) Two-thirds of the full fan speed, or
(b) The volume of outdoor air required to meet the
ventilation requirements of ASHRAE 62.1.
[ASHRAE 90.1:6.4.3.10]
703.4.3.11 Outdoor Heating. Only radiant heat
systems shall be used to provide heat outdoors.
Outdoor radiant heating systems shall be provided
with controls that sense the presence of occupants
or other device that automatically shuts down the
system when no occupants are in the heating area.
GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT

703.4.4 HVAC System Construction and Insula-
tion. HVAC Ducts shall be constructed in accordance
with provisions contained in the SMACNA HVAC Duct
Construction Standard. HVAC system construction and
insulation shall also comply with Section 703.4.4.1
through Section 703.4.4.2.
703.4.4.1 Insulation.
703.4.4.1.1 General. Insulation required by
this section shall be installed in accordance with
industry-accepted standards (see Informative
Appendix E of ASHRAE 90.1). These require-
ments do not apply to HVAC equipment. Insu-
lation shall be protected from damage,
including that due to sunlight, moisture, equip-
ment maintenance, and wind, but not limited to
the following:
(1) Insulation exposed to weather shall be suit-
able for outdoor service (e.g., protected by
aluminum, sheet metal, painted canvas, or
plastic cover). Cellular foam insulation
shall be protected as above or painted with
a coating that is water retardant and
provides shielding from solar radiation that
can cause degradation of the material.
(2) Insulation covering chilled-water piping,
refrigerant suction piping, or cooling ducts
located outside the conditioned space shall
include a vapor retardant located outside
the insulation (unless the insulation is
inherently vapor retardant), all penetrations
and joints of which shall be sealed.
[ASHRAE 90.1:6.4.4.1.1]
703.4.4.1.2 Duct and Plenum Insulation.
All supply and return ducts and plenums
installed as part of an HVAC air distribution
system shall be thermally insulated in accor-
dance with Table 703.8.2(1) and Table
703.8.2(2). [ASHRAE 90.1:6.4.4.1.2]
Exceptions:
(1) Factory-installed plenums, casings, or
ductwork furnished as a part of HVAC
equipment tested and rated in accordance
with Section 703.4.1.
(2) Ducts or plenums located in heated spaces,
semi-heated spaces, or cooled spaces.
(3) For runouts less than 10 feet (3048 mm) in
length to air terminals or air outlets, the rated
R-value of insulation need not exceed R-3.5.
(4) Backs of air outlets and outlet plenums
exposed to unconditioned or indirectly
conditioned spaces with face areas exceeding
5 ft2 (0.5 m2) need not exceed R-2; those 5 ft2
(0.5 m2) or smaller need not be insulated.
703.4.4.1.3 Piping Insulation. Piping shall
be thermally insulated in accordance with Table
703.8.3. [ASHRAE 90.1:6.4.4.1.3]
GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT
HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR-CONDITIONING
SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT – ENERGY EFFICIENCY
Exceptions:
(1) Factory-installed piping within HVAC
equipment tested and rated in accordance
with Section 703.4.1.
(2) Piping that conveys fluids having a design
operating temperature range between 60°F
(16ºC) and 105°F (41ºC), inclusive.
(3) Piping that conveys fluids that have not
been heated or cooled through the use of
fossil fuels or electricty (such as roof and
condensate drains, domestic cold water
supply, natural gas piping).
(4) Where heat gain or heat loss will not increase
energy usage (such as liquid refrigerant
piping).
(5) In piping 1 inch (25.4 mm) or less, insula-
tion is not required for strainers, control
valves, and balancing valves.
703.4.4.1.4 Sensible Heating Panel Insu-
lation. All thermally ineffective panel surfaces
of sensible heating panels, including U-bends,
and headers, shall be insulated with a minimum
of R-35. Adjacent envelope insulation counts
toward this requirement. [ASHRAE
90.1:6.4.4.1.4]
703.4.4.1.5 Radiant Floor Heating. The
bottom surfaces of floor structures incorpo-
rating radiant heating shall be insulated with a
minimum of R-35. Adjacent envelope insula-
tion counts toward this requirement. [ASHRAE
90.1:6.4.4.1.5]
Exception: Requirements for heated slab-on-
grade floors incorporating radiant heating are in
Chapter 5 of ASHRAE 90.1.
703.4.4.2 Ductwork and Plenum Leakage.
703.4.4.2.1 Duct Sealing. Ductwork and
plenums shall be sealed in accordance with
Table 703.4.4.2(1) (Table 703.4.4.2(2) provides
definitions of seal levels), as required to meet
the requirements of Section 703.4.4.2.2 and the
SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standard
or ASHRAE 90.1.
703.4.4.2.2 Duct Leakage Tests. Ductwork
that is designed to operate at static pressures in
excess of 3 inches Water Column (0.75 kPa)
and all ductwork located outdoors shall be leak-
tested according to the SMACNA HVAC Air
Duct Leakage Test Manual. Representative
sections totaling no less than 25 percent of the
total installed duct area for the designated pres-
sure class shall be tested. All sections shall be
selected by the building owner or the designated
representative of the building owner. Positive
pressure leakage testing is acceptable for nega-
tive pressure ductwork. The maximum
permitted duct leakage shall be:
45
HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR-CONDITIONING
SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT – ENERGY EFFICIENCY

Lmax = CLP 0.65 (Equation 703.4.4.2.2) 703.4.4.2.2.1 Duct Leakage Tests

with Less than 3 inches Water
Where: Column. Ductwork that is designed to
operate at static pressures less than 3 inches
Lmax = maximum permitted leakage in Water Column (0.75 kPa) located outdoors
(ft3/min)/100 square feet (0.05 and within unconditioned space shall be
L/s/m2) duct surface area; leak-tested according to the testing proce-
CL = 4, duct leakage class, (ft3/min)/100 dures contained in SMACNA HVAC Air
square feet (0.05 L/s/m2) duct Duct Leakage Test Manual or Associated
surface area at 1 inch Water Column Air Balance Council Procedural Standards
(0.24 kPa). Chapter 5 Leakage Testing. Positive pres-
P = test pressure, which shall be equal to sure leakage testing is acceptable for nega-
tive pressure ductwork.
the design duct pressure class rating in inch
water column (0.24 kPa) [based on ASHRAE 703.5 Prescriptive Path.
90.1:6.4.4.2.2] 703.5.1 Economizers. Each cooling system that has a
fan shall include either an air or water economizer
meeting the requirements of Section 703.5.1.1 through
TABLE 703.4.4.2(1) Section 703.5.1.4. [ASHRAE 90.1:6.5.1]
MINIMUM DUCT SEAL LEVEL1 Exceptions: Economizers are not required for the
systems listed below.
DUCT TYPE
(1) Individual fan-cooling units with a supply capacity
SUPPLY
DUCT LOCATION less than the minimum listed in Table 703.5.1(1) for
EXHAUST RETURN
≤2 in. >2 in. comfort cooling applications and Table 703.5.1(2)
2 2
w.c. w.c. for computer room applications.
Outdoor A A C A (2) Systems that include nonparticulate air treatment as
Unconditioned required by Section 6.2.1 in ASHRAE 62.1.
B A C B
spaces
(3) In hospitals and ambulatory surgery centers, where
Conditioned spaces3 C B B C more than 75 percent of the air designed to be
For SI unit: 1 inch Water Column = 0.249 kPa supplied by the system is to spaces that are required
1
See Table 703.4.4.2(2) description of seal level. to be humidified above 35°F (2ºC) dew-point
2 temperature to comply with applicable codes or
Duct design static pressure classification.
3
Includes indirectly conditioned spaces such as alum air plenums. accreditation standards. In all other buildings, where
more than 25 percent of the air designed to be
TABLE 703.4.4.2(2) supplied by the system is to spaces that are designed
DUCT SEAL LEVELS to be humidified above 35°F (2ºC) dew-point
temperature to satisfy process needs. This exception
SEAL
LEVEL SEALING REQUIREMENTS
*
does not apply to computer rooms.
All transverse joints, longitudinal seams, and duct wall (4) Systems that include a condenser heat recovery
penetrations. Pressure-sensitive tape shall not be used system with a minimum capacity as defined in
as the primary sealant, unless it has been certified to Sections 603.5.3.
A
comply with UL-181A or UL-181B by an independent (5) Systems that serve residential spaces where the
testing laboratory and the tape is used in accordance system capacity is less than five times the require-
with that certification. [See note.] ment listed in Table 703.5.1(1).
All transverse joints, longitudinal seams. Pressure-sensi- (6) Systems that serve spaces whose sensible cooling
tive tape shall not be used as the primary sealant, unless load at design conditions, excluding transmission
B it has been certified to comply with UL-181A or UL- and infiltration loads, is less than or equal to trans-
181B by an independent testing laboratory and the tape mission and infiltration losses at an outdoor temper-
is used in accordance with that certification. [See note.] ature of 60°F (16ºC).
C Transverse joints only. (7) Systems expected to operate less than 20 hours per
Note: UL-181A or UL-181B is not applicable to metal-to-metal duct joints. week.
*
Longitudinal seams are joints oriented in the direction of airflow. Trans-
(8) Where the use of outdoor air for cooling will affect
verse joints are connections of two duct sections oriented perpendicular to
supermarket open refrigerated casework systems.
airflow. Duct wall penetrations are openings made by any screw fastener,
pipe, rod, or wire. Spiral lock seams in a round or flat oval duct need not (9) For comfort cooling where the cooling efficiency
be sealed. All other connections are considered transverse joints, including meets or exceeds the efficiency requirements in
but not limited to spin-ins, taps, and other branch connections, access door Table 703.3.2.
frames and jambs, duct connections to equipment, etc. (10) Systems primarily serving computer rooms where:

46 GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT


(a) The total design cooling load of all computer
rooms in the building is less then 3 000 000
Btu/h (879 kW) and the building in which they
are located is not served by a centralized chilled
water plant, or
(b) The room total design cooling load is less than
600 000 Btu/h (176 kW) and the building in
which they are located is served by a central-
ized chilled water plant, or
(c) The local water authority does not allow cooling
towers, or
(d) Less than 600 000 Btu/h (176 kW) of computer
room cooling equipment capacity is being
added to an existing building
(11) Dedicated systems for computer rooms where a
minimum of 75 percent of the design load serves
(a) Those spaces classified as an essential facility.
(b) Those spaces having a mechanical cooling
design of Tier IV as defined by ANSI/TIA-942.
(c) Those spaces classified under NFPA 70 Article
708 - Critical Operations Power Systems (COPS).
(d) Those spaces where core clearing and settle-
ment services are performed such that their
failure to settle pending financial transactions
could present systemic risk as described in “The
Interagancy Paper on Sound Practices to
Strengthen the Resilience of the US Financial
System, April 7, 2003.”
703.5.1.1 Air Economizers.
703.5.1.1.1 Design Capacity. Air economizer
systems shall be capable of modulating outdoor
air and return air dampers to provide up to 100
TABLE 703.5.1(1)
MINIMUM FAN-COOLING UNIT SIZE FOR WHICH AN
ECONOMIZER IS REQUIRED FOR COMFORT COOLING
[ASHRAE 90.1: TABLE 6.5.1A]
COOLING CAPACITY FOR WHICH
CLIMATE ZONES
AN ECONOMIZER IS REQUIRED
1a, 1b No economizer requirement
2a, 2b, 3a, 4a, 5a, 6a
≥54 000 Btu/h
3b, 3c, 4b, 4c, 5b, 5c, 6b, 7, 8
For SI units: 1000 British thermal units per hour = 0.293 kW
TABLE 703.5.1(2)
MINIMUM FAN-COOLING UNIT SIZE FOR WHICH AN
ECONOMIZER IS REQUIRED FOR COMPUTER ROOMS
[ASHRAE 90.1: TABLE 6.5.1B]
COOLING CAPACITY FOR WHICH
CLIMATE ZONES
AN ECONOMIZER IS REQUIRED
1a, 1b, 2a, 3a, 4a No economizer requirement
2b, 5a, 6a, 7, 8 ≥135 000 Btu/h
3b, 3c, 4b, 4c, 5b, 5c, 6b ≥65 000 Btu/h
For SI units: 1000 British thermal units per hour = 0.293 kW
GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT
HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR-CONDITIONING
SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT – ENERGY EFFICIENCY
percent of the design supply air quantity as
outdoor air for cooling. [ASHRAE 90.1:6.5.1.1.1]
703.5.1.1.2 Control Signal. Economizer
dampers shall be capable of being sequenced
with the mechanical cooling equipment and
shall not be controlled by only mixed air
temperature. [ASHRAE 90.1:6.5.1.1.2]
Exception: The use of mixed air temperature
limit control shall be permitted for systems
controlled from space temperature (such as
single-zone systems).
703.5.1.1.3 High-Limit Shutoff. All air econ-
omizers shall be capable of automatically
reducing outdoor air intake to the design
minimum outdoor air quantity when outdoor air
intake will no longer reduce cooling energy
usage. High-limit shutoff control types for
specific climates shall be chosen from Table
703.5.1.1.3(1). High-limit shutoff control
settings for these control types shall be those
listed in Table 703.5.1.1.3(2). [ASHRAE
90.1:6.5.1.1.3]
703.5.1.1.4 Dampers. Both return air and
outdoor air dampers shall meet the requirements
of Section 703.4.3.4. [ASHRAE 90.1:6.5.1.1.4]
703.5.1.1.5 Relief of Excess Outdoor Air.
Systems shall provide a means to relieve excess
outdoor air during air economizer operation to
prevent overpressurizing the building. The relief
TABLE 703.5.1.1.3(1)
HIGH-LIMIT SHUTOFF CONTROL OPTIONS
FOR AIR ECONOMIZERS
[ASHRAE 90.1: TABLE 6.5.1.1.3A]
ALLOWED CONTROL PROHIBITED
CLIMATE ZONES
TYPES CONTROL TYPES
Fixed dry bulb
Differential dry bulb
1b. 2b, 3b, 3c, 4b, Electronic enthalpy1
Fixed enthalpy
4c, 5b, 5c, 6b, 7, 8 Differential enthalpy
Dew-point and dry-
bulb temperatures
Fixed enthalpy
Electronic enthalpy
Fixed Dry Bulb
1a, 2a. 3a, 4a Differential enthalpy
Differential dry bulb
Dew-point and dry-
bulb temperatures
Fixed dry bulb
Differential dry bulb
Fixed enthalpy
5a, 6a Electronic enthalpy1
Differential enthalpy
Dew-point and dry-
bulb temperatures
1
Electronic enthalpy controllers are devices that use a combination of
humidity and dry-bulb temperature in their switching algorithm.
47
HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR-CONDITIONING
SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT – ENERGY EFFICIENCY

TABLE 703.5.1.1.3(2)
HIGH-LIMIT SHUTOFF CONTROL SETTINGS
FOR AIR ECONOMIZERS
[ASHRAE 90.1: TABLE 6.5.1.1.3B]
REQUIRED HIGH LIMIT
DEVICE TYPE CLIMATE
(ECONOMIZER OFF WHEN):
EQUATION DESCRIPTION

TOA > 75°F Outdoor air temperature exceeds 75°F

1b, 2b, 3b, 3c, 4b, 4c,
Fixed dry bulb
5b, 5c, 6b, 7, 8, 5a, 6a
TOA > 70°F Outdoor air temperature exceeds 70°F
lb. 2b, 3b, 3c, 4b, 4c, Outdoor air temperature exceeds return air
Differential dry bulb TOA>TRA
5a, 5b, 5c, 6a, 6b, 7, 8 temperature
Outdoor air enthalpy exceeds 28 Btu/lb of
Fixed enthalpy 2a, 3a, 4a, 5a, 6a hOA > 28 Btu/lb1
dry air1
Outdoor air temperature/RH exceeds the
Electronic enthalpy All (TOA, RHOA) > A
"A" setpoint curve2
Outdoor air enthalpy exceeds return air
Differential enthalpy All hOA > hRA
enthalpy
Dew-point and dry-bulb Outdoor air dry bulb exceeds 75°F or
All DPoa>55°F or Toa>75°F
temperatures outside dew point exceeds 55°F (65 gr/lb)
For SI units: t/ºC = (t/ºF-32)/1.8, 1 British thermal unit per pound = 2326 J/kg
1
At altitudes substantially different than sea level, the Fixed Enthalpy limit shall be set to the enthalpy value at 75°F (24ºC) and 50 percent relative
humidity. As an example, at approximately 6000 feet (1829 m) elevation the fixed enthalpy limit is approximately 30.7 Btu/lb (71 408 J/kg).
2
Setpoint "A" corresponds to a curve on the psychrometric chart that goes through a point at approximately 75°F (24ºC) and 40 percent relative humidity
and is nearly parallel to dry-bulb lines at low humidity levels and nearly parallel to enthalpy lines at high humidity levels.

air outlet shall be located to avoid recirculation
into the building. [ASHRAE 90.1:6.5.1.1.5]
703.5.1.2 Water Economizers.
703.5.1.2.1 Design Capacity. Water econo-
mizer systems shall be capable of cooling
supply air by indirect evaporation and providing
up to 100 percent of the expected system
cooling load at outdoor air temperatures of 50°F
(10ºC) dry bulb/ 45°F (7ºC) wet bulb and
below. [ASHRAE 90.1:6.5.1.2.1]
Exceptions:
(1) Systems primarily serving computer rooms
in which 100 percent of the expected
system cooling load at 40°F (4ºC) dry
bulb/35°F (2ºC) wet bulb is met with evap-
orative water economizers.
(2) Systems primarily serving computer rooms
with dry cooler water economizers which
satisfy 100 percent of the expected system
cooling load at 35°F (2ºC) dry bulb.
(3) Systems where dehumidification require-
ments cannot be met using outdoor air
703.5.2 Simultaneous Heating and Cooling Limi-
temperatures of 50°F (10ºC) dry bulb/45°F
tation.
(7ºC) wet bulb and where 100 percent of
the expected system cooling load at 45°F
(7ºC) dry bulb/40°F (4ºC) wet bulb is met
with evaporative water economizers.
703.5.1.2.2 Maximum Pressure Drop.
Precooling coils and water-to-water heat
exchangers used as part of a water economizer
system shall either have a water-side pressure
drop of less than 15 feet of water (45 kPa) or a
secondary loop shall be created so that the coil
or heat exchanger pressure drop is not seen by
the circulating pumps when the system is in the
normal cooling (noneconomizer) mode.
[ASHRAE 90.1:6.5.1.2.2]
703.5.1.3 Integrated Economizer Control.
Economizer systems shall be integrated with the
mechanical cooling system and be capable of
providing partial cooling even when additional
mechanical cooling is required to meet the remainder
of the cooling load. [ASHRAE 90.1:6.5.1.3]
703.5.1.4 Economizer Heating System
Impact. HVAC system design and economizer
controls shall be such that economizer operation
does not increase the building heating energy use
during normal operation. [ASHRAE 90.1:6.5.1.4]
Exception: Economizers on VAV systems that cause
zone level heating to increase due to a reduction in
supply air temperature.
703.5.2.1 Zone Controls. Zone thermostatic
controls shall prevent:
(1) Reheating.
(2) Recooling.
(3) Mixing or simultaneously supplying air that has

48 GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT


been previously mechanically heated and air
that has been previously cooled, either by
mechanical cooling or by economizer systems.
(4) Other simultaneous operation of heating and
cooling systems to the same zone. [ASHRAE
90.1:6.5.2.1]
Exceptions:
(1) Zones for which the volume of air that is
reheated, recooled, or mixed is less than the
larger of the following:
(a) 30 percent of the zone design peak supply
rate.
(b) The outdoor airflow rate required to meet
the ventilation requirements of Section 6.2
of ASHRAE Standard 62.1 for the zone.
(c) Any higher rate that can be demonstrated,
to the satisfaction of the Authority Having
Jurisdiction, to reduce overall system
annual energy usage by offsetting
reheat/recool energy losses through a reduc-
tion in outdoor air intake for the system.
(d) The air flow rate required to comply with
applicable codes or accreditation standards,
such as pressure relationships or minimum
air change rates.
(2) Zones that comply with all of the following:
(a) The air flow in dead band between heating
and cooling does not exceed the larger of
the following:
(i). 20 percent of the zone design peak
supply rate.
(ii) The outdoor air flow rate required to
meet the ventilation requirements of
Section 6.2 of ASHRAE Standard 62.1
for the zone.
(iii) Any higher rate that can be demon-
strated, to the satisfaction of the
Authority Having Jurisdiction, to
reduce overall system annual energy
usage by offsetting reheat/recool
energy losses through a reduction in
outdoor air intake.
(b) The air flow rate that is reheated, recooled,
or mixed in peak heating demand shall be
less than 50 percent of the zone design
peak supply rate.
(c) Airflow between dead band and full
heating or full cooling shall be modulated.
(3) Laboratory exhaust systems that comply with
703.5.7.2.
(4) Zones where not less than 75 percent of the
energy for reheating or for providing warm air in
mixing systems is provided from a site-recovered
(including condenser heat) or site-solar energy
source.
GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT
HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR-CONDITIONING
SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT – ENERGY EFFICIENCY
703.5.2.1.1 Supply Air Temperature
Reheat Limit .Where reheating is permitted
by other parts of this supplement, zones that
have both supply and return/exhaust air open-
ings greater than 6 feet (1829 mm) above floor
shall not supply heating air more than 20°F
(-7°C) above the space temperature setpoint.
Exceptions:
(1) Laboratory exhaust systems that comply
with Section 703.5.7.2.
(2) During reoccupancy building warm-up and
setback. [ASHRAE 90.1:6.5.2.1.1]
703.5.2.2 Hydronic System Controls. The
heating of fluids in hydronic systems that have been
previously mechanically cooled and the cooling of
fluids that have been previously mechanically
heated shall be limited in accordance with Section
703.5.2.2.1 through Section 703.5.2.2.3. [ASHRAE
90.1:6.5.2.2]
703.5.2.2.1 Three-Pipe System. Hydronic
systems that use a common return system for
both hot water and chilled water shall not be
used. [ASHRAE 90.1:6.5.2.2.1]
703.5.2.2.2 Two-Pipe Changeover System.
Systems that use a common distribution system to
supply both heated and chilled water are accept-
able provided all of the following are met:
(1) The system is designed to allow a dead
band between changeover from one mode
to the other of at least 15°F (-9ºC) outdoor
air temperature.
(2) The system is designed to operate and is
provided with controls that will allow oper-
ation in one mode for not less than 4 hours
before changing over to the other mode.
(3) Reset controls are provided that allow heating
and cooling supply temperatures at the
changeover point to be no more than 30°F
(-1.1ºC) apart. [ASHRAE 90.1:6.5.2.2.2]
703.5.2.2.3 Hydronic (Water Loop) Heat
Pump Systems. Hydronic heat pumps
connected to a common heat pump water loop
with central devices for heat rejection (e.g.,
cooling tower) and heat addition (e.g., boiler)
shall have the following:
(1) Controls that are capable of providing a
heat pump water supply temperature dead
band of at least 20°F (-7ºC) between initi-
ation of heat rejection and heat addition by
the central devices (e.g., tower and boiler).
(2) For climate zone 3 through zone 8, if a
closed-circuit tower (fluid cooler) is used,
either an automatic valve shall be installed
to bypass all but a minimal flow of water
around the tower (for freeze protection) or
low-leakage positive closure dampers shall
49
HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR-CONDITIONING
SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT – ENERGY EFFICIENCY
be provided. If an open-circuit tower is used
directly in the heat pump loop, an automatic
valve shall be installed to bypass all heat
pump water flow around the tower. If an
open-circuit tower is used in conjunction
with a separate heat exchanger to isolate the
tower from the heat pump loop, then heat
loss shall be controlled by shutting down the
circulation pump on the cooling tower loop.
[ASHRAE 90.1:6.5.2.2.3]
Exception: Where a system loop temperature
optimization controller is used to determine the
most efficient operating temperature based on
real-time conditions of demand and capacity,
dead bands of less than 20°F (-7ºC) shall be
allowed.
703.5.2.3 Dehumidification. Where humidistatic
controls are provided, such controls shall prevent
reheating, mixing of hot and cold airstreams, or
other means of simultaneous heating and cooling of
the same airstream. [ASHRAE 90.1:6.5.2.3]
Exceptions:
(1) The system is capable of reducing supply air
volume to 50 percent or less of the design
airflow rate or the minimum outdoor air venti-
lation rate specified in ASHRAE Standard 62.1
or other applicable federal, state, or local code
or recognized standard, whichever is larger,
before simultaneous heating and cooling takes
place.
(2) The individual fan cooling unit has a design
cooling capacity of 80 000 Btu/h (23.4 kW) or
less and is capable of unloading to 50 percent
capacity before simultaneous heating and
cooling takes place.
(3) The individual mechanical cooling unit has a
design cooling capacity of 40 000 Btu/h (12.0
kW) or less. An individual mechanical cooling
unit is a single system composed of a fan or fans
and a cooling coil capable of providing mechan-
ical cooling.
(4) Systems serving spaces where specific humidity
levels are required to satisfy process needs, such
as vivariums, museums, surgical suites; and
buildings with refrigerating systems, such as
supermarkets, refrigerated warehouses, and ice
arenas. This exception does not apply to
computer rooms.
(5) Not less than 75 percent of the energy for
reheating or for providing warm air in mixing
systems is provided from a site-recovered
(including condenser heat) or site-solar energy
source.
(6) Systems where the heat added to the airstream
is the result of the use of a desiccant system and
75 percent of the heat added by the desiccant
system is removed by a heat exchanger, either
50
before or after the desiccant system with energy
recovery.
703.5.2.4 Humidification. Systems with hydronic
cooling and humidification systems designed to
maintain inside humidity at a dew-point temperature
greater than 35°F (2ºC) shall use a water economizer
if an economizer is required by Section 703.5.1.
[ASHRAE 90.1:6.5.2.4]
703.5.3 Air System Design and Control. Each
HVAC system having a total fan system motor nameplate
horsepower (hp) exceeding 5 hp (4.0 kW) shall meet the
provisions of Section 703.5.3.1 through Section
703.5.3.4. [ASHRAE 90.1:6.5.3]
703.5.3.1 Fan System Power Limitation.
703.5.3.1.1 Each HVAC system at fan system
design conditions shall not exceed the allow-
able fan system motor nameplate horsepower
(Option 1) or fan system brake horsepower
(Option 2) as shown in Table 703.5.3.1.1(1).
This includes supply fans, return/relief fans,
exhaust fans, and fan-powered terminal units
associated with systems providing heating or
cooling capability. Single zone variable air-
volume systems shall comply witht the constant
volume fan power limitation. [ASHRAE
90.1:6.5.3.1.1]
Exceptions:
(1) Hospital, vivarium and laboratory systems
that utilize flow control devices on exhaust,
return or both to maintain space pressure
relationships necessary for occupant health
and safety or environmental control shall
use variable-volume fan power limitation.
(2) Individual exhaust fans with motor name-
plate horsepower of 1 hp (0.75 kW) or less.
703.5.3.1.2 Motor Nameplate Horse-
power. For each fan, the selected fan motor
shall be no larger than the first available motor
size greater than the brake horsepower (bhp).
The fan brake horsepower must be indicated on
the design documents to allow for compliance
verification by the code official. [ASHRAE
90.1:6.5.3.1.2]
Exceptions:
(1) For fans less than 6 bhp, where the first
available motor larger than the brake horse-
power (bhp) has a nameplate rating within
50 percent of the brake horsepower (bhp),
the next larger nameplate motor size shall
be selected.
(2) For fans 6 bhp and larger, where the first
available motor larger than the brake horse-
power (bhp) has a nameplate rating with 30
percent of the brake horsepower (bhp), the
next larger nameplate motor size shall be
selected.
GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT

TABLE 703.5.3.1.1(1)
FAN POWER LIMITATION*
[ASHRAE 90.1: TABLE 6.5.3.1.1A]
CONSTANT VARIABLE
LIMIT
VOLUME VOLUME
Option 1: Fan Allowable
hp ≤CFMS • hp ≤CFMS •
System Motor Nameplate
0.0011 0.0015
Nameplate hp Motor hp
Option 2: Fan Allowable Fan bhp ≤CFMS • bhp ≤CFMS •
System bhp System bhp 0.00094 + A 0.0013 + A
For SI units: 1 horsepower = 0.75 kW, 1 cubic foot per minute = 0.47 L/s
*
Where:
CFMS = the maximum design supply airflow rate to condi-
tioned spaces served by the system in cubic feet per
minute (0.47 L/s)
hp = the maximum combined motor nameplate horsepower
bhp = the maximum combined fan brake horsepower
A = sum of (PD x CFMD/4131)
Where:
PD = each applicable pressure drop adjustment from
Table 703.5.3.1.1(2) in inch water column
(0.249 kPa)
CFMD = the design airflow through each applicable
device from Table 703.5.3.1.1(2) in cubic feet
per minute (0.47 L/s)
703.5.3.2 VAV Fan Control (Including
Systems Using Series Fan Power Boxes).
703.5.3.2.1 Part-load Fan Power Limita-
tion. Individual VAV fans with motors 10 hp
(7.5 kW) and larger shall meet one of the
following:
(1) The fan shall be driven by a mechanical or
electrical variable-speed drive.
(2) The fan shall be a vane-axial fan with vari-
able-pitch blades.
(3) The fan shall have other controls and
devices that will result in fan motor
demand of no more than 30 percent of
design wattage at 50 percent of design air
volume when static pressure setpoint
equals one-third of the total design static
pressure, based on manufacturers’ certified
fan data. [ASHRAE 90.1:6.5.3.2.1]
703.5.3.2.2 Static Pressure Sensor Loca-
tion. Static pressure sensors used to control VAV
fans shall be placed in a position such that the
controller setpoint is no greater than one-third the
total design fan static pressure, except for
systems with zone reset control complying with
Section 703.5.3.2.3. If this results in the sensor
being located downstream of major duct splits,
multiple sensors shall be installed in each major
branch to ensure that static pressure can be main-
tained in each. [ASHRAE 90.1:6.5.3.2.2]
GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT
HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR-CONDITIONING
SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT – ENERGY EFFICIENCY
TABLE 703.5.3.1.1(2)
FAN POWER LIMITATION PRESSURE DROP ADJUSTMENT
[ASHRAE 90.1: TABLE 6.5.3.1.1B]
DEVICE ADJUSTMENT
CREDITS
Fully ducted return and/or 0.5 in. w.c. (2.15 in w.c. for labo-
exhaust air systems ratory and vivarium systems)
Return and/or exhaust airflow 0.5 in. w.c.
control devices
Exhaust filters, scrubbers, or The pressure drop of device
other exhaust treatment calculated at fan system design
condition
Particulate Filtration Credit: 0.5 in. w.c.
MERV 9 through 12
Particulate Filtration Credit: 0.9 in. w.c.
MERV 13 through 15
Particulate Filtration Credit: Pressure drop calculated at 2x
MERV 16 and greater and elec- clean filter pressure drop at fan
tronically enhanced filters system design condition
Carbon and other gas-phase air Clean filter pressure drop at
cleaners fan system design condition
Biosafety cabinet Pressure drop of device at fan
system design condition
Energy Recovery Device, other (2.2 x Energy Recovery Effec-
than Coil Runaround Loop tiveness)—0.5 in w.c. for each
airstream
Coil Runaround Loop 0.6 in. w.c. for each airstream
Evaporative humidifier/cooler in Pressure drop of device at fan
series with another cooling coil system design condition
Sound Attenuation Section 0.15 in. w.c.
Exhaust system serving fume 0.35 in. w.c.
hoods
Laboratory and vivarium exhaust 0.25 in. w.c./100 ft of vertical
systems in high-rise buildings duct exceeding 75 ft
For SI units: 1 inch water column = 0.249 kPa, 1 foot = 304.8 mm.
703.5.3.2.3 Setpoint Reset. For systems
with DDC of individual zone boxes reporting to
the central control panel, static pressure setpoint
shall be reset based on the zone requiring the
most pressure; i.e., the setpoint is reset lower
until one zone damper is nearly wide open.
[ASHRAE 90.1:6.5.3.2.3]
703.5.3.3 Multiple-zone VAV System Ventila-
tion Optimization Control. Multiple-zone VAV
systems with DDC of individual zone boxes
reporting to a central control panel shall include
means to automatically reduce outdoor air intake
flow below design rates in response to changes in
system ventialation efficiency as defined by
ASHRAE Standard 62.1, Appendix A.
Exceptions to 703.5.3.3:
(1) VAV systems with zonal transfer fans that recir-
culate air from other zones without directly
mixing it with outdoor air, dual-duct dual-fan
VAV systems, and VAV systems with fan-
powered terminal units.
51
HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR-CONDITIONING
SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT – ENERGY EFFICIENCY
(2) Systems required to have the exhaust air energy
recovery complying with Section 703.5.6.1.
(3) Systems where total design exhaust airflow is
more than 70 percent of total design outdoor air
intake flow requirements.
703.5.3.4 Supply-Air Temperature Reset
Controls. Multiple zone HVAC systems must
include controls that automatically reset the supply-
air temperature in response to representative
building loads, or to outdoor air temperature. The
controls shall reset the supply air temperature at least
25 percent of the difference between the design
supply-air temperature and the design room air
temperature. Controls that adjst the reset based on
zone humidity are allowed. Zones which are
expected to experience relatively constant loads,
such as electronic equipment rooms, shall be
designed for the fully reset supply temperature.
Exceptions:
(1) Climate zones 1a, 2a, and 3a.
(2) Systems that prevent re-heating, re-cooling or
mixing of heated and cooled supply air.
(3) Systems in which at least 75 percent of the
energy for reheating (on an annual basis) is
from site recovered or site solar energy sources.
703.5.4 Hydronic System Design and Control.
[ASHRAE 90.1:6.5.4]
703.5.4.1 Hydronic Variable Flow Systems.
HVAC pumping systems having a total pump system
power exceeding 10 hp (7.5 kW) that include control
valves designed to modulate or step open and close as
a function of load shall be designed for variable fluid
flow and shall be capable of reducing pump flow rates
to 50 percent or less of the design flow rate. Individual
chilled water pumps serving variable flow systems
having motors exceeding 5 hp (4.0 kW) shall have
controls, devices or both (such as variable speed
control) that will result in pump motor demand of no
more than 30 percent of design wattage at 50 percent
of design water flow. The controls or devices shall be
controlled as a function of desired flow or to maintain
a minimum required differential pressure. Differential
pressure shall be measured at or near the most remote
heat exchanger or the heat exchanger requiring the
greatest differential pressure. The differential pressure
setpoint shall be no more than one-hundred and ten
percent of that required to achieve design flow through
the heat exchanger. Where differential pressure control
is used to comply with this section and DDC controls
are used the setpoint shall be reset downward based
on valve positions until one valve is nearly wide open.
[ASHRAE 90.1:6.5.4.1]
Exceptions:
(1) Systems where the minimum flow is less than
the minimum flow required by the equipment
manufacturer for the proper operation of equip-
ment served by the system, such as chillers, and
52
where total pump system power is 75 hp (56.0
kW) or less.
(2) Systems that include no more than three control
valves.
703.5.4.2 Pump Isolation. When a chilled-water
plant includes more than one chiller, provisions shall
be made so that the flow in the chiller plant can be
automatically reduced, correspondingly, when a
chiller is shut down. Chillers referred to in this
section, piped in series for the purpose of increased
temperature differential, shall be considered as one
chiller.
When a boiler plant includes more than one
boiler, provisions shall be made so that the flow in
the boiler plant can be automatically reduced, corre-
spondingly, when a boiler is shut down. [ASHRAE
90.1:6.5.4.2]
703.5.4.3 Chilled- and Hot-Water Temperature
Reset Controls. Chilled- and hot-water systems
with a design capacity exceeding 300 000 Btu/h (88
kW) supplying chilled or heated water (or both) to
comfort conditioning systems shall include controls
that automatically reset supply water temperatures by
representative building loads (including return water
temperature) or by outdoor air temperature.
[ASHRAE 90.1:6.5.4.3]
Exceptions:
(1) Where the supply temperature reset controls
cannot be implemented without causing
improper operation of heating, cooling, humid-
ifying, or dehumidifying systems.
(2) Hydronic systems, such as those required by
Section 703.5.4.1 that use variable flow to
reduce pumping energy.
703.5.4.4 Hydronic (Water Loop) Heat
Pumps and Water-Cooled Unitary Air-Condi-
tioners. [ASHRAE 90.1:6.5.4.4]
703.5.4.4.1 Each hydronic heat pump and
water-cooled unitary air-conditioner shall have
a two-position automatic valve interlocked to
shut off water flow when the compressor is off.
[ASHRAE 90.1:6.5.4.4.1]
Exception: Units employing water economizers.
703.5.4.4.2 Hydronic heat pumps and water-
cooled unitary air-conditioners having a total
pump system power exceeding 5 hp (4.0 kW)
shall have controls, devices or both (such as
variable speed control) that will result in pump
motor demand of not mroe than 30 percent of
design wattage at 50 percent of design water
flow. [ASHRAE 90.1: 6.5.4.4.2]
703.5.4.5 Pipe Sizing. All chilled-water and
condenser-water piping shall be designed such that
the design flow rate in each pipe segment shall not
exceed the values listed in Table 703.5.4.5 for the
appropriate total annual hours of operation. Pipe size
GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT
 HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR-CONDITIONING
SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT – ENERGY EFFICIENCY

selections for systems that operate under variable
flow conditions (e.g., modulating two-way control
valves at coils) and that contain variable-speed pump
motors are allowed to be made from the “Variable
Flow/Variable Speed” columns. All others shall be
made from the “Other” columns. [ASHRAE 90.1:
6.5.4.5]
Exception:
(1) Design flow rates exceeding the values in Table
703.5.4.5 are allowed in specific sections of
pipe if the pipe in question is not in the critical
circuit at design conditions and is not predicted
to be in the critical circuit during more than 30
percent of operating hours.
(2) Piping systems that have equivalent or lower
total pressure drop than the same system
constructed with standard weight steel pipe with
piping and fittings sized per Table 703.5.4.5.
703.5.5 Heat Rejection Equipment.
703.5.5.1 General. Section 703.5.5 applies to heat
rejection equipment used in comfort cooling systems
such as air-cooled condensers, open cooling towers,
closed-circuit cooling towers, and evaporative
condensers. [ASHRAE 90.1:6.5.5.1]
Exception: Heat rejection devices whose energy
usage is included in the equipment efficiency ratings
listed in Table 703.8.1(1) through Table 703.8.1(4).
703.5.5.2 Fan Speed Control. Each fan powered
by a motor of 7.5 hp (6.0 kW) or larger shall have
the capability to operate that fan at two-thirds of full
speed or less and shall have controls that automati-
cally change the fan speed to control the leaving fluid
temperature or condensing temperature/pressure of
the heat rejection device. [ASHRAE 90.1:6.5.5.2]
Exceptions:
(1) Condenser fans serving multiple refrigerant
circuits.
(2) Condenser fans serving flooded condensers.
(3) Installations located in climate zone 1 and zone 2.
(4) Up to one-third of the fans on a condenser or
tower with multiple fans, where the lead fans
comply with the speed control requirement.
703.5.5.3 Limitation on Centrifugal Fan
Open-Circuit Cooling Towers. Centrifugal fan
open-circuit cooling towers with a combined rated
capacity of 1100 gallons per minute (gpm) (69.4 L/s)
or greater at 95°F (35ºC) condenser water return, 85°F
(29ºC) condenser water supply, and 75°F (24ºC)
outdoor air wet-bulb temperature shall meet the
energy efficiency requirement for axial fan open-
circuit cooling towers listed in Table 703.8.1(7).
Exception: Open-circuit cooling towers that are
ducted (inlet or discharge) or require external sound
attenuation. [ASHRAE 90.1:6.5.5.3]
703.5.6 Energy Recovery.
703.5.6.1 Exhaust Air Energy Recovery. Each
fan system shall have an energy recovery system
when the system’s supply air flow rate exceeds the
value listed in Table 703.5.6.1 based on the climate
zone and percentage of outdoor air flow rate at
design conditions.
Energy recovery systems required by this
section shall have not less than 50 percent recovery
effectiveness. Fifty percent energy recovery effec-
tiveness shall mean a change in the enthalpy of the
outdoor air supply equal to 50 percent of the differ-
ence between the outdoor air and return air
enthalpies at design conditions. Provision shall be
made to bypass or control the energy recovery
system to permit air economizer operation as
required by Section 703.5.1.1. [ASHRAE
90.1:6.5.6.1]
Exceptions:
(1) Laboratory systems meeting Section 703.5.7.2.
(2) Systems serving spaces that are not cooled and
that are heated to less than 60°F (16ºC).

TABLE 703.5.4.5
PIPING SYSTEM DESIGN MAXIMUM FLOW RATE IN GPM
[ASHRAE 90.1: TABLE 6.5.4.5]

Operating Hours/Year ≤2000 Hours/Year >2000 and ≤ 4400 Hours/year >4400 Hours/Year

Variable Flow/ Variable Flow/ Variable Flow/

Nominal Pipe Size, in. Other Other Other
Variable Speed Variable Speed Variable Speed
2 1/2 120 180 85 130 68 110
3 180 270 140 210 110 170
4 350 530 260 400 210 320
5 410 620 310 470 250 370
6 740 1100 570 860 440 680
8 1200 1800 900 1400 700 1100
10 1800 2700 1300 2000 1000 1600
12 2500 3800 1900 2900 1500 2300
Maximum Velocity for
8.5 fps 13.0 fps 6.5 fps 9.5 fps 5.0 fps 7.5 fps
Pipes over 12 in. Size

GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT 53

HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR-CONDITIONING
SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT – ENERGY EFFICIENCY

(3) Systems exhausting toxic, flammable, paint,
corrosive fumes, or dust.
(4) Commercial kitchen hoods used for collecting
and removing grease vapors and smoke.
(5) Where more than 60 percent of the outdoor air
heating energy is provided from site-recovered
or site-solar energy.
(6) Heating energy recovery in climate zone 1 and
zone 2.
(7) Cooling energy recovery in climate zones 3c,
4c, 5b, 5c, 6b, 7, and 8.
(8) Where the largest source of air exhausted at a
single location at the building exterior is less than
75 percent of the design outdoor air flow rate.
(9) Systems requiring dehumidification that
employ energy recovery in series with the
cooling coil.
(10) Systems expected to operate less than 20 hours
per week at the outdoor air percentage covered
by Table 703.5.6.1.
703.5.6.2 Heat Recovery for Service Water
Heating.
703.5.6.2.1 Condenser heat recovery systems
shall be installed for heating or preheating of
service hot water provided all of the following
are true:
(1) The facility operates 24 hours a day.
(2) The total installed heat rejection capacity
of the water-cooled systems exceeds 6 000
000 Btu/h (1758 kW) of heat rejection.
(3) The design service water heating load
exceeds 1 000 000 Btu/h (293 kW).
[ASHRAE 90.1:6.5.6.2.1]
703.5.6.2.2 The required heat recovery system
shall have the capacity to provide the smaller
of:
(1) 60 percent of the peak heat rejection load at
design conditions, or
(2) Preheat of the peak service hot water draw
to 85ºF (30ºC).
Exceptions: 
(1) Facilities that employ condenser heat
recovery for space heating with a heat
recovery design exceeding 30 percent of
the peak water-cooled condenser load at
design conditions.
(2) Facilities that provide 60 percent of their
service water heating from site-solar or
site-recovered energy or from other
sources. [ASHRAE 90.1:6.5.6.2.2]
703.5.7 Exhaust Systems.
703.5.7.1 Kitchen Exhaust Systems.
703.5.7.1.1 Replacement air introduced directly
into the hood cavity of kitchen exhaust hoods
shall not exceed 10 percent of the hood exhaust
airflow rate. [ASHRAE 90.1:6.5.7.1.1]
703.5.7.1.2 Conditioned supply air delivered to
any space with a kitchen hood shall not exceed
the greater of:
(1) The supply flow required to meet the space
heating or cooling load
(2) The hood exhaust flow minus the available
transfer air from adjacent spaces. Available
transfer air is that portion of outdoor venti-
lation air not required to satisfy other
exhaust needs, such as restrooms, and not
required to maintain pressurization of adja-
cent spaces. [ASHRAE 90.1:6.5.7.1.2]
703.5.7.1.3 If a kitchen/dining facility has a
total kitchen hood exhaust airflow rate greater
than 5000 ft3/min (2360 L/s) then each hood
shall have an exhaust rate that complies with
Table 703.5.7.1.3. If a single hood, or hood
section, is installed over appliances with different
duty ratings, then the maximum allowable flow
rate for the hood or hood section shall not exceed
the Table 703.5.7.1.3 values for the highest appli-

TABLE 703.5.6.1
ENERGY RECOVERY REQUIREMENT
[ASHRAE 90.1: TABLE 6.5.6.1]

% OUTDOOR AIR AT FULL DESIGN AIRFLOW RATE

≥30% ≥40% ≥50% ≥60% ≥70%

ZONE and and and and and ≥80%
<40% <50% <60% <70% <80%

DESIGN SUPPLY FAN AIRFLOW RATE (cfm)

3B, 3C, 4B, 4C, 5B NR NR NR NR ≥5000 ≥5000
1B, 2B, 5C NR NR ≥26 000 ≥12 000 ≥5000 ≥4000
6B ≥11 000 ≥5500 ≥4500 ≥3500 ≥2500 ≥1500
1A, 2A, 3A, 4A, 5A,
≥5500 ≥4500 ≥3500 ≥2000 ≥1000 >0
6A
7, 8 ≥2500 ≥1000 >0 >0 >0 >0
NR—Not required

54 GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT

 HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR-CONDITIONING
SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT – ENERGY EFFICIENCY

ance duty rating under the hood or hood section. ance testing shall be required to demonstrate
Refer to ASHRAE Standard 154 for definitions proper capture and containment at minimum
of hood type, appliance duty, and net exhaust airflow. [ASHRAE 90.1:6.5.7.1.5]
flow rate. 703.5.7.2 Laboratory Exhaust Systems.
Exception: At least 75 percent of all the replac- Buildings with laboratory exhaust systems having a
ment air is transfer air that would otherwise be total exhaust rate greater than 5000 ft3/min (2360
exhausted. [ASHRAE 90.1:6.5.7.1.3] L/s) shall include at least one of the following
features:
TABLE 703.5.7.1.3 (1) VAV laboratory exhaust and room supply
MAXIMUM NET EXHAUST FLOW RATE, CFM PER
LINEAR FOOT OF HOOD LENGTH
systems capable of reducing exhaust and
[ASHRAE 90.1: TABLE 6.5.7.1.3] makeup air flow rates and/or incorporate a heat
recovery system to precondition makeup air
Type of Light Duty
Medium Heavy Extra from laboratory exhaust that shall meet the
Hood Equipment
Duty Duty Heavy Duty following:
Equipment Equipment Equipment

Wall- A + Bx(E/M)≥50%
mounted 140 210 280 385
canopy
Single Where:
280 350 420 490
island A = Percentage that the exhaust and makeup air
Double flow rates can be reduced from design condi-
island 175 210 280 385 tions.
(per side) B = Percentage sensible recovery effectivness.
Not Not
Eyebrow 175 175
allowed allowed
E = Exhaust airflow rate through the heat
recovery device at design conditions.
Backshelf/ Not
210 210 280 M = Makeup air flow rate of the system at design
Pass-over allowed
conditions.
(2) VAV laboratory exhaust and room supply
703.5.7.1.4 If a kitchen/dining facility has a systems that are required to have minimum
total kitchen hood exhaust airflow rate greater circulation rates to comply with code or accred-
than 5000 ft3/min (2360 L/s) then it shall have itation standards shall be capable of reducing
one of the following:  zone exhaust and makeup air flow rates to the
(1) At least 50 percent of all replacement air is regulated minimum circulation values, or the
transfer air that would otherwise be minimum required to maintain pressurization
exhausted. relationship requirements. Non regulated zones
(2) Demand ventilation system(s) on at least shall be capable of reducing exhaust and
75 percent of the exhaust air. Such systems makeup air flow rates to 50 percent of the zone
shall be capable of at least 50 percent design values, or the minimum required to main-
reduction in exhaust and replacement air tain pressurization relationship requirements.
system airflow rates, including controls (3) Direct makeup (auxiliary) air supply equal to at
necessary to modulate airflow in response least 75 percent of the exhaust rate, heated no
to appliance operation and to maintain full warmer than 2°F (-17ºC) below room setpoint,
capture and containment of smoke, effluent cooled to no cooler than 3°F (-16ºC) above room
and combustion products during cooking setpoint, no humidification added, and no simul-
and idle. taneous heating and cooling used for dehumidi-
(3) Listed energy recovery devices with a fication control. [ASHRAE 90.1: 6.5.7.2]
sensible heat recovery effectiveness of not 703.5.7.3 Grease Removal Devices. Reserved.
less than 40 percent on at least 50 percent 703.5.8 Radiant Heating Systems.
of the total exhaust airflow. [ASHRAE
703.5.8.1 Heating Unenclosed Spaces. Radiant
90.1:6.5.7.1.4]
heating shall be used when heating is required for
703.5.7.1.5 Performance Testing. An unenclosed spaces. [ASHRAE 90.1:6.5.8.1]
approved field test method shall be used to eval-
Exception: Loading docks equipped with air curtains.
uate design air flow rates and demonstrate
proper capture and containment performance of 703.5.8.2 Heating Enclosed Spaces. Radiant
installed commercial kitchen exhaust systems. heating systems that are used as primary or supple-
Where demand ventilation systems are utilized mental enclosed space heating must be in confor-
to meet Section 703.5.7.1.4, additional perform- mance with the governing provisions of the

GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT 55

HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR-CONDITIONING
SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT – ENERGY EFFICIENCY
supplement, including, but not limited to, the
following:
(1) Radiant hydronic ceiling or floor panels (used
for heating or cooling).
(2) Combination or hybrid systems incorporating
radiant heating (or cooling) panels.
(3) Radiant heating (or cooling) panels used in
conjunction with other systems such as VAV or
thermal storage systems. [ASHRAE
90.1:6.5.8.2]
703.5.9 Hot Gas Bypass Limitation. Cooling
systems shall not use hot gas bypass or other evaporator
pressure control systems unless the system is designed
with multiple steps of unloading or continuous capacity
modulation. The capacity of the hot gas bypass shall be
limited as indicated in Table 703.5.9. [ASHRAE
90.1:6.5.9]
Exception: Unitary packaged systems with cooling
capacities not greater than 90 000 Btu/h (26.4 kW).
TABLE 703.5.9
HOT GAS BYPASS LIMITATION
[ASHRAE 90.1: TABLE 6.5.9]
Rated Capacity Maximum Hot Gas
Bypass Capacity
(percent of total capacity)
≤240,000 Btu/h 50%
>240,000 Btu/h 25%
For SI units: 1000 British thermal units per hour = 0.293 kW
703.6 Alternative Compliance Path (Not Used).
[ASHRAE 90.1:6.6]
703.7 Submittals.
703.7.1 General. The Authority Having Jurisdiction
shall require submittal of compliance documentation and
supplemental information in accordance with Section
703.7.1.1 through Section 703.7.1.3.
703.7.1.1 Construction Details. Compliance
documents shall show all the pertinent data and
features of the building, equipment, and systems in
sufficient detail to permit a determination of compli-
ance by the building official and to indicate compli-
ance with the requirements of this supplement.
[ASHRAE 90.1:4.2.2.1]
703.7.1.2 Supplemental Information. Supple-
mental information necessary to verify compliance
with this supplement, such as calculations, worksheets,
compliance forms, vendor literature, or other data, shall
be made available when required by the Authority
Having Jurisdiction. [ASHRAE 90.1:4.2.2.2]
703.7.1.3 Manuals. Operating and maintenance
information shall be provided to the building owner.
This information shall include, but not be limited to,
the information specified Section 703.7.1.3.1 and
Section 703.7.3.2. [ASHRAE 90.1:4.2.2.3]
56
703.7.1.3.1 Required Information.
Construction documents shall require that an
operating manual and maintenance manual be
provided to the building owner. The manuals
shall include, at a minimum, the following:
(1) Submittal data stating equipment rating and
selected options for each piece of equip-
ment requiring maintenance.
(2) Operation manuals and maintenance manuals
for each piece of equipment requiring main-
tenance. Required routine maintenance
actions shall be clearly identified.
(3) Names and addresses of at least one quali-
fied service agency.
(4) A complete narrative of how each system is
intended to operate. [ASHRAE 90.1:4.2.2.3]
703.7.2 Labeling of Material and Equipment.
Materials and equipment shall be labeled in a manner
that will allow for determination of their compliance with
the applicable provisions of this supplement. [ASHRAE
90.1:4.2.3]
703.7.3 Completion Requirements. The following
requirements are mandatory provisions and are neces-
sary for compliance with this supplement. [ASHRAE
90.1:6.7.2]
703.7.3.1 Drawings. Construction documents shall
require that, within 90 days after the date of system
acceptance, record drawings of the actual installation
be provided to the building owner or the designated
representative of the building owner. Record draw-
ings shall include, as a minimum, the location and
performance data on each piece of equipment, general
configuration of duct and pipe distribution system
including sizes, and the terminal air or water design
flow rates. [ASHRAE 90.1:6.7.2.1]
703.7.3.2 Manuals. Construction documents shall
require that an operating manual and a maintenance
manual be provided to the building owner or the
designated representative of the building owner
within 90 days after the date of system acceptance.
These manuals shall be in accordance with industry-
accepted standards (see Informative Appendix E of
ASHRAE 90.1) and shall include, at a minimum, the
following:
(1) Submittal data stating equipment size and
selected options for each piece of equipment
requiring maintenance.
(2) Operation manuals and maintenance manuals for
each piece of equipment requiring maintenance,
except equipment not furnished as part of the
project. Required routine maintenance actions
shall be clearly identified.
(3) Names and addresses of at least one service
agency.
(4) HVAC controls system maintenance and cali-
bration information, including wiring diagrams,
GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT

schematics, and control sequence descriptions.
Desired or field-determined setpoints shall be
permanently recorded on control drawings at
control devices or, for digital control systems,
in programming comments.
(5) A complete narrative of how each system is
intended to operate, including suggested
setpoints. [ASHRAE 90.1:6.7.2.2]
703.7.3.3 System Balancing.
703.7.3.3.1 General. Construction docu-
ments shall require that all HVAC systems be
balanced in accordance with generally accepted
engineering standards (see informative
Appendix E of ASHRAE 90.1). Construction
documents shall require that a written balance
report be provided to the building owner or the
designated representative of the building owner
for HVAC systems serving zones with a total
conditioned area exceeding 5000 ft2 (465.0 m2).
[ASHRAE 90.1:6.7.2.3.1]
703.7.3.3.2 Air System Balancing. Air
systems shall be balanced in a manner to first
minimize throttling losses. Then, for fans with
fan system power greater than 1 hp (0.75 kW),
fan speed shall be adjusted to meet design flow
conditions. [ASHRAE 90.1:6.7.2.3.2]
703.7.3.3.3 Hydronic System Balancing.
Hydronic systems shall be proportionately
balanced in a manner to first minimize throttling
losses; then the pump impeller shall be trimmed
or pump speed shall be adjusted to meet design
flow conditions. [ASHRAE 90.1:6.7.2.3.3]
Exceptions: Impellers need not be trimmed nor
pump speed adjusted.
(1) For pumps with pump motors of 10 hp (7.5
kW) or less.
(2) When throttling results in no greater than 5
percent of the nameplate horsepower draw,
or 3 hp (2.2 kW), whichever is greater, above
that required if the impeller was trimmed.
703.7.3.4 System Commissioning. HVAC
control systems shall be tested to ensure that
control elements are calibrated, adjusted, and in
proper working condition. For projects larger than
50 000 ft2 (4645.2 m2) conditioned area, except
warehouses and semiheated spaces, detailed
instructions for commissioning HVAC systems
shall be provided by the designer in plans and spec-
ifications. [ASHRAE 90.1:6.7.2.4]
703.7.3.4.1 Minimum Level of Commis-
sion. Commissioning shall be performed for
HVAC systems in accordance with Level 1,
Basic Commissioning of the SMACNA HVAC
Systems Commissioning Manual. (See
Appendix C for additional information on
HVAC system commissioning).
GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT
HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR-CONDITIONING
SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT – ENERGY EFFICIENCY
703.8 Minimum Equipment Efficiency Tables.
[ASHRAE 90.1:6.8]
703.8.1 Minimum Efficiency Requirement Listed
Equipment—Standard Rating and Operating
Conditions. [ASHRAE 90.1:6.8.1]
703.8.2 Duct Insulation Tables. [ASHRAE 90.1:
6.8.2]
704.0 Solar Energy Systems. Solar energy systems shall
be installed in accordance with the Uniform Solar Energy
Code.
705.0 Geothermal Systems.
705.1 General. Geothermal systems that use the earth or
body of water as a heat source or sink for heating or cooling
shall comply with Section 705.1.1 through Section 705.1.4.
705.1.1 Design, Installation and Testing. Geot-
hermal systems shall be designed by a registered design
professional. The geothermal system design, installation
and testing shall comply with CSA C448, and the appli-
cable requirements for hydronic piping systems of the
mechanical code.
705.1.2 Pipe Materials. Unless otherwise approved
by the Authority Having Jurisdiction, underground and
submerged pipe used in geothermal systems shall be
polyethylene manufactured from resin compound PE
3408 or PE 4710 that complies with ASTM D3350 with
a cell classification of 345564 or 345434. Pipe shall
comply with ASTM Standard D 3035 or CSA Standard
B137.1. Polyethylene fittings shall comply with the
requirements in ASTM D3261, ASTM D2683, ASTM
F1055 or CSA Standard B137.1. Joints and connections
of underground and submerged polyethylene piping shall
be heat fused or electrofused. All other pipe and fittings
shall comply with the applicable requirements for
hydronic piping systems in the mechanical code.
705.1.3 Marking. Geothermal piping systems shall have
uppercase lettering, with the words “GEOTHERMAL”
or “GEO.” Additional, the piping shall not be marked
with the word “potable,” or the letters “P” or “PW.”
705.1.4 Heat Pump Approval. Water source heat
pumps used in conjunction with geothermal heat
exchangers shall be listed and labeled for use in such
systems and shall be designed for the minimum and
maximum design water temperature.
57
HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR-CONDITIONING
SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT – ENERGY EFFICIENCY

TABLE 703.8.1(1)
ELECTRONICALLY OPERATED UNITARY AIR CONDITIONERS AND CONDENSING UNITS –
MINIMUM EFFICIENCY REQUIREMENTS
[ASHRAE 90.1: TABLE 6.8.1A]

SUBCATEGORY OR
HEATING SECTION 1 2
EQUIPMENT TYPE SIZE CATEGORY RATING MINIMUM EFFICIENCY TEST PROCEDURE
TYPE
CONDITION
Split System 13.0 SEER
Air conditioners, air cooled <65 000 Btu/h3 All
Single Package 13.0 SEER AHRI
Split System 12.0 SEER 210/240
Through-the-wall, air
≤30 000 Btu/h3 All
cooled Single Package 12.0 SEER
Electric resist- Split system and 11.2 EER
≥65 000 Btu/h ance (or none) single package 11.4 IEER
and <135 000
Btu/h Split system and 11.0 EER
All other
single package 11.2 IEER
Electric resist- Split system and 11.0 EER
≥135 000 Btu/h ance (or none) single package 11.2 IEER
and <240 000
Btu/h Split system and 10.8 EER
All other
single package 11.0 IEER
AHRI
Air conditioners, air cooled
Electric resist- Split system and 10.0 EER 340/360
≥240 000 Btu/h ance (or none) single package 10.1 IEER
and <760 000
Btu/h Split system and 9.8 EER
All other
single package 9.9 IEER

Electric resist- Split system and 9.7 EER

ance (or none) single package 9.8 IEER
≥760 000 Btu/h
Split system and 9.5 EER
All other
single package 9.6 IEER

58 GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT

 HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR-CONDITIONING
SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT – ENERGY EFFICIENCY

TABLE 703.8.1(1) (continued)

ELECTRONICALLY OPERATED UNITARY AIR CONDITIONERS AND CONDENSING UNITS –
MINIMUM EFFICIENCY REQUIREMENTS
[ASHRAE 90.1: TABLE 6.8.1A]
SUBCATEGORY OR
HEATING SECTION 1 2
EQUIPMENT TYPE SIZE CATEGORY RATING MINIMUM EFFICIENCY TEST PROCEDURE
TYPE
CONDITION
Split system and 12.1 EER AHRI
<65 000 Btu/h All
single package 12.3 IEER 210/240
11.5 EER (before 6/1/2011)
Electric resist- Split system and 12.1 EER (as of 6/1/2011)
ance (or none) single package 11.7 IEER (before 6/1/2011)
≥65 000 Btu/h 12.3 IEER (as of 6/1/2011)
and <135 000
Btu/h 11.3 EER (before 6/1/2011)
Split system and 11.9 EER (as of 6/1/2011)
All other
single package 11.5 IEER (before 6/1/2011)
12.1 IEER (as of 6/1/2011)
11.0 EER (before 6/1/2011)
Electric Resist- Split system and 12.5 EER (as of 6/1/2011_
ance (or none) single package 11.2 IEER (before 6/1/2011)
≥135 000 Btu/h 12.5 IEER (as of 6/1/2011)
and <240 000
Btu/h 10.8 EER (before 6/1/2011)
Split system and 12.3 EER (before 6/1/2011)
All other
Air conditioners, water single package 11.0 IEER (before 6/1/2011)
cooled 12.5 IEER (before 6/1/2011) AHRI
11.0 EER (before 6/1/2011) 340/360
Electric Resist- Split system and 12.4 EER (as of 6/1/2011)
ance (or none) single package 11.1 IEER (before 6/1/2011)
≥240 000 Btu/h 12.6 IEER (as of 6/1/2011)
and <760 000
Btu/h 10.8 EER (before 6/1/2011)
Split system and 12.2 EER (as of 6/1/2011)
All other
single package 10.9 IEER (before 6/1/2011)
12.4 IEER (as of 6/1/2011)
11.0 EER (before 6/1/2011)
Electric Resist- Split system and 12.2 EER (as of 6/1/2011_
ance (or none) single package 11.1 IEER (before 6/1/2011)
12.4 IEER (as of 6/1/2011)
≥760 000 Btu/h
10.8 EER (before 6/1/2011)
Split system and 12.0 EER (as of 6/1/2011_
All other
single package 10.9 IEER (before 6/1/2011)
12.2 IEER (as of 6/1/2011)
Split system and 12.1 EER AHRI
<65 000 Btu/h All
single package 12.3 IEER 210/240
11.5 EER (before 6/1/2011)
Electric resist- Split system and 12.1 EER (as of 6/1/2011)
ance (or none) single package 11.7 IEER (before 6/1/2011)
≥65 000 Btu/h 12.3 IEER (as of 6/1/2011)
and <135 000
Air conditioners, evapora- Btu/h 11.3 EER (before 6/1/2011)
tively cooled Split system and 11.9 EER (as of 6/2/2011) AHRI
All other
single package 11.5 IEER (before 6/1/2011) 340/360
12.1 IEER (as of 6/1/2011)
11.0 EER (before 6/1/2011)
≥135 000 Btu/h
Electric Resist- Split system and 12.0 EER (as of 6/1/2011_
and <240 000
ance (or none) single package 11.2 IEER (before 6/1/2011)
Btu/h
12.2 IEER (as of 6/1/2011)

GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT 59

HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR-CONDITIONING
SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT – ENERGY EFFICIENCY

TABLE 703.8.1(1) (continued)

ELECTRONICALLY OPERATED UNITARY AIR CONDITIONERS AND CONDENSING UNITS –
MINIMUM EFFICIENCY REQUIREMENTS
[ASHRAE 90.1: TABLE 6.8.1A]
SUBCATEGORY OR
HEATING SECTION 1 2
EQUIPMENT TYPE SIZE CATEGORY RATING MINIMUM EFFICIENCY TEST PROCEDURE
TYPE
CONDITION
10.8 EER (before 6/1/2011)
≥135 000 Btu/h
Split system and 11.8 EER (as of 6/1/2011)
and <240 000 All other
single package 11.0 IEER (before 6/1/2011)
Btu/h
12.0 IEER (as of 6/1/2011)
11.0 EER (before 6/1/2011)
Electric Resist- Split system and 11.9 EER (as of 6/1/2011)
ance (or none) single package 11.1 IEER (before 6/1/2011)
≥240 000 Btu/h 12.1 IEER (as of 6/1/2011)
and <760 000
Btu/h 10.8 EER (before 6/1/2011)
Air conditioners, evapora- Split system and 12.2 EER (as of 6/1/2011) AHRI
All other
tively cooled single package 10.9 IEER (before 6/1/2011) 340/360
11.9 IEER (as of 6/1/2011)
11.0 EER (before 6/1/2011)
Electric Resist- Split system and 11.7 EER (as of 6/1/2011_
ance (or none) single package 11.1 IEER (before 6/1/2011)
11.9 IEER (as of 6/1/2011)
≥760 000 Btu/h
10.8 EER (before 6/1/2011)
Split system and 11.5 EER (as of 6/1/2011_
All other
single package 10.9 IEER (before 6/1/2011)
11.7 IEER (as of 6/1/2011)
10.1 EER (before 6/1/2011)
10.5 EER (as of 6//1/2011)
Condensing units, air cooled ≥135 000 Btu/h – –
11.4 IEER (before 6/1/2011)
11.8 IEER (as of 6/1/2011)

13.1 EER (before 6/1/2011)

Condensing units, water 13.5 EER (as of 6//1/2011) AHRI
≥135 000 Btu/h – –
cooled 13.6 IEER (before 6/1/2011) 365
14.0 IEER (as of 6/1/2011)

13.1 EER (before 6/1/2011)

Condensing units, water or 13.5 EER (as of 6//1/2011)
≥135 000 Btu/h – –
evaporatively cooled 13.6 IEER (before 6/1/2011)
14.0 IEER (as of 6/1/2011)

For SI units: 1000 British thermal units per hour = 0.293 kW

1
IPLVs and part-load rating conditions are only applicable to equipment with capacity modulation.
2
Section 12 of ASHRAE 90.1 contains a complete specification of the referenced test procedure including the referenced year version of the test procedure.
3
Single-phase, air-cooled air conditioners <65 000 Btu/h (19.05 kW) are regulated by NAECA. SEER values are those set by NAECA.

60 GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT

 HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR-CONDITIONING
SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT – ENERGY EFFICIENCY

TABLE 703.8.1(2)
ELECTRONICALLY OPERATED UNITARY AND APPLIED HEAT PUMPS—
MINIMUM EFFICIENCY REQUIREMENTS
[ASHRAE 90.1: TABLE 6.8.1B]
EQUIPMENT TYPE SIZE CATEGORY HEATING SECTION SUBCATEGORY 1 2
MINIMUM EFFICIENCY TEST PROCEDURE
TYPE OR RATING
CONDITION

Air cooled Split System 13.0 SEER

<65 000 Btu/h3 All
(cooling mode) Single Package 13.0 SEER
AHRI
Split System 12 SEER 210/240
Through-the-wall (air
≤30 000 Btu/h3 All
cooled, cooling mode) Single Package 12.0 SEER

Electric resistance Split system and 11.0 EER

(or none) single package 11.2 IEER
≥65 000 Btu/h and
<135 000 Btu/h
Split system and 10.8 EER
All other
single package 11.0 IEER

Electric resistance Split system and 10.6 EER

Air cooled ≥135 000 Btu/h (or none) single package 10.7 IEER
AHRI
(cooling mode) and <240 000
340/360
Btu/h Split system and 10.4 EER
All other
single package 10.5 IEER

Electric resistance Split system and 9.5 EER

(or none) single package 9.6 IEER
≥240 000 Btu/h
Split system and 9.3 EER
All other
single package 9.4 IEER
86°F entering
<17 000 Btu/h All 11.2 EER
water
Water source (cooling ≥17 000 Btu/h and 86°F entering
All 12.0 EER
mode) <65 000 Btu/h water
ISO 13256-1
≥65 000 Btu/h and 86°F entering
All 12.0 EER
<135 000 Btu/h water
Groundwater source 59°F entering
<135 000 Btu/h All 16.2 EER
(cooling mode) water
Ground source 77°F entering
<135 000 Btu/h All 13.4 EER ISO 13256-1
(cooling mode) water
Water source water-to- 86°F entering
<135 000 Btu/h All 10.6 EER
water (cooling mode) water
Groundwater source
59°F entering
water to water (cooling <135 000 Btu/h All 16.3 EER ISO 13256-2
water
mode)
Ground source brine to 77°F entering
<135 000 Btu/h All 12.1 EER
water (cooling mode) water
Air cooled (heating <65 000 Btu/h3 – Split system 7.7 HSPF
mode) (cooling capacity) – Single package 7.7 HSPF
AHRI 210/240
Through-the-wall, (air ≤30 000 Btu/h3 – Split system 7.4 HSPF
cooled, heating mode) (cooling capacity) – Single package 7.4 HSPF

GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT 61

HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR-CONDITIONING
SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT – ENERGY EFFICIENCY

TABLE 703.8.1(2) (continued)

ELECTRONICALLY OPERATED UNITARY AND APPLIED HEAT PUMPS—
MINIMUM EFFICIENCY REQUIREMENTS
[ASHRAE 90.1: TABLE 6.8.1B]
EQUIPMENT TYPE SIZE CATEGORY HEATING SECTION SUBCATEGORY 1 2
MINIMUM EFFICIENCY TEST PROCEDURE
TYPE OR RATING
CONDITION
47°F db/43°F wb
≥65 000 Btu/h and 3.3 COP
outdoor air
<135 000 Btu/h
(cooling capacity) 17°F db/15°F wb
Air cooled 2.25 COP
outdoor air
(heating mode) – AHRI 340/360
47°F db/43°F wb
3.2 COP
135 000 Btu/h outdoor air
(cooling capacity) 17°F db/15°F wb
2.05 COP
outdoor air
Water source (heating <135 000 Btu/h 68°F entering
– 4.2 COP
mode (cooling capacity) water
Groundwater source <135 000 Btu/h 50°F entering
– 3.6 COP
(heating mode) (cooling capacity) water
ISO 13256-1
Ground Source <135 000 Btu/h 32°F entering
– 3.1 COP
(heating mode) (cooling capacity) water
Water source
<135 000 Btu/h 68°F entering
water to water – 3.7 COP
(cooling capacity) water
(heating mode)
Groundwater source
<135 000 Btu/h 50°F entering
water to water – 3.1 COP
(cooling capacity) water
(heating mode)
ISO 13256-2
Ground source
<135 000 Btu/h 32°F entering
brine to water – 2.5 COP
(cooling capacity) water
(heating mode)

For SI units: 1000 British thermal units per hour = 0.293 kW, t/ºC = (t/ºF-32)/1.8
1
IPLVs and part-load rating conditions are only applicable to equipment with capacity modulation.
2
Section 12 of ASHRAE 90.1 contains a complete specification of the referenced test procedure including the referenced year version of the test procedure.
3
Single-phase air-cooled heat pumps <65 000 Btu/h (19.05 kW) are regulated by NAECA, SEER, and HSPF values are those set by NAECA.

62 GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT

 HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR-CONDITIONING
SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT – ENERGY EFFICIENCY

TABLE 703.8.1(3)
WATER CHILLING PACKAGES—EFFICIENCY REQUIREMENTS1
[ASHRAE 90.1: TABLE 6.8.1C]

SIZE TEST
EQUIPMENT TYPE UNITS PATH A PATH B 2
CATEGORY PROCEDURE

FULL LOAD IPLV FULL LOAD IPLV

4
<150 tons EER ≥9.562 ≥12.500 NA NA4
Air-Cooled Chillers
≥150 tons EER ≥9.562 ≥12.500 NA4 NA4

Air cooled, without Air-cooled chillers without condensers must be rated with
condenser, electrically All capacities EER matching condensers and comply with the air-cooled
operated chiller efficiency requirements.
Water cooled, electri-
Reciprocating units must comply with water-cooled posi-
cally operated, recipro- All capacities kW/ton
tive displacement efficiency requirements.
cating
<75 tons kW/ton ≤0.780 ≤0.630 ≤0.800 ≤0.600
AHRI 550/590
≥75 tons and <150
Water cooled, electri- kW/ton ≤0.775 ≤0.615 ≤0.790 ≤0.586
tons
cally operated, positive
displacement ≥150 tons and
kW/ton ≤0.680 ≤0.580 ≤0.718 ≤0.540
<300 tons
≥300 tons kW/ton ≤0.620 ≤0.540 ≤0.639 ≤0.490
<150 tons kW/ton ≤0.634 ≤0.596 ≤0.639 ≤0.450
≥150 tons and
Water cooled, electri- kW/ton ≤0.634 ≤0.596 ≤0.639 ≤0.450
<300 tons
cally operated,
≥300 tons and
centrifugal kW/ton ≤0.576 ≤0.549 ≤0.600 ≤0.400
<600 tons
≥600 tons kW/ton ≤0.570 ≤0.539 ≤0.590 ≤0.400
Air-cooled absorption
All capacities COP ≥0.600 NR5 NA4 NA4
single effect
Water-cooled absorp-
All capacities COP ≥0.700 NR5 NA4 NA4
tion single effect
AHRI 560
Absorption double 4 4
All capacities COP ≥1.000 ≥1.050 NA NA
effect, indirect-fired
Absorption double
All capacities COP ≥1.000 ≥1.000 NA4 NA4
effect direct-fired
For SI units: 1 ton = 1000 kg, t/ºC = (t/ºF-32)/1.8
1
The centrifugal chiller equipment requirements after adjustment per 703.4.1.2 do not apply to chillers where the design leaving evaporator temperature is
<36°F (2.2ºC). The requirements do not apply to positive displacement chillers with design leaving fluid temperatures ≤32ºF (0ºC). The requirements do
not apply to absorption chillers with design leaving fluid temperatures <40°F (4ºC).
2
Compliance with this supplement can be obtained by meeting the minimum requirements of Path A or Path B. However, both the full load and IPLV must
be met to fulfill the requirements of Path A or Path B.
3
Section 12 of ASHRAE 90.1 contains a complete specification of the referenced test procedure, including the referenced year version of the test procedure.
4
NA means that this requirement is not applicable and cannot be used for compliance.
5
NR means that there are no minimum requirements for this category.

GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT 63

HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR-CONDITIONING
SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT – ENERGY EFFICIENCY

TABLE 703.8.1(4)
ELECTRICALLY OPERATED PACKAGED TERMINAL AIR CONDITIONERS, PACKAGED TERMINAL SINGLE-PACKED VERTICAL AIR
CONDITIONERS, SINGLE-PACKAGE VERTICAL HEAT PUMPS, ROOM AIR CONDITIONERS, AND ROOM AIR CONDITIONER HEAT
PUMPS—MINIMUM EFFICIENCY REQUIREMENTS
[ASHRAE 90.1: TABLE 6.8.1D]

SIZE CATEGORY SUBCATEGORY OR TEST

EQUIPMENT TYPE MINIMUM EFFICIENCY 1
(INPUT) RATING CONDITION PROCEDURE

12.5 - (0.213 x Cap/ l 000)3

PTAC (cooling mode) Standard Size All capacities 95°F db outdoor air EER (before 10/8/2012)
13.8 - (0.300 x Cap/1000)3

PTAC (cooling mode) Nonstandard

Size2
PTHP (cooling mode) Standard Size
All capacities 95°F db outdoor air 10.9 - (0.213 x Cap/1000)3 EER
12.3 - (0.213 x Cap/1000)3
EER (before 10/8/2012)
All capacities 95°F db outdoor air
14.0 - (0.300 x Cap/1000)3
EER (as of 10/8/2012) ARI 310/380

PTHP (cooling mode) Nonstandard

All capacities 95°F db outdoor air 10.8 - (0.213 x Cap/1000)3 EER
Size2
3.2 - (0.026 x Cap/1000)3
COPH (before 10/8/2012)
PTHP (heating mode) Standard Size All capacities
3.7 - (0.052 x Cap/1000)3
COPH (as of 10/8/2012)
PTHP (heating mode) Nonstandard
All capacities 2.9 - (0.026 x Cap/1000)3 COP
Size2
95°F db/75°F wb
<65 000 Btu/h 9.0 EER
outdoor air
≥65 000 Btu/h and 95°F db/75°F wb
SPVAC (cooling mode) 8.9 EER
<135 000 Btu/h outdoor air
≥135 000 Btu/h and 95°F db/75°F wb
8.6 EER
<240 000 Btu/h outdoor air
95°F db/75°F wb
<65 000 Btu/h 9.0 EER
outdoor air
≥65 000 Btu/h and 95°F db/75°F wb
SPVHP (cooling mode) 8.9 EER AHRI 390
<135 000 Btu/h outdoor air
≥135 000 Btu/h and 95°F db/75°F wb
8.6 EER
<240 000 Btu/h outdoor air
47°F db/43°F wb
<65 000 Btu/h 3.0 COP
outdoor air
≥65 000 Btu/h and 47°F db/43°F wb
SPVHP (heating mode) 3.0 COP
<135 000 Btu/h outdoor air
≥135 000 Btu/h and 47°F db/43°F wb
2.9 COP
<240 000 Btu/h outdoor air

64 GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT

 HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR-CONDITIONING
SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT – ENERGY EFFICIENCY

TABLE 703.8.1(4) (continued)

ELECTRICALLY OPERATED PACKAGED TERMINAL AIR CONDITIONERS, PACKAGED TERMINAL SINGLE-PACKED VERTICAL AIR
CONDITIONERS, SINGLE-PACKAGE VERTICAL HEAT PUMPS, ROOM AIR CONDITIONERS, AND ROOM AIR CONDITIONER HEAT
PUMPS—MINIMUM EFFICIENCY REQUIREMENTS
[ASHRAE 90.1: TABLE 6.8.1D]
SIZE CATEGORY SUBCATEGORY OR TEST
EQUIPMENT TYPE MINIMUM EFFICIENCY 4
(INPUT) RATING CONDITION PROCEDURE
<6000 Btu/h – 9.7 SEER
≥6000 Btu/h and
– 9.7 EER
<8000 Btu/h
Room air conditioners, with louvered ≥8000 Btu/h and
– 9.8 EER
sides <14 000 Btu/h
≥14 000 Btu/h and
– 9.7 SEER
<20,000 Btu/h
≥20 000 Btu/h – 8.5 EER
<8000 Btu/h – 9.0 EER ANSI/AHAM
RAC-1
Room air conditioners, without ≥8000 Btu/h and
– 8.5 EER
louvered sides <20 000 Btu/h
≥20 000 Btu/h – 8.5 EER

Room air-conditioner heat pumps with <20 000 Btu/h – 9.0 EER
louvered sides ≥20 000 Btu/h – 8.5 EER

Room air conditioner heat pumps <14 000 Btu/h – 8.5 EER
without louvered sides ≥14 000 Btu/h – 8.0 EER
Room air conditioner, casement only All capacities – 8.7 EER ANSI/AHAM
Room air conditioner, casement-slider All capacities – 9.5 EER RAC-1
For SI units: 1000 British thermal units per hour = 0.293 kW, t/ºC = (t/Fº-32)/1.8
1
Section 12 of ASHRAE 90.1 contains a complete specification of the referenced test procedure, including the referenced year version of the test procedure.
2
Nonstandard Size units must be factory labeled as follows: "MANUFACTURED FOR NONSTANDARD SIZE APPLICATIONS ONLY; NOT TO BE
INSTALLED IN NEW STANDARD PROJECTS." Nonstandard size efficiencies apply only to units being installed in existing sleeves having an external
wall opening of less than 16 inch (406 mm) high or less than 42 inch (1067 mm) wide and having a cross-sectional area less than 670 square inches (0.432
m2).
3
Cap means the rated cooling capacity of the product in Btu/h (kW). If the unit's capacity is less than 7000 Btu/h (2.05 kW). use 7000 Btu/h (2.05 kW) in the
calculation. If the unit's capacity is greater than 15 000 Btu/h (4.4 kW), use 15 000 Btu/h (4.4 kW) in the calculation.
4
Section 12 of ASHRAE 90.1 contains a complete specification of the referenced test procedure, including the referenced year version of the test procedure.

GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT 65

HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR-CONDITIONING
SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT – ENERGY EFFICIENCY

TABLE 703.8.1(5)
WARM-AIR FURNACES AND COMBINATION WARM-AIR FURNACES/AIR-CONDITIONING UNITS,
WARM-AIR DUCT FURNACES AND UNIT HEATERS
[ASHRAE 90.1: TABLE 6.8.1E]

SUBCATEGORY OR RATING 1
EQUIPMENT TYPE SIZE CATEGORY (INPUT) MINIMUM EFFICIENCY TEST PROCEDURE
CONDITION

DOE 10 CFR Part 430 or

<225 000 Btu/h 78% AFUE or 80% Et2, 4 Section 2.39, Thermal Effi-
Warm-air furnace, gas-
Maximum capacity3 ciency, of CSA Z21.47
fired
Section 2.39, Thermal Effi-
≥225 000 Btu/h 80% Et4
ciency, of CSA Z21.47
DOE 10 CFR Part 430 or
<225 000 Btu/h 78% AFUE or 80% Et2, 4 Section 42, Combustion, of
Warm-air furnace, oil-fired 3 UL 727
Maximum capacity
Section 42, Combustion,
≥225 000 Btu/h 81% Et4
UL 727
Warm-air duct furnaces, Section 2.10, Efficiency, of
All capacities Maximum capacity3 80% Ec5
gas-fired CSA Z83.8
Warm-air unit heaters, gas- Section 2.10, Efficiency, of
All capacities Maximum capacity3 80% Ec5, 6
fired CSA Z83.8
Warm-air unit heaters, oil- Section 40, Combustion, of
All capacities Maximum capacity3 80% Ec5, 6
fired UL 731
For SI units: 1000 British thermal units per hour = 0.293 kW.
1
Section 12 of ASHRAE 90.1 contains a complete specification of the referenced test procedure, including the referenced year version of the test procedure.
2
Combination units not covered by NAECA (three-phase power or cooling capacity greater than or equal to 65 000 Btu/h (19.05 kW) shall be permitted to
comply with either rating.
3
Compliance of multiple firing rate units shall be at the maximum firing rate.
4
Et = thermal efficiency. Units must also include an interrupted or intermittent ignition device (IID), have jacket losses not exceeding 0.75 percent of the input
rating, and have either power venting or a flue damper. A vent damper is an acceptable alternative to a flue damper for those furnaces where combustion air
is drawn from the conditioned space.
5
Ec = combustion efficiency (100 percent less flue losses). See test procedure for detailed discussion.
6
As of August 8, 2008, according to the Energy Policy Act of 2005, units must also include an interrupted or intermittent ignition device (IID) and have either
power venting or an automatic flue damper.

66 GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT

 HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR-CONDITIONING
SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT – ENERGY EFFICIENCY

TABLE 703.8.1(6)
GAS- AND OIL-FIRED BOILERS, MINIMUM EFFICIENCY REQUIREMENTS
[ASHRAE 90.1: TABLE 6.8.1F]
EFFICIENCY AS OF EFFICIENCY AS OF
MINIMUM 3/2/2010 3/2/2020
1 SUBCATEGORY OR SIZE CATEGORY
(Date three years (Date thirteen years TEST PROCEDURE
EQUIPMENT TYPE RATING CONDITION (INPUT) 2, 3
EFFICIENCY after ASHRAE after ASHRAE
Board Approval) Board Approval)
<300 000 Btu/h 80% AFUE 80% AFUE 80% AFUE 10 CFR Part 430
≥300 000 Btu/h
Gas-fired and ≤2 500 000 75% Et 80% Et 80% Et
Btu/h4 10 CFR Part 431

>2 500 000 Btu/h1 80% Ec 82% Ec 82% Ec

Boilers, hot water
<300 000 Btu/h 80% AFUE 80% AFUE 80% AFUE 10 CFR Part 430
≥300 000 Btu/h
Oil-fired5 and ≤2 500 000 78% Et 82% Et 82% Et
Btu/h4 10 CFR Part 431

>2 500 000 Btu/h1 83% Ec 84% Ec 84% Ec

Gas-fired <300 000 Btu/h 75% AFUE 75% AFUE 75% AFUE 10 CFR Part 430
≥300 000 Btu/h
Gas-fired – all and ≤2 500 000 75% Et 79% Et 79% Et
except natural Btu/h4
draft
>2 500 000 Btu/h1 80% Ec 79% Et 79% Et
10 CFR Part 431
≥300 000 Btu/h
Gas-fired – natural and ≤2 500 000 75% Et 77% Et 79% Et
Boilers, steam Btu/h4
draft
>2 500 000 Btu/h1 80% Ec 77% Et 79% Et
<300 000 Btu/h 80% AFUE 80% AFUE 80% AFUE 10 CFR Part 430
≥300 000 Btu/h
Oil-fired5 and ≤2 500 000 78% Et 81% Et 81% Et
Btu/h4 10 CFR Part 431

>2 500 000 Btu/h1 83% Ec 81% Et 81% Et

For SI units: 1000 British thermal units per hour = 0.293 kW.
1
These requirements apply to boilers with rated input of 8 000 000 Btu/h (2344 kW) or less that are not packaged boilers and to all packaged boilers. Minimum
efficiency requirements for boilers cover all capacities of packaged boilers.
2
Ec = combustion efficiency (100 percent less flue losses). See reference document for detailed information.
3
Et = thermal efficiency. See reference document for detailed information.
4
Maximum capacity – minimum and maximum ratings as provided for and allowed by the unit's controls.
5
Includes oil-tired (residual).

GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT 67

HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR-CONDITIONING
SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT – ENERGY EFFICIENCY

TABLE 703.8.1(7)
PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR HEAT REJECTION EQUIPMENT
[ASHRAE 90.1: TABLE 6.8.1G]
TOTAL SYSTEM HEAT PERFORMANCE
SUBCATEGORY OR RATING 4, 5
EQUIPMENT TYPE REJECTION CAPACITY 1, 2, 3 TEST PROCEDURE
CONDITION REQUIRED
AT RATED CONDITIONS
95°F entering water
Propeller or axial fan open- 85°F leaving water CTI ATC-105 and CTI
All ≥ 38.2 gpm/hp
circuit cooling towers STD-201
75°F entering wb
95°F entering water
Centrifugal fan open-circuit 85°F leaving water CTI ATC-105 and CTI
All ≥ 20.0 gpm/hp
cooling towers STD-201
75°F entering wb
102°F entering water
Propeller or axial fan closed- 90°F leaving water CTI ATC-105S and
All ≥14.0 gpm/hp
circuit cooling towers CTI STD-201
75°F entering wb
102°F entering water
Centrifugal fan closed-circuit 90°F leaving water CTI ATC-105S and
All ≥7.0 gpm/hp
cooling towers CTI STD-201
75°F entering wb
125°F condensing temperature
≥176 000 Btu/h·hp
R-22 test fluid
Air-cooled condensers All 190°F entering gas temperature ARI 460
15°F subcooling 95°F entering ≥176 000 Btu/h·hp
db
For SI units: t/ºC = (t/ºF-32)/1.8, 1 gallon per minute per horsepower = 0.085 L/s/kW, 1000 British thermal units per hour = 0.293 kW, 1 horsepower = 0.75
kW.
1
For purposes of this table, open-circuit cooling tower performance is defined as the water flow rating at the thermal rating condition listed in Table 703.8.1(7)
divided by the fan motor nameplate rating.
2
For purposes of this table, closed-circuit cooling tower performance is defined as the process water flow rating of the tower at the thermal rating condition
listed in Table 703.8.1(7) divided by the sum of the fan motor nameplate power and the integral spray pump motor nameplate power.
3
For purposes of this table, air-cooled condenser performance is defined as the heat rejected from the refrigerant divided by the fan motor nameplate power.
4
Section 12 of ASHRAE 90.1 contains a complete specification of the referenced test procedure, including the referenced year version of the test procedure.
5
The efficiencies and test procedures for both open- and closed-circuit cooling towers are not applicable to hybrid cooling towers that contain a combination
of separate wet and dry heat exchange sections.

68 GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT

 HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR-CONDITIONING
SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT – ENERGY EFFICIENCY

TABLE 703.8.1(8)
HEAT TRANSFER EQUIPMENT
[ASHRAE 90.1: TABLE 6.8.1H]
MINIMUM TEST
EQUIPMENT TYPE SUBCATEGORY 1 2
EFFICIENCY PROCEDURE

Liquid-to-liquid heat exchangers Plate type NR AHRI 400

1
NR = No Requirement
2
Section 12 of ASHRAE 90.1 contains complete specification of the referenced test procedure, including the referenced year version of the test procedure.

TABLE 703.8.1(9)
ELECTRICALLY OPERATED VARIABLE REFRIGERANT FLOW AIR CONDITIONERS—
MINIMUM EFFICIENCY REQUIREMENTS
[ASHRAE 90.1: TABLE 6.8.1I]

SUB-CATEGORY OR
HEATING SECTION TEST
EQUIPMENT TYPE SIZE CATEGORY RATING MINIMUM EFFICIENCY
TYPE PROCEDURE
CONDITION

VRF Multi-split
<65 000 Btu/h ALL 13.0 SEER
System
≥65 000 Btu/h and 11.2 EER
Electric Resistance VRF Multi-split
12.2 IEER
<135 000 Btu/h4 (or none) System
13.1 IEER (as of 7/1/2012)
VRF Air Conditioners 11.0 EER
≥135 000 Btu/h and Electric Resistance VRF Multi-split AHRI 1230
Air Cooled 12.3 IEER
<240 000 Btu/h (or none) System
12.9 IEER (as of 7/1/2012)

10.0 EER
Electric Resistance VRF Multi-split
≥240 000 Btu/h 11.1 IEER
(or none) System
11.6 IEER (as of 7/1/2012)

For SI units: 1000 British thermal units per hour = 0.293 kW.

GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT 69

HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR-CONDITIONING
SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT – ENERGY EFFICIENCY

TABLE 703.8.1(10)
ELECTRICALLY OPERATED VARIABLE REFRIGERANT FLOW AIR-TO-AIR AND APPLIED HEAT PUMPS—
MINIMUM EFFICIENCY REQUIREMENTS
[ASHRAE 90.1: TABLE 6.8.1J]
HEATING
SUB-CATEGORY OR TEST
EQUIPMENT TYPE SIZE CATEGORY SECTION MINIMUM EFFICIENCY
RATING CONDITION PROCEDURE
TYPE

<65 000 Btu/h ALL VRF Multi-split System 13.0 SEER

Electric 11.0 EER
≥65 000 Btu/h and
Resistance VRF Multi-split System 12.3 IEER
<135 000 Btu/h
(or none) 12.9 IEER (as of 7/1/2012)
Electric 10.8 EER
≥65 000 Btu/h and VRF Multi-split System
Resistance 12.1 IEER
<135 000 Btu/h with Heat Recovery
(or none) 12.7 IEER (as of 7/1/2012
Electric 10.6 EER
≥135 000 Btu/h and
VRF Air Cooled, Resistance VRF Multi-split System 11.8 IEER
<240 000 Btu/h
(cooling mode) (or none) 12.3 IEER (as of 7/1/2012) AHRI 1230
Electric 10.4 EER
≥135 000 Btu/h and VRF Multi-split System
Resistance 11.6 IEER
<240 000 Btu/h with Heat Recovery
(or none) 12.1 IEER (as of 7/1/2012)
Electric 9.5 EER
≥240 000 Btu/h Resistance VRF Multi-split System 10.6 IEER
(or none) 11.0 IEER (as of 7/1/2012)
Electric 9.3 EER
VRF Multi-split System
≥240 000 Btu/h Resistance 10.4 IEER
with Heat Recovery
(or none) 10.8 IEER (as of 7/1/2012)
VRF Multi-split Systems
<65 000 Btu/h ALL 12.0 EER
86ºF entering water
VRF Multi-split Systems
<65 000 Btu/h ALL with Heat Recovery 86ºF 11.8 EER
entering water
≥65 000 Btu/h and VRF Multi-split Systems
ALL 12.0 EER
<135 000 Btu/h 86ºF entering water
VRF Water Source
VRF Multi-split Systems AHRI 1230
(cooling mode) ≥65 000 Btu/h and
ALL with Heat Recovery 86ºF 11.8 EER
<135 000 Btu/h
entering water
VRF Multi-split Systems
≥135 000 Btu/h ALL 10.0 EER
86ºF entering water
VRF Multi-split Systems
≥135 000 Btu/h ALL with Heat Recovery 86ºF 9.8 EER
entering water
VRF Multi-split System
<135 000 Btu/h ALL 16.2 EER
59ºF entering water
VRF Groundwater VRF Multi-split System
Source <135 000 Btu/h ALL with Heat Recovery 59ºF 16.0 EER AHRI 1230
(cooling mode) entering water
VRF Multi-split System
≥135 000 Btu/h ALL 13.8 EER
59ºF entering water

70 GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT

 HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR-CONDITIONING
SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT – ENERGY EFFICIENCY

TABLE 703.8.1(10) (continued)

ELECTRICALLY OPERATED VARIABLE REFRIGERANT FLOW AIR-TO-AIR AND APPLIED HEAT PUMPS—
MINIMUM EFFICIENCY REQUIREMENTS
[ASHRAE 90.1: TABLE 6.8.1J]
HEATING
SUB-CATEGORY OR TEST
EQUIPMENT TYPE SIZE CATEGORY SECTION MINIMUM EFFICIENCY
RATING CONDITION PROCEDURE
TYPE
VRF Multi-split System
≥135 000 Btu/h ALL with Heat Recovery 59ºF 13.6 EER
entering water
VRF Multi-split System
<135 000 Btu/h ALL 13.4 EER
77ºF entering water
VRF Groundwater VRF Multi-split System
Source <135 000 Btu/h ALL with Heat Recovery 77ºF 13.2 EER AHRI 1230
(cooling mode) entering water
VRF Multi-split System
≥135 000 Btu/h ALL 11.0 EER
77ºF entering water
VRF Multi-split System
≥135 000 Btu/h ALL with Heat Recovery 77ºF 10.8 EER
entering water
<65 000 Btu/h — VRF Multi-split System 7.7 HSPF
VRF Multi-split System
≥65 000 Btu/h and 3.3 COP
— 47ºF db/43ºF wb outdoor air
VRF Air Cooled <135 000 Btu/h
17ºF db/15ºF wb outdoor air 2.25 COP AHRI 1230
(heating mode)
VRF Multi-split System
≥135 000 Btu/h 3.2 COP
— 47ºF db/43ºF wb outdoor air
(cooling capacity)
17ºF db/15ºF wb outdoor air 2.05 COP
<135 000 Btu/h VRF Multi-split System
— 4.2 COP
VRF Water Source (cooling capacity) 68ºF entering water
AHRI 1230
(heating mode) ≥135 000 Btu/h VRF Multi-split System
— 3.9 COP
(cooling capacity) 68ºF entering water
<135 000 Btu/h VRF Multi-split System
— 3.6 COP
VRF Groundwater (cooling capacity) 50ºF entering water
AHRI 1230
Source (heating mode)
≥135 000 Btu/h VRF Multi-split System
— 3.3 COP
(cooling capacity) 50ºF entering water
<135 000 Btu/h VRF Multi-split System
— 3.1 COP
VRF Ground Source (cooling capacity) 32ºF entering water
AHRI 1230
(heating mode) ≥135 000 Btu/h VRF Multi-split System
— 2.8 COP
(cooling capacity) 32ºF entering water
For SI units: 1000 British thermal units per hour = 0.293 kW.

GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT 71

HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR-CONDITIONING
SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT – ENERGY EFFICIENCY

TABLE 703.8.1(11)
AIR CONDITIONERS AND CONDENSING UNITS SERVING COMPUTER ROOMS
[ASHRAE 90.1: TABLE 6.8.1K]
MINIMUM
1 2 TEST
EQUIPMENT TYPE NET SENSIBLE COOLING CAPACITY SCOP-127 EFFICIENCY DOWN-
PROCEDURE
FLOW UNITS/UPFLOW UNITS

<65 000 Btu/h 2.20 / 2.09

Air Conditioners, air
≥65 000 Btu/h and < 240 000 Btu/h 2.10 / 1.99 ANSI/ASHRAE 127
cooled
≥240 000 Btu/h 1.90 / 1.79
<65 000 Btu/h 2.60 / 2.49
Air Conditioners, water
≥65 000 Btu/h and < 240 000 Btu/h 2.50 / 2.39 ANSI/ASHRAE 127
cooled
≥240 000 Btu/h 2.40 / 2.29
Air Conditioners, water <65 000 Btu/h 2.55 / 2.44
cooled with fluid econo- ≥65 000 Btu/h and <240 000 Btu/h 2.45 / 2.34 ANSI/ASHRAE 127
mizer ≥240 000 Btu/h 2.35 / 2.24
Air Conditioners, glycol <65 000 Btu/h 2.50 / 2.39
cooled (rated at 40% ≥65 000 Btu/h and <240 000 Btu/h 2.15 / 2.04 ANSI/ASHRAE 127
propylene glycol) ≥240 000 Btu/h 2.10 / 1.99
Air Conditioners, glycol
<65 000 Btu/h 2.45 / 2.34
cooled (rated at 40%
≥65 000 Btu/h and <240 000 Btu/h 2.10 / 1.99 ANSI/ASHRAE 127
propylene glycol) with
≥240 000 Btu/h 2.05 / 1.94
fluid economizer
1
Net sensible cooling capacity: The total gross cooling capacity less the latent cooling less the energy to the air movement system. (Total Gross - latent -
Fan Power)
2
Sensible coefficient of performance (SCOP-127): a ratio calculated by dividing the net sensible cooling capacity in watts by the total power input in watts
(excluding re-heaters and humidifiers) at conditions defined in ASHRAE Standard 127. The net sensible cooling capacity is the gross sensible capacity
minus the energy dissipated into the cooled space by the fan system.

72 GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT

 HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR-CONDITIONING
SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT – ENERGY EFFICIENCY

TABLE 703.8.2(1)
MINIMUM DUCT INSULATION R-VALUE1, COOLING AND HEATING ONLY SUPPLY DUCTS AND RETURN DUCTS
[ASHRAE 90.1: TABLE 6.8.2A]
Duct Location

UNVENTED UNVENTED
CLIMATE ZONE INDIRECTLY
VENTILATED ATTIC ABOVE ATTIC WITH UNCONDI-
EXTERIOR CONDITIONED BURIED
ATTIC INSULATED ROOF 2
TIONED SPACE 3
CEILING 1 SPACE
INSULATION

HEATING ONLY DUCTS

1, 2 none None none none none none none

3 R-3.5 none none none none none none
4 R-3.5 none none none none none none
5 R-6 R-3.5 none none none none R-3.5
6 R-6 R-6 R-3.5 none none none R-3.5
7 R-8 R-6 R-6 none R-3.5 none R-3.5
8 R-8 R-8 R-6 none R-6 none R-6
COOLING ONLY DUCTS

1 R-6 R-6 R-8 R-3.5 R-3.5 none R-3.5

2 R-6 R-6 R-6 R-3.5 R-3.5 none R-3.5
3 R-6 R-6 R-6 R-3.5 R-1.9 none none
4 R-3.5 R-3.5 R-6 R-1.9 R-1.9 none none
5.6 R-3.5 R-1.9 R-3.5 R-l.9 R-1.9 none none
7, 8 R-1.9 R- I .9 R-1.9 R-I.9 R-1.9 none none
RETURN DUCTS

1 to 8 R-3.5 R-3.5 R-3.5 none none none none

1
Insulation R-values, measured in [Btu∙inch/(h∙ft2∙ºF)], are for the insulation as installed and do not include film resistance. The required minimum thick-
nesses do not consider water vapor transmission and possible surface condensation. Where exterior walls are used as plenum walls. wall insulation shall be
as required by the most restrictive condition of Section 703.4.4.2 or Section 5 of ASHRAE 90.1. Insulation resistance measured on a horizontal plane in accor-
dance with ASTM C518 at a mean temperature of 75°F (24ºC) at the installed thickness.
2
Includes crawlspaces, both ventilated and nonventilated.
3
Includes return air plenum, with of without exposed roofs above.

GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT 73

HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR-CONDITIONING
SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT – ENERGY EFFICIENCY

TABLE 703.8.2(2)
MINIMUM DUCT INSULATION R-VALUE1,
COMBINED HEATING AND COOLING SUPPLY DUCTS AND RETURN DUCTS
[ASHRAE 90.1: TABLE 6.8.2B]
DUCT LOCATION

UNVENTED ATTIC UNVENTED

CLIMATE ZONE INDIRECTLY
VENTILATED ABOVE ATTIC WITH UNCONDITIONED
EXTERIOR CONDITIONED BURIED
ATTIC INSULATED ROOF 2
SPACE 3
CEILING 1 SPACE
INSULATION

SUPPLY DUCTS

1 R-6 R-6 R-8 R-3.5 R-3.5 none R-3.5

2 R-6 R-6 R-6 R-3.5 R-3.5 none R-3.5
3 R-6 R-6 R-6 R-3.5 R-3.5 none R-3.5
4 R-6 R-6 R-6 R-3.5 R-3.5 none R-3.5
5 R-6 R-6 R-6 R-1.9 R-3.5 none R-3.5
6 R-8 R-6 R-6 R-1.9 R-3.5 none R-3.5
7 R-8 R-6 R-6 R-1.9 R-3.5 none R-3.5
8 R-8 R-8 R-8 R-1.9 R-6 none R-6
RETURN DUCTS

1 to 8 R-3.5 R-3.5 R-3.5 none none none none

1
Insulation R-values measured in [Btu∙inch/(h∙ft2∙ºF)], are for the insulation as installed and do not include film resistance. The required minimum thicknesses
do not consider water vapor transmission and possible surface condensation. Where exterior walls are used as plenum walls, wall insulation shall be as
required by the most restrictive condition of Section 703.4.4.2 or Section 5 of ASHRAE 90.1. Insulation resistance measured on it horizontal plane in accor-
dance with ASTM C518 at a mean temperature of 75ºF (24ºC) at the installed thickness.
2
Includes crawlspaces, both ventilated and nonventilated.
3
Includes return air plenums wilt or without exposed roofs above.

74 GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT

 HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR-CONDITIONING
SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT – ENERGY EFFICIENCY

TABLE 703.8.3A
MINIMUM PIPE INSULATION THICKNESS
HEATING AND HOT WATER SYSTEMS1,2,3,4
(STEAM, STEAM CONDENSATE, HOT WATER HEATING AND DOMESTIC WATER SYSTEMS)
[ASHRAE 90.1: TABLE 6.8.3A]

INSULATION CONDUCTIVITY NOMINAL PIPE SIZE OR TUBE SIZE (inches)

FLUID OPERATING CONDUCTIVITY Mean Rating Temperature
TEMPERATURE RANGE (ºF) 2 <1 1 to <1-1/2 1-1/2 to <4 4 to <8 ≥8
Btu•inch/(h•ft •°F) °F
AND USAGE

INSULATION THICKNESS (inches)

>350ºF 0.32 - 0.34 250 4.5 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0

251ºF - 350ºF 0.29 - 0.32 200 3.0 4.0 4.5 4.5 4.5
201ºF - 250ºF 0.27 - 0.30 150 2.5 2.5 2.5 3.0 3.0
141ºF -200ºF 0.25 - 0.29 125 1.5 1.5 2.0 2.0 2.0
105ºF - 140ºF 0.22 - 0.28 100 1.0 1.0 1.5 1.5 1.5
For SI units: t/ºC=(t/ºF-32)/1.8, 1 inch = 25 mm, 1 British thermal unit = 1055 J.
1
For insulation outside the stated conductivity range, the minimum thickness (T) shall be determined as follows: T = r{(1 + t/r)K/k – 1}
Where:
T = minimum insulation thickness (inches).
r = actual outside radius of pipe (inches).
t = insulation thickness listed in this table for applicable fluid temperature and pipe size.
K = conductivity of alternate material at mean rating temperature indicated for the applicable fluid temperature [Btu∙inch/(h∙ft2∙ºF)].
k = the upper value of the conductivity range listed in this table for the applicable fluid temperature.
2
These thicknesses are based on energy efficiency considerations only. Additional insulation is sometimes required relative to safety issues/surface temperature.
3
For piping smaller than 1 1/2 inches (38 mm) and located in partitions within conditioned spaces, reduction of these thicknesses by 1 inch shall be permitted
(before thickness adjustment required in footnote 1) but not to thicknesses below 1 inch (25 mm).
4
For direct-buried heating and hot water system piping, reduction of these thicknesses by 1 1/2 inch (38 mm) shall be permitted (before thickness adjustment
required in footnote 1) but not to thicknesses below 1 inch (25 mm).
5
The table is based on steel pipe. Non-metallic pipes schedule 80 thickness or less shall use the table values. For other non-metallic pipes having thermal resist-
ance greater than that of steel pipe, reduced insulation thicknesses are permitted if documentation is provided showing that the pipe with the proposed insula-
tion has no more heat transfer per foot than a steel pipe of the same size with the insulation thickness shown in the table.

GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT 75

HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR-CONDITIONING
SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT – ENERGY EFFICIENCY

TABLE 703.8.3B
MINIMUM PIPE INSULATION THICKNESS
COOLINGSYSTEMS (CHILLED WATER, BRINE, AND REFRIGERANT)1,2,3
[ASHRAE 90.1: TABLE 6.8.3B]

INSULATION CONDUCTIVITY NOMINAL PIPE SIZE OR TUBE SIZE (inches)

FLUID OPERATING CONDUCTIVITY Mean Rating Temperature
TEMPERATURE RANGE (ºF) 2 <1 1 to <1-1/2 1-1/2 to <4 4 to <8 ≥8
Btu•inch/(h•ft •°F) °F
AND USAGE

INSULATION THICKNESS (inches)

40ºF - 60ºF 021 - 0.27 75 0.5 0.5 1.0 1.0 1.0

<40ºF 0.20 - 0.26 50 0.5 1.0 10. 1.0 1.5

For SI units: t/ºC=(t/ºF-32)/1.8, 1 inch = 25 mm, 1 British thermal unit = 1055 J.

1
For insulation outside the stated conductivity range, the minimum thickness (T) shall be determined as follows: T = r{(1 + t/r)K/k – 1}
Where:
T = minimum insulation thickness (inches).
r = actual outside radius of pipe (inches).
t = insulation thickness listed in this table for applicable fluid temperature and pipe size.
K = conductivity of alternate material at mean rating temperature indicated for the applicable fluid temperature [Btu∙inch/(h∙ft2∙ºF)].
k = the upper value of the conductivity range listed in this table for the applicable fluid temperature.
2
These thicknesses are based on energy efficiency considerations only. Issues such as water, vapor permeability or surface condensation sometimes require
vapor retarders or additional insulation.
3
For direct-buried cooling system piping, insulation is not required.
4
The table is based on steel pipe. Non-metallic pipes schedule 80 thickness or less shall use the table values. For other non-metallic pipes having thermal resist-
ance greater than that of steel pipe, reduced insulation thicknesses are permitted if documentation is provided showing that the pipe with the proposed insula-
tion has no more heat transfer per foot than a steel pipe of the same size with the insulation thickness shown in the table.

76 GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT

 CHAPTER 8
INDOOR ENVIRONMENT
801.0 General.
801.1 Scope. The provisions of this chapter shall establish
the means of reducing the quantity of air contaminants that
are odorous, irritating, or harmful to the comfort and well-
being of a building’s installers, occupants, and neighbors.
802.0 Fireplaces.
802.1 Requirements. A direct-vent sealed-combustion gas
or sealed wood-burning fireplace, or a sealed wood stove
shall be installed. The fireplace shall be in accordance with
Section 802.1.1 and Section 802.1.2.
802.1.1 Masonry or Factory-Built Fireplace.
Masonry and factory-built fireplaces located in condi-
tioned spaces shall be in accordance with Section
802.1.1.1 through Section 802.1.1.3.
802.1.1.1 Opening Cover. Closeable metal or
glass doors covering the entire opening of the
firebox shall be installed.
802.1.1.2 Combustion Air Intake. A combus-
tion air intake to draw air from the outside of the
building directly into the firebox, which is an area of
not less than 6 square inches (in.2) (0.004 m2) and is
equipped with a readily accessible, operable, and
tight-fitting damper or combustion-air control
device.
802.1.1.3 Accessible Damper Control. The
flue damper shall have a readily accessible control.
Exception: When a gas log, log lighter, or decora-
tive gas appliance is installed in a fireplace, the flue
damper shall be blocked open if required by the
mechanical code or the manufacturer's installation
instructions.
802.1.2 Prohibited. Continuous burning pilot lights
and the use of indoor air for cooling a firebox jacket,
where the indoor air is vented to the outside of the
building, are prohibited.
803.0 Pollutant Control.
803.1 Indoor Air Quality During Construction. Indoor
air quality of a building shall be maintained in accordance
with Section 803.1.1 through Section 803.1.3.
803.1.1 Temporary Ventilation During Construc-
tion. Temporary ventilation during construction shall be
provided in accordance with the following:
(1) Ventilation during construction shall be achieved
through openings in the building shell using fans to
produce not less than three air changes per hour.
(2) During dust-producing operations, the supply and
return HVAC system openings shall be protected
from dust in accordance with Section 803.1.3.
GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT
(3) If the building is occupied during demolition or
construction, ventilation shall be provided in accor-
dance with the Control Measures of the SMACNA
IAQ Guidelines for Occupied Buildings under
Construction.
(4) The permanent HVAC system shall not be used during
construction to condition and ventilate the building
within the required temperature range for material and
equipment installation. If required, a supplemental
HVAC system shall be used during construction,
return air shall be equipped with filters with a
Minimum Efficiency Reporting Value (MERV) of 8,
based on ASHRAE 52.2, or an average efficiency of
30 percent based on ASHRAE 52.1. Before occu-
pancy, all filters shall be replaced with filters having a
MERV 13 rating as required by Section 803.3.
Exception: Embedded hydronics system shall be
permitted to be used to condition the building during
construction.
803.1.2 Indoor Air Quality After Construction.
After construction ends and interior finishes are installed,
flush-out the building to reduce contaminant concentra-
tions by supplying a total outdoor air volume of 14 000
cubic feet per square foot (ft3/ft2) (4264 m3/m2) of occu-
piable building area. An internal temperature of at least
60°F (16ºC) and relative humidity no higher than 60
percent shall be maintained during the flush-out process.
Occupancy shall begin on condition of 3500 ft3/ft2
(1066.2 m3/m2) of building area, with the remaining 10 500
ft3/ft2 (3198 m3/m2) being accomplished as soon as
possible.
Exception: Other means of reducing the contaminant
concentration levels shall be permitted where approved
by the Authority Having Jurisdiction.
803.1.3 Covering of Duct Openings and Protec-
tion of Mechanical Equipment During Construc-
tion. At the time of rough installation, or during storage
on the construction site and until final startup of the
heating and cooling equipment, all duct and other related
air distribution component openings shall be covered
with tape, plastic, sheet metal, or other methods accept-
able to the enforcing agency to reduce the amount of dust
or debris that collects in the system.
803.2 Isolation of Pollutant Sources. Rooms where
activities produce hazardous fumes or chemicals, including
commercial kitchens, garages, janitorial or laundry rooms,
and copy or printing rooms, shall be exhausted and isolated
from adjacent spaces in accordance with the mechanical code.
803.3 Filters. In mechanically ventilated buildings, particle
filters or air-cleaning devices shall be provided to clean
outdoor and return air prior to its delivery to occupied spaces.
The particle or air cleaner shall have a Minimum Efficiency
Reporting Value (MERV) of 13.
77
INDOOR ENVIRONMENT
Exception: A filter or air cleaning device with a lower MERV
value shall be permitted provided it is the highest value
commercially available for the specific equipment that is
installed.
803.4 Ozone Depletion and Global Warming Reduc-
tions. Installations of HVAC and refrigeration shall not
contain CFCs and shall be in accordance with the mechan-
ical code.
804.0 Indoor Moisture Control.
804.1 Rainwater Control. Roof drainage systems shall
discharge to a place of disposal in accordance with the
plumbing code or Section 505.0. Storm water shall be
directed away from the building.
805.0 Indoor Air Quality for Low-Rise Residential.
805.1 General. Rooms or occupied spaces within single-
family homes and multifamily structures of three stories or
less above grade shall be designed to have ventilation
(outdoor) air for occupants in accordance with Section
805.1.1 through Section 805.1.3, or the applicable local code.
805.1.1 Natural Ventilation. Naturally ventilated
spaces shall be permanently open to and within 20 feet
(6096 mm) of operable wall or roof openings to the
outdoors, the openable area of which is not less than 5
percent of the conditioned floor area of the naturally
ventilated space. Where openings are covered with
louvers or otherwise obstructed, openable area shall be
based on the free unobstructed area through the opening.
805.1.1.1 Access to Operable Openings. The
means to open required operable openings shall be
readily accessible to building occupants whenever
the space is occupied.
805.1.2 Mechanical Ventilation. Each space that is
not naturally ventilated in accordance with Section
805.1.1 shall be ventilated with a mechanical system
capable of providing an outdoor air rate not less than 15
cubic feet per minute (ft3/min) (7 L/s) per person times
the expected number of occupants. Mechanical ventila-
tion shall be in accordance with the mechanical code.
805.1.3 Whole-Building Ventilation.
805.1.3.1 Ventilation Rate. A mechanical exhaust
system, supply system, or combination thereof shall
be installed for each dwelling unit to provide whole-
building ventilation with outdoor air each hour at no
less than the rate specified in Table 805.1.3.1 or, equiv-
alently, Equation 805.1.3.1(1) and Equation
805.1.3.1(2), based on the floor area of the conditioned
space and number of bedrooms. [ASHRAE 62.2:4.1]
Qfan = 0.01Afloor+7.5 (Nbr+1) (Equation 805.1.3.1(1))
Where:
Qfan = fan flow rate, cubic feet per minute (ft3/min)
(L/s)
Afloor = floor area, square foot (ft2) (m2)
78
Nbr = number of bedrooms; not to be less than one
Qfan = 0.05Afloor+3.5(Nbr+1)(Equation 805.1.3.1(2))
Where:
Qfan = fan flow rate, ft3/min (L/s)
Afloor = floor area, ft2 (m2)
Nbr = number of bedrooms; not to be less than one
Exceptions: Whole-building mechanical systems
are not required provided that at least one of the
following conditions is met:
a. the building has no mechanical cooling and is in
zone 1 or 2 (see Figure 8.2 of ASHRAE 62.2),
or
b. the building is thermally conditioned for human
occupancy for less than 876 hours per year, and
if the Authority Having Jurisdiction determines
that window operation is a locally permissible
method of providing ventilation.
805.1.3.1.1 Different Occupant Density.
Table 805.1.3.1, Equation 805.1.3.1(1) and
Equation 805.1.3.1(2) assume two persons in a
studio or one-bedroom dwelling unit and an
additional person for each additional bedroom.
Where higher occupant densities are known, the
rate shall be increased by 7.5 ft3/min (4.0 L/s) for
each additional person. When approved by the
Authority Having Jurisdiction, lower occupant
densities may be used. [ASHRAE 62.2:4.1.1]
805.1.3.1.2 Alternative Ventilation. Other
methods may be used to provide the required
ventilation rates (in accordance with Table
805.1.3.1) when approved by a licensed design
professional. [ASHRAE 62.2:4.1.2]
805.1.3.1.3 Infiltration Credit. Section
805.1.3 includes a default credit for ventilation
provided by infiltration of 2 ft3/min/100 ft2 (0.102
L/s/m2) of occupiable floor space. For buildings
built prior to the application of this standard,
when excess infiltration has been measured using
ANSI/ASHRAE 136, the rates in Section 805.1.3
may be decreased by half of the excess of the rate
calculated from ANSI/ASHRAE 136 that is
above the default rate. [ASHRAE 62.2:4.1.3]
805.1.3.2 System Type. The whole-house venti-
lation system shall consist of one or more supply or
exhaust fans and associated ducts and controls.
Local exhaust fans shall be permitted to be part of a
mechanical exhaust system. Outdoor air ducts
connected to the return side of an air handler shall be
permitted as supply ventilation if manufacturers’
requirements for return air temperature are met. See
Appendix B of ASHRAE 62.2 for guidance on
selection of methods. [ASHRAE 62.2:4.1.2]
805.1.3.3 Airflow Measurement. The airflow
required by this section is the quantity of outdoor
ventilation air supplied and/or indoor air exhausted
GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT
 INDOOR ENVIRONMENT

TABLE 805.1.3.1
VENTILATION AIR REQUIREMENTS, (cfm)
[ASHRAE 62.2: TABLE 4.1a] (I-P)
FLOOR AREA BEDROOMS
(ft2) 0-1 2-3 4-5 6-7 >7
<1500 30 45 60 75 90
1501-3000 45 60 75 90 105
3001-4500 60 75 90 105 120
4501-6000 75 90 105 120 135
6001-7500 90 105 120 135 150
>7500 105 120 135 150 165

TABLE 805.1.3.1
VENTILATION AIR REQUIREMENTS, (L/S)
[ASHRAE 62.2: TABLE 4.1a] (S-I)
FLOOR AREA BEDROOMS
(m2) 0-1 2-3 4-5 6-7 >7
<139 14 21 28 35 42
138.1-279 21 28 35 42 50
279.1-418 28 35 42 50 57
418.1-557 35 42 50 57 64
557.1-697 42 50 57 75 72
>697 50 57 64 71 78

TABLE 805.1.3.1.1
VENTILATION EFFECTIVENESS FOR INTERMITTENT FANS
[ASHRAE 62.2: TABLE 4.2]

FRACTIONAL CYCLE TIME, Tcyc (hours)

ON-TIME, f 0 to 4 8 12 24
0.1 1.00 0.79 065 *
0.2 1.00 0.84 0.76 *
0.3 1.00 0.89 0.83 *
0.4 1.00 0.92 0.88 0.46
0.5 1.00 0.94 0.92 0.68
0.6 1.00 0.97 0.95 0.81
0.7 1.00 0.98 0.97 0.90
0.8 1.00 0.99 0.99 0.96
0.9 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.99
1.0 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
* Condition not allowed since no amount of intermittent ventilation will provide equivalent ventilation.

by the ventilation system as installed and shall be
measured using a flow hood, flow grid, or other
airflow measuring device. Ventilation airflow of
systems with multiple operating modes shall be
tested in all modes designed to meet this section.
[ASHRAE 62.2:4.3]
805.1.3.4 Control and Operation. The “fan on”
switch on a heating or air-conditioning system shall
be permitted as an operational control for systems
introducing ventilation air through a duct to the
return side of an HVAC system. Readily accessible
override control must be provided to the occupant.
Local exhaust fan switches and “fan-on” switches
shall be permitted as override controls. Controls,
including the “fan-on” switch of a conditioning
system, must be appropriately labeled.
Exception: An intermittently operating, whole-house
mechanical ventilation system may be used if the
ventilation rate is adjusted according to the exception
to Section 805.1.3.5. The system must be designed so
that it can operate automatically based on a timer. The
intermittent mechanical ventilation system must
operate at least once per day and must operate at least
10 percent of the time. [ASHRAE 62.2:4.4]
805.1.3.5 Delivered Ventilation. The delivered
ventilation rate shall be calculated as the larger of
the total supply or total exhaust and shall be no less
than specified in Section 805.1.3.1 during each hour
of operation. [ASHRAE 62.2:4.5]

GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT 79

INDOOR ENVIRONMENT
Exception: The effective ventilation rate of an inter-
mittent system is the combination of its delivered
capacity, fractional on-time, cycle time, and the
ventilation effectiveness from Table 805.1.3.1.1. The
fan flow rate required to achieve an effective venti-
lation rate that is equivalent to the continuous venti-
lation requirement shall be calculated from the
following equation:
Qf = Qr/(Ef) (Equation 805.1.3.5)
Where:
Qf = fan flow rate during the on-cycle
Qr = ventilation air requirement (from Table
805.1.3.1.1)
Tcyc- = fan cycle time, defined as the total time for 1
on-cycle and 1 off-cycle (used in Table
805.1.3.1.1)
E= ventilation effectiveness (from Table
805.1.3.1.1)
f= fractional on time, defined as the on-time for
one cycle divided by the cycle time
See Chapter 10 of [ASHRAE] Guideline 24 for an
example of this calculation.
For values not listed, use the next higher value
for Cycle Time or the next lower value for Fractional
On-Time. Linear interpolation is allowed for inter-
mediate Fractional On-Times. The maximum
allowed Cycle Time is 24 h and the minimum
allowed Fractional On-Time is 0.1.
805.1.3.6 Restrictions on System Type. Use
of certain ventilation strategies is restricted in
specific climates as follows. [ASHRAE 62.2:4.6]
805.1.3.6.1 Hot, Humid Climates. In hot,
humid climates, whole-house mechanical net
exhaust flow shall not exceed 7.5 ft3/min per
100 ft2 (0.38 L/s/m2). (See Section 8 of
ASHRAE 62.2 for a listing of hot, humid US
climates) [ASHRAE 62.2:4.6.1]
805.1.3.6.2 Very Cold Climates. Mechan-
ical supply systems exceeding 7.5 ft3/min per
100 ft2 (0.38 L/s/m2) shall not be used in very
cold climates. (See Section 8 of ASHRAE 62.2
for a listing of very cold US climates.)
Exception: These ventilation strategies are not
restricted if the Authority Having Jurisdiction
approves the envelope design as being moisture
resistant. [ASHRAE 62.2:4.6.2]
805.2 Bathroom Exhaust Fans. Except when a whole
house energy recovery system is used, a mechanical exhaust
fan vented to the outdoors shall be provided in each room
containing a bathtub, shower, or tub/shower combination. The
ventilation rate shall be not less than 50 ft3/min (23.6 L/s) for
intermittent operation and 20 ft3/min (9.4 L/s) for continuous
80
operation. Fans shall be in accordance with the Energy Star
Program.
805.3 Filters. Heating and air conditioning filters shall a
MERV rating of 6 or higher. The air distribution system shall
be designed for the pressure drop across the filter.
806.0 Indoor Air Quality for Other than Low-Rise
Residential Buildings.
806.1 Minimum Indoor Air Quality. The building shall
be in accordance with the mechanical code and Section 4
through Section 7 of ASHRAE Standard 62.1 for ventilation
air supply.
807.0 Environmental Comfort.
807.1 Thermal Comfort Controls. The mechanical
systems and controls of building shall be designed to provide
and maintain indoor comfort conditions in accordance with
ASHRAE 55, Section 6.1.
807.2 Heating and Air-Conditioning System Design.
Heating and air-conditioning systems shall be sized, designed
and have their equipment selected using the following methods:
1. The heat loss and heat gain is established according to
ANSI/ACCA 2 Manual J – 2004 (Residential Load
Calculation), ASHRAE handbooks or other equivalent
methods.
2. Duct systems are sized according to ANSI/ACCA 1
Manual D – 2009 (Residential Duct Systems), ASHRAE
handbooks or other equivalent methods.
3. Select heating and cooling equipment according to
ANSI/ACCA 3 Manual S – 2004 (Residential Equipment
Selection) or other equivalent methods.
808.0 Low VOC Solvent Cement and Primer.
808.1 General. Primers and solvent cements used to join
plastic pipe and fittings shall be in accordance with Section
808.1.1 and Section 808.1.2.
808.1.1 Solvent Cement. Solvent cement, including
one-step solvent cement, shall have a volatile organic
compound (VOC) content of less than or equal to
490 grams/liter (g/l) for CPVC Cement, 510 g/l for PVC
Cement, and 325 g/l for ABS Cement, as determined by
the South Coast Air Quality Management District’s
Laboratory Methods of Analysis for Enforcement
Samples, Method 316A.
808.1.2 Primer. Primer shall have a volatile organic
compound (VOC) content of less than or equal to
550 g/l, as determined by the South Coast Air Quality
Management District’s Laboratory Methods of Analysis
for Enforcement Samples, Method 316A.
GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT
 CHAPTER 9
INSTALLER QUALIFICATIONS

901.0 General.
901.1 Scope. The provisions of this chapter address minimum
qualifications of installers of plumbing and mechanical
systems covered within the scope of this supplement.

902.0 Qualifications.
902.1 General. Where permits are required, the Authority
Having Jurisdiction shall have the authority to require
contractors, installers, or service technicians to demonstrate
competency. Where determined by the Authority Having
Jurisdiction, the contractor, installer, or service technician
shall be licensed to perform such work.
902.1.1 Certifications. Reserved.

GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT 81

82 GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT
 CHAPTER 10
SWIMMING POOLS, SPAS, AND HOT TUBS

1001.0 General.
1001.1 Practices. The following sections outline common
practices for reducing energy consumption in regards to pool,
spa, and hot tub equipment.
1001.2 On and Off Switch. Pool, spa, and hot tub heaters
shall be equipped with a readily accessible on and off switch
to allow shutting off the heater without adjusting the thermo-
stat setting. Pool heaters fired by natural gas shall not have
continuously burning pilot lights. [ASHRAE 90.1:7.4.5.1]
1001.3 Covers. Heated pools, including spas and hot tubs,
shall be equipped with a vapor retardant pool cover on or at
the water surface. Pools heated to more than 90°F (32°C)
shall have a pool cover with an insulation value of not less
than R-12.
Exception: Pools deriving over 60 percent of the energy for
heating from site-recovered energy or solar energy.
[ASHRAE 90.1:7.4.5.2]
1001.4 Time Switches. Time switches shall be installed
on swimming pool, spa, and hot tub heaters and pumps.
Exceptions:
(1) Where public health standards require 24-hour pump
operation.
(2) Where pumps are required to operate solar and waste heat
recovery pool heating systems. [ASHRAE 90.1:7.4.5.3]

GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT 83

84 GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT

1101.0 General.
1101.1 Standards. The standards listed in Table 1101.1 are intended for use as a guide in the design, testing, and installation
of materials, devices, appliances and equipment regulated by this supplement. These standards are mandatory when required
by sections in this supplement.
STANDARD NUMBER-YEAR
AABC National Standards for
Total System Balance
ACCA Manual D, 2009*
ACCA Manual J, 8th Edition*
ACCA Mausal S, 2004*
AHAM RAC-1-2003*
AHRI 210/240-2008*
AHRI 310/380-2004
(CSA-C744-04)*
AHRI 340/360-2007 with
Addendum 1*
AHRI 365 (I-P)-2009*
AHRI 390-2003*
AHRI 400-2001 with
Addemdum 2*
AHRI 460-2005*
AHRI 550/590-2003
AHRI 560-2000*
AHRI 1160 (I-P)-2009
AHRI 1230-2010 with
Addendum 1*
ANSI Z21.10.3/CSA 4.3-2011
ANSI Z21.47b/CSA 2.3b-2008
ANSI Z83.8/CSA 2.6 2009
ARCSA/ASPE
ASHRAE 52.1-1992
ASHRAE 52.2-2007*
GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT
CHAPTER 11
REFERENCED STANDARDS
TABLE 1101.1
REFERENCED STANDARDS
STANDARD TITLE REFERENCED SECTION
Procedural Standards, Chapter 5 Leakage Testing 703.4.4.2.2.1
Residential Duct Systems 702.4.4, 807.2
Residential Load Calculation Table 702.6.1, 807.2
Residential Equipment Selection 807.2
Room Air Conditioners Table 703.8.1(4)
Performance Rating of Unitary Air Conditioning and Air-Source Heat Table 702.9, Table 703.8.1(1),
Pump Equipment Table 703.8.1(2)
Standard for Packaged Terminal Air Conditioners and Heat Pumps Table 703.8.1(4)
Commercial and Industrial Unitary Air-Conditioning and Heat Pump Table 703.8.1(1),
Equipment Table 703.8.1(2)
Commercial and Industrial Unitary Air-Conditioning Condensing Table 703.8.1(1)
Units
Performance Rating of Single Package Vertical Air-Conditioners and Table 703.8.1(4)
Heat Pumps
Liquid to Liquid Heat Exchangers Table 703.8.1(8)
Remote Mechanical Draft Air Cooled Refrigerant Condensers Table 703.8.1(7)
Performance Rating of Water Chilling Packages Using the Vapor 703.4.1.2.1. Table 703.8.1(3)
Compression Cycle
Absorption Water Chilling and Water Heating Packages Table 703.8.1(3)
Performance Rating of Heat Pump Pool Heaters Table 603.4.2
Performance Rating of Variable Refrigerant Flow (VRF) Multi-Split Table 703.8.1(9),
Air-Conditioning and Heat Pump Equipment Table 703.8.1(10)
Gas Water Heaters, Volume III, Storage Water Heaters With Input Table 603.4.2
Ratings Above 75 000 BTU per Hour, circulating and Instantaneous
Gas-Fired Central Furnaces Table 703.8.1(5)
Gas Unit Heaters, Gas Packaged Heaters, Gas Utility Heaters, and Table 703.8.1(5)
Gas-Fired Duct Furnaces
Rainwater Catchment Design and Installation Standard 505.1
Gravimetric and Dust Spot Procedures for Testing Air Cleaning 803.1.1
Devices Used in General Ventilation for Removing Particulate Matter
Method of Testing General Ventilation Air Cleaning Devices for Chapter 2, 803.1.1
Removal Efficiency by Particle Size
85
REFERENCED STANDARDS

STANDARD NUMBER-YEAR STANDARD TITLE REFERENCED SECTION

ASHRAE 55-2010* Thermal Environmental Conditions for Human Occupancy 807.1

ASHRAE 62.1-2010* Ventilation for Acceptable Indoor Air Quality 703.5.1, 703.5.2.1, 703.5.2.3,
703.5.3.3
ASHRAE 62.2-2010* Ventilation and Acceptable Indoor Air Quality in Low-Rise Residential 805.1.3, Table 805.1.3.1,
Buildings Table 805.1.3.1.1
ASHRAE 90.1-2010 (I-P)* Energy Standard for Buildings Except Low-Rise Residential Buildings Chapter 6, Chapter 7,
Chapter 10
ASHRAE 90.2-2007* Energy Efficient Design of Low-Rise Residential Buildings Chapter 6, Chapter 7

ASHRAE 127-2007* Method of Testing for Rating Computer and Data Processing Room Table 703.8.1(11)
Unitary Air Conditioners
ASHRAE 136-1993 (R2006) A Method of Determining Air Change Rates in Detached Dwellings 805.1.3.1.3

ASHRAE 146-2011* Method of Testing Pool Heaters Table 603.4.2

ASHRAE 154-2011* Ventilation for Commercial Cooking Operations 703.5.7.1.3

ASHRAE GRP-158-1979 Cooling and Heating Load Calculation Manual Table 702.6.1

ASHRAE/ACCA 183-2007 Peak Cooling and Heating Load Calculations in Buildings Except Low 703.4.2, 703.4.2.1
(R2011) Rise Residential Buildings
ASME A112.18.1/CSA B125.1- Plumbing Supply Fittings 402.5.1, 402.5.2.1, 402.6.1,
2005 402.6.3
ASME A112.19.2/CSA B45.1- Ceramic Plumbing Fixtures 402.2.1, 402.2.2, 402.3
2008
ASME A112.19.3/CSA B45.4- Stainless Steel Plumbing Fixtures 402.3.1
2008
ASME A112.19.14-2006 Six-Liter Water Closets Equipped With a Dual Flushing Device 402.2.1

ASME A112.19.19-2006 Vitreous China Nonwater Urinals 402.3.1

ASSE 1016-2005 Automatic Compensating Valves for Individual Showers and 402.6.4
Tub/Shower Combinations
ASTM C518-2010 Standard Test Method for Steady-State Thermal Transmission Proper- Table 703.8.2(1), Table
ties by Means of the Heat Flow Meter Apparatus 703.8.2(2)
ASTM D2683-2010 Standard Specification for Socket-Type Polyethylene Fittings for 705.1.2
Outside Diameter-Controlled Polyethylene Pipe and Tubing
ASTM D3035-2010 Standard Specification for Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe (DR-PR) 705.1.2
Based on Controlled Outside Diameter
ASTM D3261-2010a Standard Specification for Butt Heat Fusion Polyethylene (PE) Plastic 705.1.2
Fittings for Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe and Tubing
ASTM D3350-2010a Standard Specification for Polyethylene Plastics Pipe and Fittings 705.1.2
Materials
ASTM E96/E96M-2010 Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials 702.4.1

ASTM F1055-2011 Standard Specification for Electrofusion Type Polyethylene Fittings 705.1.2
for Outside Diameter Controlled Polyethylene and Crosslinked Poly-
ethylene (PEX) Pipe and Tubing
ASTM F2831 Standard Practice for Internal Non Structural Epoxy Barrier Coating 303.2
Material Used in Rehabilitation of Metallic Pressurized Piping
Systems
CAN/CSA B137-2009 Thermoplastic Pressure Piping Compendium 705.1.2

CAN/CSA C448-2002 (R2007) Design and Installation of Earth Energy Systems 705.1.1

86 GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT

 REFERENCED STANDARDS

STANDARD NUMBER-YEAR STANDARD TITLE REFERENCED SECTION

CFR 10, 430, App N DOE Uniform Test Method for Measuring the Energy Consumption of Table 603.4.2, Table
Furnaces 703.8.1(5), Table 703.8.1(6)
CFR 10, 431 DOE Energy Efficiency Program for Certain Commercial and Indus- Table 703.8.1(6)
trial Equipment
CTI ATC-105-2000 Acceptance Test Code for Water Cooling Towers Table 703.8.1(7)

CTI ATC-105S-2004 Acceptance Test Code for Closed Circuit Cooling Towers Table 703.8.1(7)

CTI STD-201-2011 Standard for Certification of Water Cooling Tower Thermal Perform- Table 703.8.1(7)
ance
EPA/625/R-04/108, 2004 Guidelines for Water Reuse 501.7

EPA WaterSense High-Efficiency Lavatory Faucet Specification, Version 1.0, October 402.5.1
1, 2007
EPA WaterSense Tank-Type High-Efficiency Toilet Specification, Version 1.1, May 20, 402.2.1
2011
IAPMO IGC 115-2011a Automatic Water Leak Detection and Control Devices 407.1

IAPMO IGC 207-2009a/CSA Reclaimed Water Conservation System for Flushing Toilets 504.7, Appendix B
B128-2006
IAPMO IGC 250-2007 Diverter Valve for Rainwater Tank Appendix B

IAPMO PS 76 Ballcock or Flushometer Valve Tailpiece Trap Primers and Trap Primer 414.1
Receptors/Adaptors
IAPMO PS 92-2011 Heat Exchangers and Indirect Water Heaters 606.0

IAPMO UMC 2009* Uniform Mechanical Code 101.6.3

IAPMO UPC 2009* Uniform Plumbing Code 103.6.4

IAPMO USEC 2009* Uniform Solar Energy Code 101.6.5, 604.1

IAPMO USPSHTC-2009* Uniform Swimming Pool, Spa, and Hot Tub Code 101.6.6

IAPMO Z124.9-2004 Plastic Urinal Fixtures 402.3, 402.3.1

ISO 13256-1-1998 Water-source Heat Pumps - Testing and Rating for Performance - Part Table 702.9, Table 703.8.1(2)
1: Water-to-Air and Brine-to-Air Heat Pumps
ISO 13256-2 Water-source Heat Pumps - Testing and Rating for Performance - Part Table 703.8.1(2)
2: Water-to-Water and Brine-to-Water Heat Pumps
NFPA 31-2011 Standard for the Installation of Oil Burning Equipment 702.6.2

NFPA 54 (2012)* National Fuel Gas Code 702.6.2

NFPA 70-2011 National Electrical Code, Article 708 - Critical Operations Power 703.5.1
Systems (COPS)
NFPA 211-2010 Standard for Chimneys, Fireplaces, Vents, and Solid Fuel-Burning 702.6.2
Appliances
NSF 44-2009* Residential Cation Exchange Water Softeners 405.1

NSF 350-2011* Onsite Residential and Commercial Reuse Treatment Systems 504.7

NSF 53-2010* Drinking Water Treatment Units – Health Effects B104.2.1

NSF P151, 1995 Health Effects from Rainwater Catchment System Components B103.1

GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT 87

REFERENCED STANDARDS

STANDARD NUMBER-YEAR STANDARD TITLE REFERENCED SECTION

SCAQMD METHOD 316A-1992 Determination of Volatile Organic Compounds (VOC) in materials 808.1
(revised 1996) Used for Pipes and Fittings
SMACNA-1985 HVAC Air Duct Leakage Test Manual 702.4.3.1, 703.4.4.2.2,
703.4.4.2.2.1
SMACNA-1994 HVAC Systems Commissioning Manual 703.7.3.4.1

SMACNA-2005 HVAC Duct Construction Standards, Metal and Flexible 703.4.4, 703.4.4.2.1

SMACNA-2007 IAQ Guidelines for Occupied Buildings under Construction 803.1.1

TIA 942-2010* Telecommunications Infrastructure Standards for Data Centers, 703.5.1(11)

Includes Addendums 1 and 2
UL 181A-2005 Closure Systems for Use with Rigid Air Ducts Table 703.4.4.2(2)

UL 181B-2005 Closure Systems for Use with Flexible Air Ducts and Air Connectors Table 703.4.4.2(2)

UL 727-2006 Oil Fired Central Furnaces Table 703.8.1(5)

UL 731-1995 Standard for Safety Oil-Fired Unit Heaters Table 703.8.1(5)

* ANSI Approved

88 GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT

 REFERENCED STANDARDS

Abbreviations and Standards Development Organizations in Chapter 11

AABC Associated Air Balance Council, 1518 K Street NW, Washington, DC 20005.

ACCA Air Conditioning Contractors of America, 2800 Shirlington Road, Suite 300, Arlington, VA. 22206.

AHAM Association of Home Appliance Manufacturers, 1111 19th Street, N.W., Suite 402, Washington DC 20036.

AHRI Air-Conditioning, Heating, and Refrigeration Institute, 2111 Wilson Blvd, Suite 500, Arlington, VA 22201.

ANSI American National Standards Institute, Inc., 25 W. 42nd Street, 4th Floor, New York, NY 10036.

ARCSA American Rainwater Catchment Systems Association, 919 Congress Ave., Suite 460, Austin, TX 78701.

ASHRAE The American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engineers, Inc., 1791 Tullie Circle, NE,
Atlanta, GA 30329-2305.
ASME The American Society of Mechanical Engineering, Three Park Avenue, New York, NY 10016.

ASPE American Society of Plumbing Engineers, 2980 S. River Road, Des Plaines, IL 60018.

ASSE American Society of Sanitary Engineering, 901 Canterbury, Suite A, Westlake, Ohio 44145.

ASTM American Society of Testing and Materials, 100 Barr Harbor Drive, West Conshohocken, PA 19428-2959.

CSA Canadian Standards Association, 5060 Spectrum Way, Suite 100, Mississauga, Ontario, L4W 5N6, Canada.

CTI Cooling Technology Institute, 2611 FM 1960 West, Suite A-101, Houston, TX 77068-3730; P.O. Box 73383,
Houston, TX 77273-3383.
DOE U.S. Department of Energy, 1000 Independence Avenue, SW, Washington, DC 20585.

IAPMO International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials, 4755 E. Philadelphia Street, Ontario, CA
91761.
ISO International Organization for Standardization, 1 Rue de Varebre, Casa Postale 56, CH-1211 Geneva 20,
Switzerland.
NFPA National Fire Protection Association, P.O. Box 9101, 1 Batterymarch Park, Quincy, MA 02269-9191.

NSF National Sanitation Foundation International, 789 Dixboro Road, Ann Arbor, MI 48113-0140.

SCAQMD South Coast Air Quality Management District, 21865 Copley Drive, Diamond Bar, CA 91765.

SMACNA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors’ National Association, Inc., 4201 Lafayette Center Drive, Chan-
tilly, VA 20151−1209.
UL Underwriters’ Laboratories, Inc., 333 Pfingsten Road, Northbrook, IL 60062.

GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT 89

90 GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT
 APPENDICES

The appendices are intended to supplement the provisions of the installation requirements of this supplement. The definitions
in Chapter 2 are also applicable to the appendices.

CONTENTS

Page
APPENDIX A
Method of Calculating Water Savings..................................................................................................................................93

APPENDIX B
Potable Rainwater Catchment Systems................................................................................................................................97

APPENDIX C
Heating, Ventilation, Air-Conditioning Systems Commissioning......................................................................................101

GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT 91

92 GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT
 APPENDIX A
METHOD OF CALCULATING WATER SAVINGS

A 101.0 Water Savings Calculation. line in calculating the amount of water saved as a result of
A 101.1 Purpose. The purpose of this appendix is to provide using plumbing fixtures and fixture fittings that use less water
a means of estimating the water savings when installing than the required maximum. Water use is determined by the
plumbing and fixture fittings that use less water than the following equation:
maximum required by Energy Policy Act of 1992 and 2005
and the plumbing code. Water use = (Flow rate or Consumption) x (Duration) x
A 101.2 Calculation of Water Savings. Table A 101.2(1) (Occupants) x (Daily uses)
and Table A 101.2(2) can be used to establish a water use base-
TABLE A 101.2(1)
WATER USE BASELINE5
MAXIMUM FLOW-RATE ESTIMATED DAILY
FIXTURE TYPE DURATION OCCUPANTS3, 4
CONSUMPTION2 USES PER PERSON

Showerheads 2.5 gpm @ 80 psi 8 minutes 1 –

Private or Private Use Lavatory Faucets 2.2 gpm @ 60 psi 0.25 minutes 4 –
Residential Kitchen Faucets 2.2 gpm @ 60 psi 4 minutes 1 –
2.2 gpm / 20
Wash Fountains – – –
[rim space (inches) @ 60 psi]
Lavatory Faucets in other than Residences,
Apartments, and Private Bathrooms in 0.5 gpm 0.25 minutes 4 –
Lodging Facilities (See Section 402.4.2)
Metering Faucets 0.25 gallons /cycle – 3 –
0.25 gpm / 20
Metering Faucets for Wash Fountains 0.25 minutes – –
[rim space (inches) @ 60 psi]
1 male1
Water Closets 1.6 gallons per flush 1 flush –
3 female
Urinals 1.0 gallons per flush 1 flush 2 male –
Commercial Pre-Rinse Spray Valves 1.6 gpm @ 60 psi – – –
For SI units: 1 gallon per minute = 0.06 L/s, 1 pound-force per square inch = 6.89 kPa, 1 gallon = 3.785 L
1 The daily use number shall be increased to three if urinals are not installed in the room.
2 The maximum flow rate or consumption is from the Energy Policy Act.
3 For residential occupancies, the number of occupants shall be based on two persons for the first bedroom, and one additional person for each additional
bedroom.
4 For non-residential occupancies, refer to the plumbing code, for occupant load factors.
5 When determining calculations, assume one use per person for metering or self closing faucets.

Notes and instructions for Table A 101.2(2):

Table A 101.2(1) is an example of a calculator that can help estimate water savings in residential and nonresidential structures.
The “Duration” of use and “Daily Uses” values that appear in the table are estimates only and based on previous studies. The
first example shown below is for a commercial office building with 300 occupants, 150 females, and 150 males. The second
example is for a 3 bedroom residential building. To obtain and use a working copy of this calculator, follow the download and
use instructions below.
Instructions for download:
1. Go to the IAPMO web site at www.iapmogreen.org in order to download the water-savings calculator. The calculator is a
Microsoft Office Excel file (1997 or later), your computer must be capable of running MS Excel.
2. Follow the instructions for downloading and running the file.
Instructions for use:
1. In the Baseline Case section, insert the number of total occupants, male occupants and female occupants that apply for the
building in the “Occupants” column. Unless specific gender ratio values are provided, assume a 50/50 gender ratio.
2. Copy and paste these same values in the “Occupants” column of the Calculator section.
3. In the Calculator section only, insert the consumption values (flow rates in gpm or gallons per flush or per cycle) in the
“Consumption” column.
4. Estimated water savings in terms of percent savings versus baseline values, gallons per day and gallons per year will be auto-
matically calculated.

GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT 93

 APPENDIX A

TABLE A 101.2(2)
WATER SAVINGS CALCULATOR

NON-RESIDENTIAL BUILDINGS
BASELINE CASE: CHANGE OCCUPANT VALUES TO REFLECT ANTICIPATED OCCUPANCY

CONSUMPTION DURATION DAILY WATER USES

FIXTURE TYPE DAILY USES OCCUPANTS
(gallons per minute) (minutes) (gallons)
1.6 gpf toilet - male (gallons per
1.6 1 1 150 240
flush)
1.6 gpf toilet - female (gallons
1.6 3 1 150 720
per flush)
1.0 gpf urinal - male (gallons
1 2 1 150 300
per flush)
Commercial Lavatory Faucet -
0.5 3 0.25 300 113
0.5 gpm (gallons per minute)
Kitchen sink - 2.2 gpm (gallons
2.2 1 0.25 300 165
per minute)
Showerhead - 2.5 gpm (gallons
2.5 0.1 8 300 600
per minute)
Total Daily Volume 2138
Annual Work Days 260
Total Annual Usage 555 750
SI units: 1 gallon per minute = 0.06 L/s, 1 gallon = 3.785 L
Calculator: To determine estimated savings, insert occupant values (same as Baseline) and consumption values based on fixtures and fixture fittings
installed.

CONSUMPTION DURATION DAILY WATER USES

FIXTURE TYPE DAILY USES OCCUPANTS
(gallons per minute) (minutes) (gallons)
1.6 gpf toilet - male
1.28 1 1 150 192
(gallons per flush)
1.6 gpf toilet - female
1.28 3 1 150 576
(gallons per flush)
1.0 gpf urinal - male
0.5 2 1 150 150
(gallons per flush)
Commercial Lavatory Faucet -
0.5 3 0.25 300 113
0.5 gpm (gallons per minute)
Kitchen sink - 2.2 gpm (gallons
2.2 1 0.25 300 165
per minute)
Showerhead - 2.5 gpm (gallons
2.5 0.1 8 300 600
per minute)
Total Daily Volume 1796
Annual Work Days 260
Total Annual Usage 466 830
Annual Savings 88 920
% Reduction -16.0 percent
For SI units: 1 gallon per minute = 0.06 L/s, 1 gallon = 3.785 L
Notes:
(1) Consumption values shown as underlined reflect the maximum consumption values associated with the provisions called out in the IAPMO Green
Plumbing and Mechanical Code Supplement.
(2) If metering faucets are used, insert the flow rate of the faucet in the “Consumption” column and insert the cycle time in the “Duration” column (assume
1 cycle per use).

94 GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT

 APPENDIX A

TABLE A 101.2(2)
WATER SAVINGS CALCULATOR (continued)

RESIDENTIAL 3 BEDROOM STRUCTURE

BASELINE CASE: CHANGE OCCUPANT VALUES BASED ON NUMBER OF BEDROOMS (EXAMPLE SHOWN IS FOR 3 BEDROOMS)

CONSUMPTION DURATION DAILY WATER USES

FIXTURE TYPE DAILY USES OCCUPANTS
(gallons per minute) (minutes) (gallons)

1.6 gpf toilets 1.6 5 1 4 32

Lavatory Faucet - 2.2 gpm 2.2 8 0.25 4 18

Kitchen sink - 2.2 gpm 2.2 6 0.25 4 13

Showerhead - 2.5 gpm 2.5 0.75 8 4 60

Total Daily Volume 123

Annual Usage 44 822
For SI units: 1 gallon per minute = 0.06 L/s, 1 gallon = 3.785 L
Calculator: To determine estimated savings, insert occupant values (same as Baseline) and consumption, consumption values based on fixtures and fixture
fittings installed.
CONSUMPTION DURATION DAILY WATER USES
FIXTURE TYPE DAILY USES OCCUPANTS
(gallons per minute) (minutes) (gallons)

1.6 gpf toilet - male 1.28 5 1 4 26

Lavatory Faucet - 1.5 gpm 1.5 8 0.25 4 12

Kitchen sink - 2.2 gpm 2.2 6 0.25 4 13

Showerhead - 2.5 gpm 2.5 0.75 8 4 60

Total Daily Volume 111

Annual Usage 40 442
Annual Savings 4380
% Reduction -9.8 percent
For SI units: 1 gallon per minute = 0.06 L/s, 1 gallon = 3.785 L
(1) Consumption values shown as underlined reflect the maximum consumption values associated with the provisions called out in the IAPMO Green
Plumbing and Mechanical Supplement.

GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT 95

96 GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT
 APPEnDIX B
PoTABLE RAInwATER CATChMEnT SySTEMS

B 101.0 General. B 101.4 Product and Material Approval.

B 101.1 Scope. The provisions of this appendix shall apply B 101.4.1 Component Identification. System compo-
to the installation, construction, alteration, and repair of nents shall be properly identified as to the manufacturer.
potable rainwater catchment systems. B 101.4.2 Plumbing Materials and Systems. Pipe,
B 101.2 System Design. Potable rainwater catchment pipe fittings, traps, fixtures, material, and devices used
systems complying with this appendix shall be designed by a in a potable rainwater system shall be listed or labeled
person registered, licensed, or deemed competent by the (third-party certified) by a listing agency (accredited
Authority Having Jurisdiction to perform potable rainwater conformity assessment body) and shall conform to
catchment system design work. approved applicable recognized standards referenced in
B 101.3 Permit. It shall be unlawful for any person to this supplement and the plumbing code, and shall be free
construct, install, or alter, or cause to be constructed, installed, from defects. Unless otherwise provided for in this
or altered any potable rainwater catchment systems in a supplement, all materials, fixtures, or devices used or
building or on a premise without first obtaining a permit to do entering into the construction of plumbing systems, or
such work from the Authority Having Jurisdiction. parts thereof, shall be submitted to the Authority Having
Jurisdiction for approval. [UPC:301.1]
B 101.3.1 Plumbing Plan Submission. No permit
for any rainwater catchment system requiring a permit B 101.5 Maintenance and Inspection. Potable rainwater
shall be issued until complete plumbing plans, with catchment systems and components shall be inspected and
appropriate data satisfactory to the Authority Having maintained in accordance with Section B 101.5.1 through
Jurisdiction, have been submitted and approved. No Section B 101.5.3.
changes or connections shall be made to either the rain- B 101.5.1 Frequency. Potable rainwater catchment
fall catchment or the potable water system within any systems and components shall be inspected and main-
site containing a rainwater catchment water system tained in accordance with Table B 101.5.1 unless more
without approval by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. frequent inspection and maintenance is required by the
B 101.3.2 System Changes. No changes or connec- manufacturer.
tions shall be made to either the rainwater catchment B 101.5.2 Maintenance Log. A maintenance log for
system or the potable water system within any site potable rainwater catchment systems shall be maintained
containing a rainwater catchment system requiring a permit by the property owner and be available for inspection.
without approval by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. The property owner or designated appointee shall ensure
TABLE B 101.5.1
MInIMuM PoTABLE RAInwATER CATChMEnT SySTEM
TESTInG, InSPECTIon AnD MAInTEnAnCE FREquEnCy
DESCRIPTIon MInIMuM FREquEnCy
Inspect and clean filters and screens, and replace (if necessary) Every 3 months
Inspect and verify that disinfection, filters and water quality treatment In accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions, and
devices and systems are operational. Perform any water quality tests as the Authority Having Jurisdiction.
required by the Authority Having Jurisdiction.
Perform applicable water quality tests to verify compliance with Section Every 3-months
B104.2.
Perform a water quality test for E. Coli, Total Coliform, and Heterotrophic After initial installation and every 12 months thereafter,
bacteria. For a system where 25 different people consume water from the or as directed by the Authority Having Jurisdiction.
system over a 60 day period, a water quality test for cryptosporidium shall
also be performed.
Inspect and clear debris from rainwater gutters, downspouts, and roof Every 6 months
washers.
Inspect and clear debris from roof or other aboveground rainwater collection Every 6 months
surface.
Remove tree branches and vegetation overhanging roof or other above- As needed
ground rainwater collection surface.
Inspect pumps and verify operation. After initial installation and every 12 months thereafter.
Inspect valves and verify operation. After initial installation and every 12 months thereafter.
Inspect pressure tanks and verify operation. After initial installation and every 12 months thereafter.
Clear debris and inspect storage tanks, locking devices, and verify operation. After initial installation and every 12 months thereafter.
Inspect caution labels and marking. After initial installation and every 12 months thereafter.

GREEn PLuMBInG AnD MEChAnICAL CoDE SuPPLEMEnT 97

PoTABLE RAInwATER CATChMEnT SySTEMS
that a record of testing, inspection and maintenance as
required by Table B 101.5.1 is maintained in the log. The
log will indicate the frequency of inspection, and main-
tenance for each system. A record of the required water
quality tests shall be retained for not less than 2 years.
B 101.5.3 Maintenance Responsibility. The required
maintenance and inspection of potable rainwater catch-
ment systems shall be the responsibility of the property
owner, unless otherwise required by the Authority Having
Jurisdiction.
B 101.6 operation and Maintenance Manual. An oper-
ation and maintenance manual for potable rainwater catch-
ment systems shall be supplied to the building owner by the
system designer. The operating and maintenance manual shall
include the following:
(1) Detailed diagram of the entire system and the location of
all system components.
(2) Instructions on operating and maintaining the system.
(3) Details on maintaining the required water quality as
determined by the Authority Having Jurisdiction.
(4) Details on deactivating the system for maintenance,
repair, or other purposes.
(5) Applicable testing, inspection and maintenance frequen-
cies as required by Table B 101.5.1.
(6) A method of contacting the manufacturer(s).
B 101.7 Minimum water quality Requirements. The
minimum water quality for all potable rainwater catchment
systems shall meet the applicable water quality requirements
as determined by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. In the
absence of water quality requirements, the guidelines
EPA/625/R-04/108 contains recommended water reuse guide-
lines to assist regulatory agencies develop, revise, or expand
alternate water source water quality standards.
B 101.8 Material Compatibility. In addition to the
requirements of this appendix, potable rainwater catchment
systems shall be constructed of materials that are compatible
with the type of pipe and fitting materials and water
conditions in the system.
B 101.9 System Controls. Controls for pumps, valves,
and other devices that contain mercury that come in contact
with the water supply shall not be permitted.
B 102.0 Connection.
B 102.1 General. No water piping supplied by a potable
rainwater catchment system shall be connected to any other
source of supply without the approval of the Authority
Having Jurisdiction, Health Department or other department
having jurisdiction. [UPC:602.4]
B 102.2 Connections to Public or Private Potable
water Systems. Potable rainwater catchment systems shall
have no direct connection to any public or private potable
water supply or alternate water source system. Potable water
from a public or private potable water system is permitted to
be used as makeup water to the rainwater storage tank
98
provided the public or private potable water supply connec-
tion is protected by an airgap or reduced-pressure principle
backflow preventer in accordance with the plumbing code.
B 102.3 Backflow Prevention. The potable rainwater
catchment system shall be protected against backflow in
accordance with the plumbing code.
B 103.0 Potable Rainfall Catchment System Materials.
B 103.1 Collections Surfaces. The collection surface for
potable applications shall be constructed of a hard, imper-
vious material and shall be approved for potable water use.
Roof coatings, paints, and liners shall comply with NSF
Protocol P151.
B 103.1.1 Prohibited. Roof paints and coatings with
lead, chromium, or zinc shall not be permitted. Wood
roofing material and lead flashing shall not be permitted.
B 103.2 Rainwater Catchment System Drainage
Materials. Materials used in rainwater catchment drainage
systems, including gutters, downspouts, conductors, and
leaders shall be in accordance with the requirements of the
plumbing code for storm drainage.
B 103.3 Storage Tanks. Rainwater storage shall be in accor-
dance with Section B104.4.
B 103.4 water Supply and Distribution Materials.
Potable rainwater supply and distribution materials shall be in
accordance with the requirements of the plumbing code for
potable water supply and distribution systems.
B 104.0 Design and Installation.
B 104.1 Collection Surfaces. Rainwater shall be collected
from roof or other cleanable aboveground surfaces specifically
designed for rainwater catchment. Rainwater catchment
system shall not collect rainwater from:
(1) Vehicular parking surfaces.
(2) Surface water runoff.
(3) Bodies of standing water.
B 104.1.1 Prohibited Discharges. Overflows, conden-
sate, and bleed-off pipes from roof-mounted equipment and
appliances shall not discharge onto roof surfaces that are
intended to collect rainwater.
B 104.2 Minimum water quality. Upon initial system
startup, the quality of the water for the intended applications
shall be verified at the point(s) of use, as determined by the
Authority Having Jurisdiction. In the absence of water quality
requirements determined by the Authority Having Jurisdic-
tion, the minimum water quality shall comply with the
following limits:
Escherichia coli (fecal coliform): 99.9% reduction
Protozoan Cysts: 99.99% reduction
Viruses: 99.99% reduction
Turbidity: <0.3 NTU
GREEn PLuMBInG AnD MEChAnICAL CoDE SuPPLEMEnT

Normal system maintenance will require system testing
every 3 months. System shall comply with the following stan-
dards
Escherichia coli (fecal coliform): 99.9% reduction
Turbidity: <0.3 NTU
a. Upon failure of the fecal coliform test, system shall be re-
commissioned involving cleaning, and retesting in accor-
dance with section B104.2.
b. One sample shall be analyzed for applications serving up
to 1,000 persons. When the treated water shall serve
1,000-2,500 persons two (2) samples shall be analyzed
and for 2,501-3,300 persons three (3) samples shall be
analyzed.
B 104.2.1 Filtration Devices. Potable water filters
shall comply with NSF 53 and shall be installed in accor-
dance with manufacturer’s instructions.
B 104.2.2 Disinfection Devices. Chlorination,
ozone, and ultraviolet or other disinfection methods
approved by an Authority Having Jurisdiction, or the
product is listed and certified according to a microbio-
logical reduction performance standard for drinking
water shall be used to treat harvested rainwater to meet
the required water quality permitted. The disinfection
devices and systems shall be installed in accordance with
the manufacturer’s installation instructions and the
conditions of listing. Disinfection devices and systems
shall be located downstream of the water storage tank.
B 104.3 overhanging Tree Branches and Vegetation.
Tree branches and vegetation shall not be located over the
roof or other aboveground rainwater collection surface.
Where existing tree branch and vegetation growth extends
over the rainwater collection surface, it shall be removed as
required in Section B 101.5.
B 104.4 Rainwater Storage Tanks. Rainwater storage
tanks shall be installed in accordance with Section B 104.4.1
through Section B 104.4.4.
B 104.4.1 Construction. Rainwater storage tanks
shall be constructed of solid, durable materials not
subject to excessive corrosion or decay and shall be
watertight. Storage tanks shall be approved by the
Autority Having Jurisdiction for potable water applica-
tions, provided such tanks comply with approved appli-
cable standards.
B 104.4.2 Location. Rainwater storage tanks shall be
permitted to be installed above or below grade.
B 104.4.2.1 Above Grade. Above grade storage
tanks shall be of an opaque material, approved for
aboveground use in direct sunlight, or shall be
shielded from direct sunlight. Tanks shall be
installed in an accessible location to allow for
inspection and cleaning. The tank shall be installed
on a foundation or platform that is constructed to
accommodate all loads in accordance with the
building code.
B 104.4.2.2 Below Grade. Rainwater storage
GREEn PLuMBInG AnD MEChAnICAL CoDE SuPPLEMEnT
PoTABLE RAInwATER CATChMEnT SySTEMS
tanks installed below grade shall be structurally
designed to withstand all anticipated earth or other
loads. Holding tank covers shall be capable of
supporting an earth load of not less than 300 pounds
per square foot (lb/ft2) (1465 kg/m2) when the tank
is designed for underground installation. Below
grade rainwater tanks installed underground shall be
provided with manholes. The manhole opening shall
be a minimum diameter of 20 inches (508 mm) and
located not less than 4 inches (102 mm) above the
surrounding grade. The surrounding grade shall be
sloped away from the manhole. Underground tanks
shall be ballasted, anchored, or otherwise secured,
to prevent the tank from floating out of the ground
when empty. The combined weight of the tank and
hold down system should meet or exceed the buoy-
ancy force of the tank.
B 104.4.3 Drainage and overflow. Rainwater
storage tanks shall be provided with a means of draining
and cleaning. The overflow drain shall not be equipped
with a shutoff valve. The overflow outlet shall discharge
as required by the plumbing code for storm drainage
systems. Where discharging to the storm drainage
system, the overflow drain shall be protected from back-
flow of the storm drainage system by a backwater valve
or other approved method.
B 104.4.3.1 overflow outlet Size. The overflow
outlet shall be sized to accommodate the flow of the
rainwater entering the tank and not less than the
aggregate cross-sectional area of the inflow pipes.
B 104.4.4 opening and Access Protection.
B 104.4.4.1 Animals and Insects. Rainwater
tank openings to the atmosphere shall be protected
to prevent the entrance of insects, birds, or rodents
into the tank.
B 104.4.4.2 human Access. Rainwater tank
access openings exceeding 12 inches (305 mm) in
diameter shall be secured to prevent tampering and
unintended entry by either a lockable device or other
approved method.
B 104.4.4.3 Exposure to Sunlight. Rainwater
tank openings shall not be exposed to direct sunlight.
B 104.4.5 Inlets. A device or arrangement of fittings
shall be installed at the inlet of the tank to prevent rain-
water from disturbing sediment as it enters the tank.
B 104.4.6 Primary Tank outlets. The primary tank
outlet shall be located not less than 4 inches (102 mm)
above the bottom of the tank, or shall be provided with
floating inlet to draw water from the cistern just below
the water surface.
B 104.4.7 Storage Tank Venting. Where venting by
means of drainage or overflow piping is not provided or
is considered insufficient, a vent shall be installed on
each tank. The vent shall extend from the top of the tank
and terminate a minimum of 6 inches (152 mm) above
99
PoTABLE RAInwATER CATChMEnT SySTEMS

grade and shall be a minimum of 1 ½” (38 mm) in diam- B 104.9.4 Automatic Drain. Roof washing systems
eter. The vent terminal shall be directed downward and shall be provided with an automatic means of self
covered with a 3/32 inch (2.4 mm) mesh screen to draining between rain events.
prevent the entry of vermin and insects. B 104.10 Filtration and Disinfection Systems. Filtra-
B 104.5 Pumps. Pumps serving rainwater catchment tion and disinfection systems shall be located after the water
systems shall be listed for potable water use. Pumps storage tank. Where a chlorination system is installed, it shall
supplying water to water closets, urinals, and trap primers be installed upstream of filtration systems. Where ultraviolet
shall be capable of delivering not less than 15 pounds-force disinfection system is installed, a filter not greater than
per square inch (psi) (103 kPa) residual pressure at the highest 5 microns (5 µm) shall be installed upstream of the disinfec-
and most remote outlet served. Where the water pressure in tion system.
the rainwater supply system within the building exceeds 80 B 104.11 Roof Gutters. Gutters shall maintain a minimum
psi (552 kPa), a pressure reducing valve reducing the pres- slope and be sized in accordance with the plumbing code.
sure to 80 psi (552 kPa) or less to water outlets in the building
shall be installed in accordance with the plumbing code. B 104.12 Drains, Conductors, and Leaders. The
design and size of rainwater drains, conductors, and leaders
B 104.6 Roof Drains. Primary and secondary roof drains, shall be in accordance with the plumbing code.
conductors, leaders, overflows, and gutters shall be designed
and installed as required by the plumbing code. B 104.13 Size of Potable water Piping. Potable rain-
water system distribution piping shall be sized in accordance
B 104.7 water quality Devices and Equipment. with the plumbing code for sizing potable water piping.
Devices and equipment used to treat rainwater to maintain
the minimum water quality requirements determined by the
Authority Having Jurisdiction shall be listed or labeled (third- B 105.0 Cleaning.
party certified) by a listing agency (accredited conformity B 105.1 General. The interior surfaces of tanks and equip-
assessment body) and approved for the intended application. ment shall be clean before they are put into service.
B 104.7.1 Filtration and Disinfection Systems.
Filtration and disinfection systems shall be located after B 106.0 Supply System Inspection and Test. Rain-
the water storage tank. Where a chlorination system is water catchment systems shall be inspected and tested in
installed, it shall be installed upstream of filtration accordance with the applicable provisions of the plumbing
systems. Where ultraviolet disinfection system is code for testing of potable water and storm drainage systems.
installed, a filter not greater than 5 microns (5 µm) shall Storage tanks shall be filled with water to the overflow
be installed upstream of the disinfection system. opening for a period of 24 hours and during inspection or by
B 104.8 Freeze Protection. Tanks and piping installed in other means as approved by the Authority Having Jurisdic-
locations subject to freezing shall be provided with an tion. All seams and joints shall be exposed during inspection
adequate means of freeze protection. and checked for water tightness.
B 104.9 Roof washer or Pre-Filtration System.
Collected rainwater shall pass through a roof washer or pre-
filtration system before the water enters the rainwater storage
tank. Roof washer systems shall comply with Section
B 104.9.1 through Section B 104.9.4.
B 104.9.1 Size. The roof washer shall be sized to direct
a sufficient volume of rainwater containing debris that
has accumulated on the collection surface away from the
storage tank. The ARCSA/ASPE rainwater catchment
design and installation standard contains additional guid-
ance on acceptable methods of sizing roof washers.
B 104.9.2 Debris Screen. The inlet to the roof washer
shall be provided with a debris screen or other approved
means that protects the roof washer from the intrusion of
debris and vermin. Where the debris screen is installed,
the debris screen shall be corrosion resistant and shall
have openings no larger than 1⁄2 of an inch (12.7 mm).
B 104.9.3 Drain Discharge. Water drained from the
roof washer or pre-filter shall be diverted away from the
storage tank and discharged to a disposal area that does
not cause property damage or erosion. Roof washer
drainage shall not drain over a public way.

100 GREEn PLuMBInG AnD MEChAnICAL CoDE SuPPLEMEnT

 APPENDIX C
HEATING, VENTILATION, AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEMS COMMISSIONING
Part I
C 101.0 General.
C 101.1 Scope. The provisions of this appendix apply to
the commissioning of commercial and institutional HVAC
systems.
C 102.0 Commissioning.
C 102.1 Commissioning Requirements. HVAC commis-
sioning shall be included in the design and construction
processes of the project to verify that the HVAC systems and
components meet the owner’s project requirements and comply
with this supplement. Commissioning shall be performed in
accordance with this appendix by personnel trained and certi-
fied in commissioning by a nationally recognized organization.
Commissioning requirements shall include as a minimum:
(1) Owner’s project requirements.
(2) Basis of design.
(3) Commissioning measures shown in the construction
documents.
(4) Commissioning plan.
(5) Functional performance.
(6) Testing.
(7) Post construction documentation and training.
(8) Commissioning report.
HVAC systems and components covered by this supple-
ment as well as process equipment and controls, and renew-
able energy systems shall be included in the scope of the
commissioning requirements.
C 102.2 Owner’s Project Requirements (OPR). The
performance goals and requirements of the HVAC system shall
be documented before the design phase of the project begins.
This documentation shall include not less than the following:
(1) Environmental and sustainability goals.
(2) Energy efficiency goals.
(3) Indoor environmental quality requirements.
(4) Equipment and systems performance goals.
(5) Building occupant and O&M personnel expectations.
C 102.3 Basis of Design (BOD). A written explanation of
how the design of the HVAC system meets the owner’s
project requirements shall be completed at the design phase
of the building project, and updated as necessary during the
design and construction phases. The basis of design docu-
ment shall cover not less than the following systems:
(1) Heating, ventilation, air conditioning (HVAC) systems
and controls.
(2) Water heating systems.
(3) Renewable energy systems.
GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT
C 102.4 Commissioning Plan. A commissioning plan
shall be completed to document the approach to how the
project will be commissioned, and shall be started during the
design phase of the building project. The commissioning plan
shall include not less than the following:
(1) General project information.
(2) Commissioning goals.
(3) Systems to be commissioned. Plans to test systems and
components shall include not less than the following:
(a) A detailed explanation of the original design intent.
(b) Equipment and systems to be tested, including the
extent of tests.
(c) Functions to be tested.
(d) Conditions under which the test shall be performed.
(e) Measurable criteria for acceptable performance.
(4) Commissioning team information.
(5) Commissioning process activities, schedules, and
responsibilities. Plans for the completion of commis-
sioning requirements listed in Section C 102.5 through
Section C 102.7 shall be included.
C 102.5 Functional Performance Testing. Functional
performance tests shall demonstrate the correct installation
and operation of each component, system, and system-to-
system interface in accordance with the approved plans and
specifications. Functional performance testing reports shall
contain information addressing each of the building compo-
nents tested, the testing methods utilized, and include any
readings and adjustments made.
C 102.6 Post construction Documentation and
Training. A systems manual and systems operations
training are required.
C 102.6.1 Systems Manual. Documentation of the
operational aspects of the HVAC system shall be
completed within the systems manual and delivered to
the building owner and facilities operator. The systems
manual shall include not less than the following:
(1) Site information, including facility description,
history, and current requirements.
(2) Site contact information.
(3) Basic O&M, including general site operating proce-
dures, basic troubleshooting, recommended mainte-
nance requirements, and site events log.
(4) Major systems.
(5) Site equipment inventory and maintenance notes.
(6) Equipment/system warranty documentation and
information.
(7) “As-Built” design drawings.
(8) Other resources and documentation.
101
APPENDIX C
C 102.6.2 Systems Operations Training. The
training of the appropriate maintenance staff for each
equipment type or system shall include not less than the
following:
(1) System/Equipment overview (what it is, what it
does, and what other systems or equipment it inter-
faces with).
(2) Review of the information in the systems manual.
(3) Review of the record drawings on the system/equip-
ment.
C 102.7 Commissioning Report. A complete report of
commissioning process activities undertaken through the
design, construction, and post-construction phases of the
building project shall be completed and provided to the
owner.
Part II
C 103.0 Commissioning Acceptance.
C 103.1 General. Part II of this appendix provides a means
of verifying the commissioning requirements of Section C
102.1. The activities specified in Part II of this Appendix have
three aspects:
(1) Visual inspection of the equipment and installation.
(2) Review of the certification requirements.
(3) Functional tests of the systems and controls.
C 103.2 Construction Documents. Details of commis-
sioning acceptance requirements shall be incorporated into
the construction documents, including information that
describes the details of the functional tests to be performed.
This information shall be permitted to be integrated into the
specifications for testing and air balancing, energy manage-
ment and control system, equipment startup procedures or
commissioning. It is possible that the work will be performed
by a combination of the test and balance (TAB) contractor,
mechanical/electrical contractor, and the energy management
control system (EMCS) contractor, so applicable roles and
responsibilities shall be clearly called out.
C 103.2.1 Roles and Responsibilities. The roles
and responsibilities of the persons involved in commis-
sioning acceptance are included in Section C 103.2.1.1
through Section C 103.2.1.3.
C 103.2.1.1 Field Technician. The field techni-
cian is responsible for performing and documenting
the results of the acceptance procedures on the
certificate of acceptance forms. The field technician
must sign the certificate of acceptance to certify that
the information he provides on the certificate of
acceptance is true and correct.
C 103.2.1.2 Responsible Person. The respon-
sible person is the contractor, architect, or engineer.
A certificate of acceptance must be signed by a
responsible person to take responsibility for the
scope of work specified by the certificate of accept-
102
ance document. The responsible person can also
perform the field testing and verification work, and
if this is the case, the responsible person shall
complete and sign both the field technician's signa-
ture block and the responsible person's signature
block on the certificate of acceptance form. The
responsible person assumes responsibility for the
acceptance testing work performed by the field tech-
nician agent or employee.
C 103.2.1.3 Certificate of Acceptance. The
certificate of acceptance must be submitted to the
Authority Having Jurisdiction in order to receive the
final certificate of occupancy. The Authority Having
Jurisdiction shall not release a final certificate of
occupancy unless the submitted certificate of accept-
ance demonstrates that the specified systems and
equipment have been shown to be performing in
accordance with the applicable acceptance require-
ments. The Authority Having Jurisdiction has the
authority to require the field technician and respon-
sible person to demonstrate competence, to its satis-
faction. Certificate of acceptance forms are located in
Section C 106.0.
C 104.0 Commissioning Tests.
C 104.1 General. Functional tests shall be performed on
new equipment and systems installed in either new construc-
tion or retrofit applications in accordance with this section.
The appropriate certificate of acceptance form along with
each specific test must be completed and submitted to the
Authority Having Jurisdiction before a final occupancy
permit can be granted.
C 104.2 Tests. Functional testing shall be performed on the
devices and systems listed in this section. The functional test
results are documented using the applicable certificate of
acceptance forms shown in parenthesis and located in Section
C 106.0. The functional tests shall be performed in accor-
dance with Section C 105.0.
(1) Minimum ventilation controls for all constant and vari-
able air volume systems (Form MECH-2A).
(2) Zone temperature and scheduling controls for all constant
volume, single-zone, unitary air conditioner and heat
pump systems (Form MECH-3A).
(3) Duct leakage on a subset of small single-zone systems
depending on the ductwork location (Form MECH-4A).
(4) Air economizer controls for all economizers that are not
factory installed and tested (Form MECH-5A).
(5) Demand-controlled ventilation control systems (Form
MECH-6A).
(6) Supply fan variable flow controls (Form MECH-7A).
(7) Valve leakage for hydronic variable flow systems and
isolation valves on chillers and boilers in plants with more
than one chiller or boiler being served by the same
primary pumps through a common header (Form MECH-
8A).
GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT

(8) Supply water temperature reset control strategies
programmed into the building automation system for any
water systems (e.g., chilled, hot, or condenser water)
(Form MECH-9A).
(9) Hydronic variable flow controls on any water system
where the pumps are controlled by variable frequency
drives (e.g., chilled and hot water systems; water-loop
heat pump systems) (Form MECH-10A).
(10) Automatic demand shed control (Form MECH-11A).
(11) Fault detection and diagnostic for DX units (Form
MECH-12A).
(12) Automatic fault detection and diagnostic systems
(AFDD) (Form MECH-13A).
(13) Distributed energy storage DEC/DX AC systems (Form
MECH-14A).
(14) Thermal energy storage (TES) systems (Form MECH-
15A).
C 104.3 Acceptance Process. The functional testing
process shall be in accordance with Section C 104.3.1 through
Section C 104.3.4.
C 104.3.1 Plan Review. The installing contractor,
engineer of record, owner’s agent, or the person respon-
sible for certification of the acceptance testing on the
certificate of acceptance (responsible person) shall
review the plans and specifications to ensure that they
conform to the acceptance requirements. This is typically
done prior to signing a certificate of compliance.
C 104.3.2 Construction Inspection. The installing
contractor, engineer of record, owner’s agent, or the person
responsible for certification of the acceptance testing on
the certificate of acceptance (responsible person) must
perform a construction inspection prior to testing to assure
that the equipment that is installed is capable of complying
with the requirements of the supplement and is calibrated.
The installation of any associated systems and equipment
necessary for proper system operation is also required to
be completed prior to the testing.
C 104.3.3 Acceptance Testing. One or more field
technicians shall perform the acceptance testing; identify
all performance deficiencies; ensure that they are
corrected; and if necessary, repeat the acceptance proce-
dures until the specified systems and equipment are
performing in accordance with the acceptance require-
ments. The field technician who performs the testing
must sign the certificate of acceptance to certify the
information has been provided to document the results
of the acceptance procedures is true and correct.
The responsible person shall review the test results
from the acceptance requirement procedures provided by
the field technician and sign the certificate of acceptance
to certify compliance with the acceptance requirements.
The responsible person shall be permitted to also perform
the field technician's responsibilities, and must then also
sign the field technician declaration on the certificate of
acceptance to certify that the information on the form is
true and correct.
GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT
APPENDIX C
C 104.3.4 Certificate of Occupancy. The Authority
Having Jurisdiction shall not issue the final certificate of
occupancy until all required certificates of acceptance
are submitted. Copies of completed, signed certificates
of acceptance are required to be posted, or made avail-
able with the permit(s), and shall be made available to
the Authority Having Jurisdiction.
C 105.0 HVAC System Tests.
C 105.1 Variable Air Volume Systems (Form MECH-
2A). This test ensures that adequate outdoor air ventilation is
provided through the variable air volume air handling unit at
two representative operating conditions. The test consists of
measuring outdoor air values at maximum flow and at or near
minimum flow. The test verifies that the minimum volume of
outdoor air is introduced to the air handling unit when the
system is in occupied mode at these two conditions of supply
airflow. This test shall be performed in conjunction with
supply fan variable flow controls test procedures to reduce
the overall system testing time as both tests use the same two
conditions of airflow for their measurements.
C 105.1.1 Test Procedure. The procedure for perform-
ing a functional test for variable air volume systems shall
be in accordance with Section C 105.1.1.1 through Section
C 105.1.1.2.
C 105.1.1.1 Construction Inspection. Prior to
functional testing, verify and document that the
system controlling outside airflow is calibrated
either in the field or factory.
C 105.1.1.2 Functional Testing. The functional
testing shall comply with the following steps:
Step 1: If the system has an outdoor air economizer,
force the economizer high limit to disable econo-
mizer control (e.g., for a fixed drybulb high limit,
lower the setpoint below the current outdoor air
temperature).
Step 2: Adjust supply airflow to either the sum of
the minimum zone airflows or 30 percent of the total
design airflow. Verify and document the following:
(1) Measured outside airflow reading is within 10
percent of the total ventilation air called for in
the certificate of compliance.
(2) OSA controls stabilize within 5 minutes.
Step 3: Adjust supply airflow to achieve design
airflow. Verify and document the following:
(1) Measured outside airflow reading is within 10
percent of the total ventilation air called for in
the certificate of compliance.
(2) OSA controls stabilize within 5 minutes.
Step 4: Restore system to “as-found” operating
conditions.
C 105.1.2 Acceptance Criteria. System controlling
outdoor air flow is calibrated in the field or at the factory.
103
APPENDIX C
Measured outdoor airflow reading is within 10 percent
of the total value found on the certificate of compliance
under the following conditions:
(1) Minimum system airflow.
(2) Thirty percent of total design flow design supply
airflow.
C 105.2 Constant Volume Systems (Form MECH-
2A). The purpose of this test is to ensure that adequate
outdoor air ventilation is provided through the constant
volume air handling unit to the spaces served under all oper-
ating conditions. The intent of this test is to verify that the
minimum volume of outdoor air is introduced to the air
handling unit during typical space occupancy.
C 105.2.1 Test Procedure. The procedure for
perform-ing a functional test for constant air volume
systems shall be in accordance with Section C 105.2.1.1
through Section C 105.2.1.2.
C 105.2.1.1 Construction Inspection. Prior to
functional testing, verify and document the
following:
(1) Minimum position is marked on the outside air
damper.
(2) The system has means of maintaining the
minimum outdoor air damper position.
C 105.2.1.2 Functional Testing. If the system
has an outdoor air economizer, force the economizer
to the minimum position and stop outside air damper
modulation (e.g., for a fixed drybulb high limit,
lower the setpoint below the current outdoor air
temperature).
C 105.2.2 Acceptance Criteria. The system has a
means of maintaining the minimum outdoor air damper
position. The minimum damper position is marked on
the outdoor air damper. The measured outside airflow
reading shall be within 10 percent of the total ventilation
air called for in the certificate of compliance.
C 105.3 Constant Volume, Single-Zone, Unitary Air
Conditioner and Heat Pumps Systems Acceptance
(Form MECH-3A). The purpose of this test is to verify the
individual components of a constant volume, single-zone,
unitary air conditioner and heat pump system function
correctly; including: thermostat installation and program-
ming, supply fan, heating, cooling, and damper operation.
C 105.3.1 Test Procedure. The procedure for
performing a functional test for constant volume, single-
zone, unitary air conditioner and heat pump systems shall
be in accordance with Section C 105.3.1.1 through Section
C 105.3.1.2.
C 105.3.1.1 Construction Inspection. Prior to
functional testing, verify and document the
following:
(1) Thermostat is located within the space-condi-
tioning zone that is served by the HVAC
system.
(2) Thermostat meets the temperature adjustment
and dead band requirements.
104
(3) Occupied, unoccupied, and holiday schedules
have been programmed per the facility’s
schedule.
(4) Preoccupancy purge is programmed.
C 105.3.1.2 Functional Testing. The functional
testing shall be in accordance with the following
steps:
Step 1: Disable economizer and demand control
ventilation systems (if applicable).
Step 2: Simulate a heating demand during the occu-
pied condition. Verify and document the following:
(1) Supply fan operates continually.
(2) The unit provides heating.
(3) No cooling is provided by the unit.
(4) Outside air damper is at minimum position.
Step 3: Simulate operation in the dead band during
occupied condition. Verify and document the
following:
(1) Supply fan operates continually.
(2) Neither heating nor cooling is provided by the
unit.
(3) Outside air damper is at minimum position.
Step 4: Simulate cooling demand during occupied
condition. Lock out economizer (if applicable).
Verify and document the following:
(1) Supply fan operates continually.
(2) The unit provides cooling.
(3) No heating is provided by the unit.
(4) Outside air damper is at minimum position.
Step 5: Simulate operation in the dead band during
unoccupied mode. Verify and document the following:
(1) Supply fan is off.
(2) Outside air damper is fully closed.
(3) Neither heating nor cooling is provided by the
unit.
Step 6: Simulate heating demand during unoccupied
conditions. Verify and document the following:
(1) Supply fan is on (either continuously or
cycling).
(2) Heating is provided by the unit.
(3) No cooling is provided by the unit.
(4) Outside air damper is either closed or at
minimum position.
Step 7: Simulate cooling demand during unoccupied
condition. Lock out economizer (if applicable).
Verify and document the following:
(1) Supply fan is on (either continuously or
cycling).
(2) Cooling is provided by the unit.
(3) No heating is provided by the unit.
GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT

(4) Outside air damper is either closed or at
minimum position.
Step 8: Simulate manual override during unoccupied
condition. Verify and document the following:
(1) System operates in “occupied” mode.
(2) System reverts to “unoccupied” mode when
manual override time period expires.
Step 9: Restore economizer and demand control
ventilation systems (if applicable), and remove
system overrides initiated during the test.
C 105.3.2 Acceptance Criteria. Thermostat is
located within the space-conditioning zone that is served
by the respective HVAC system. The thermostat meets
the temperature adjustment and dead band requirements.
Occupied, unoccupied, and holiday schedules have been
programmed per the facility’s schedule. Preoccupancy
purge is programmed to meet the requirements.
C 105.4 Air Distribution Systems (Form MECH-4A).
The purpose of this test is to verify all duct work associated
with all non-exempt constant volume, single-zone, HVAC
units (e.g., air conditioners, heat pumps, and furnaces) meet
the material, installation, and insulation R-values and leakage
requirements outlined in this supplement. This test is required
for single-zone units serving less than 5000 square feet (464.5
m2) of floor area where 25 percent or more of the duct surface
area is in one of the following spaces:
(1) Outdoors.
(2) In a space directly under a roof where the U-factor of the
roof is greater than the U-factor of the ceiling.
(3) In a space directly under a roof with fixed vents or open-
ings to the outside or unconditioned spaces.
(4) In an unconditioned crawlspace.
(5) In other unconditioned spaces.
This test applies to both new duct systems and to existing
duct systems being extended or the space conditioning system
is altered by the installation or replacement of space condi-
tioning equipment, including: replacement of the air handler;
outdoor condensing unit of a split system air conditioner or
heat pump; cooling or heating coil; or the furnace heat
exchanger. Existing duct systems do not have to be tested if
they are insulated or sealed with asbestos.
C 105.4.1 Test Procedure. The procedure for
performing a functional test for air distribution systems
shall be in accordance with Section C 105.4.1.1 through
Section C 105.4.1.2.
C 105.4.1.1 Construction Inspection. Prior to
functional testing, verify and document the following:
(1) Duct connections meet the requirements of this
supplement and the mechanical code.
(2) Flexible ducts are not compressed.
(3) Ducts are fully accessible for testing.
(4) Joints and seams are properly sealed according
to the requirements of this supplement.
GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT
APPENDIX C
(5) Insulation R-Values meet the minimum require-
ments of this supplement.
C 105.4.1.2 Functional Testing. Perform duct
leakage test in accordance with Chapter 7.
C 105.4.2 Acceptance Criteria. Flexible ducts are
not compressed or constricted in any way. Duct connec-
tions meet the requirements of this supplement and the
mechanical code (new ducts only). Joints and seams are
properly sealed according to requirements of this supple-
ment and the mechanical code (new ducts only). Duct R-
values meet the minimum requirements of this
supplement (new ducts only). Insulation is protected
from damage and suitable for outdoor usage where appli-
cable (new ducts only). The leakage shall not exceed the
rate in accordance with Section 703.4.4.2.
C 105.5 Air Economizer Controls Acceptance (Form
MECH-5A). The purpose of functionally testing an air econ-
omizer cycle is to verify that an HVAC system uses outdoor
air to satisfy space cooling loads when outdoor air conditions
are acceptable. There are two types of economizer controls;
stand-alone packages and DDC controls. The stand-alone
packages are commonly associated with small unitary rooftop
HVAC equipment and DDC controls are typically associated
with built-up or large packaged air handling systems. Test
procedures for both economizer control types are provided.
For units with economizers that are factory installed and
certified operational by the manufacturer to economizer
quality control requirements, the in-field economizer func-
tional tests do not have to be conducted. A copy of the manu-
facturer's certificate must be attached to the Form MECH-5A.
However, the construction inspection, including compliance
with high temperature lockout temperature setpoint, must be
completed regardless of whether the economizer is field or
factory installed.
C 105.5.1 Test Procedure. The procedure for perform-
ing a functional test for air economizer controls shall be in
accordance with Section C 105.5.1.1 through Section C
105.5.1.2.
C 105.5.1.1 Construction Inspection. Prior to
functional testing, verify and document the following:
(1) Economizer lockout setpoint is in accordance
with this supplement.
(2) Economizer lockout control sensor is located to
prevent false readings.
(3) System is designed to provide up to 100 percent
outside air without over-pressurizing the
building.
(4) For systems with DDC controls lockout sensor(s)
are either factory calibrated or field calibrated.
(5) For systems with non-DDC controls, manufac-
turer’s startup and testing procedures are
applied
C 105.5.1.2 Functional Testing. The functional
testing shall be in accordance with the following
steps:
105
APPENDIX C
Step 1: Disable demand control ventilation systems
(if applicable).
Step 2: Enable the economizer, and simulate a
cooling demand large enough to drive the econo-
mizer fully open. Verify and document the
following:
(1) Economizer damper is 100 percent open and
return air damper is 100 percent closed.
(2) Where applicable, verify that the economizer
remains 100 percent open when the cooling
demand can no longer be met by the econo-
mizer alone.
(3) Applicable fans and dampers operate as
intended to maintain building pressure.
(4) The unit heating is disabled.
Step 3: Disable the economizer and simulate a
cooling demand. Verify and document the following:
(1) Economizer damper closes to its minimum
position.
(2) Applicable fans and dampers operate as intended
to maintain building pressure.
(3) The unit heating is disabled.
Step 4: Simulate a heating demand, and set the econ-
omizer so that it is capable of operating (e.g., actual
outdoor air conditions are below lockout setpoint).
Verify the economizer is at minimum position.
Step 5: Restore demand control ventilation systems
(if applicable) and remove all system overrides initi-
ated during the test.
C 105.5.2 Acceptance Criteria. Air economizer
controls acceptance criteria shall be as follows:
(1) If the economizer is factory installed and certified, a
valid factory certificate is required for acceptance.
No additional equipment tests are necessary.
(2) Air economizer lockout setpoint is in accordance
with this supplement. Outside sensor location accu-
rately reads true outdoor air temperature and is not
affected by exhaust air or other heat sources.
(3) Sensors are located to achieve the desired control.
(4) During economizer mode, the outdoor air damper
modulates open to a maximum position and return
air damper modulates 100 percent closed.
(5) The outdoor air damper is 100 percent open before
mechanical cooling is enabled and for units 75 000
Btu/h (22 kw) and larger remains at 100 percent
open while mechanical cooling is enabled (econo-
mizer integration when used for compliance).
(6) When the economizer is disabled, the outdoor air
damper closes to a minimum position, the return
damper modulates 100 percent open, and mechan-
ical cooling remains enabled.
C 105.6 Demand-Controlled Ventilation Systems
Acceptance (Form MECH-6A). The purpose of this test is
to verify that systems required to employ demand-controlled
106
ventilation can vary outside ventilation flow rates based on
maintaining interior carbon dioxide (CO2) concentration
setpoints. Demand-controlled ventilation refers to an HVAC
system’s ability to reduce outdoor air ventilation flow below
design values when the space served is at less than design
occupancy. Carbon dioxide is a good indicator of occupancy
load and is the basis used for modulating ventilation flow
rates.
C 105.6.1 Test Procedure. The procedure for
perform-ing a functional test for demand-control ventila-
tion (DVC) systems shall be in accordance with Section
C 105.6.1.1 through Section C 105.6.1.2.
C 105.6.1.1 Construction Inspection. Prior to
functional testing, verify and document the
following:
(1) Carbon dioxide control sensor is factory cali-
brated or field-calibrated in accordance with
this supplement.
(2) The sensor is located in the high density space
between 3 feet (914 mm) and 6 feet (1829 mm)
above the floor or at the anticipated level of the
occupants’ heads.
(3) DCV control setpoint is at or below the carbon
dioxide concentration permitted by this supple-
ment.
C 105.6.1.2 Functional Testing. The functional
testing shall be in accordance with the following
steps:
Step 1: Disable economizer controls.
Step 2: Simulate a signal at or slightly above the
carbon dioxide concentration setpoint required by
this supplement. Verify and document the following:
(1) For single zone units, outdoor air damper
modulates open to satisfy the total ventilation
air called for in the certificate of compliance.
(2) For multiple zone units, either outdoor air
damper or zone damper modulate open to
satisfy the zone ventilation requirements.
Step 3: Simulate signal well below the carbon dioxide
setpoint. Verify and document the following:
(1) For single zone units, outdoor air damper
modulates to the design minimum value.
(2) For multiple zone units, either outdoor air
damper or zone damper modulate to satisfy the
reduced zone ventilation requirements.
Step 4: Restore economizer controls and remove
system overrides initiated during the test.
Step 5: With controls restored, apply carbon dioxide
calibration gas at a concentration slightly above the
setpoint to the sensor. Verify that the outdoor air
damper modulates open to satisfy the total ventila-
tion air called for in the certificate of compliance.
C 105.6.2 Acceptance Criteria. Demand-controlled
ventilation systems acceptance criteria shall be as
follows:
GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT

(1) Each carbon dioxide sensor is factory calibrated
(with calibration certificate) or field calibrated.
(2) Each carbon dioxide sensor is wired correctly to the
controls to ensure proper control of the outdoor air
damper.
(3) Each carbon dioxide sensor is located correctly
within the space 1 foot (305 mm) to 6 feet (1829
mm) above the floor.
(4) Interior carbon dioxide concentration setpoint is
≤600 parts per million (ppm) plus outdoor air carbon
dioxide value if dynamically measured or ≤1000
ppm if no OSA sensor is provided.
(5) A minimum OSA setting is provided whenever the
system is in occupied mode in accordance with this
supplement regardless of space carbon dioxide read-
ings.
(6) A maximum OSA damper position for DCV control
can be established in accordance with this supple-
ment, regardless of space carbon dioxide readings.
(7) The outdoor air damper modulates open when the
carbon dioxide concentration within the space
exceeds setpoint.
(8) The outdoor air damper modulates closed (toward
minimum position) when the carbon dioxide
concentration within the space is below setpoint.
C 105.7 Supply Fan Variable Flow Controls (Form
MECH-7A). The purpose of this test is to ensure that the
supply fan in a variable air volume application modulates to
meet system airflow demand. In most applications, the indi-
vidual variable air valve (VAV) boxes serving each space will
modulate the amount of air delivered to the space based on
heating and cooling requirements. As a result, the total supply
airflow provided by the central air handling unit must also
vary to maintain sufficient airflow through each VAV box.
Airflow is typically controlled using a variable frequency
drive (VFD) to modulate supply fan speed and vary system
airflow. The most common strategy for controlling the VFD
is to measure and maintain static pressure within the duct.
C 105.7.1 Test Procedure. The procedure for
perform-ing a functional test for supply fan variable
controls shall be in accordance with Section C 105.7.1.1
through Section C 105.7.1.2.
C 105.7.1.1 Construction Inspection. Prior to
functional testing, verify and document the
following:
(1) Supply fan controls modulate to increase
capacity.
(2) Supply fan maintains discharge static pressure
within ± 10 percent of the current operating set
point.
(3) Supply fan controls stabilize within a 5 minute
period.
C 105.7.1.2 Functional Testing. The functional
testing shall comply with the following steps:
Step 1: Simulate demand for design airflow. Verify
and document the following:
GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT
APPENDIX C
(1) Supply fan controls modulate to increase
capacity.
(2) Supply fan maintains discharge static pressure
within ± 10 percent of the current operating set
point.
(3) Supply fan controls stabilize within a 5 minute
period.
Step 2: Simulate demand for minimum airflow.
Verify and document the following:
(1) Supply fan controls modulate to decrease
capacity.
(2) Current operating setpoint has decreased (for
systems with DDC to the zone level).
(3) Supply fan maintains discharge static pressure
within ± 10 percent of the current operating
setpoint.
(4) Supply fan controls stabilize within a 5 minute
period.
Step 3: Restore system to correct operating condi-
tions.
C 105.7.2 Acceptance Criteria. Supply fan variable
flow controls acceptance criteria shall be as follows:
(1) Static pressure sensor(s) is factory calibrated (with
calibration certificate) or field calibrated.
(2) For systems without DDC controls to the zone level,
the pressure sensor setpoint is less than one-third of
the supply fan design static pressure.
(3) For systems with DDC controls with VAV boxes
reporting to the central control panel, the pressure
setpoint is reset by zone demand (box damper posi-
tion or a trim and respond algorithm).
At full flow:
(1) Supply fan maintains discharge static pressure
within ± 10 percent of the current operating control
static pressure setpoint.
(2) Supply fan controls stabilizes within 5 minute
period.
(3) At minimum flow (not less than 30 percent of total
design flow).
(4) Supply fan controls modulate to decrease capacity.
(5) Current operating setpoint has decreased (for
systems with DDC to the zone level).
(6) Supply fan maintains discharge static pressure
within ± 10 percent of the current operating setpoint.
C 105.8 Valve Leakage (Form MECH-8A). The purpose
of this test is to ensure that control valves serving variable
flow systems are designed to withstand the pump pressure
over the full range of operation. Valves with insufficient actu-
ators will lift under certain conditions causing water to leak
through and loss of control. This test applies to the variable
flow systems, chilled and hot-water variable flow systems,
chiller isolation valves, boiler isolation valves, and water-
cooled air conditioner and hydronic heat pump systems.
107
APPENDIX C
C 105.8.1 Test Procedure. The procedure for
perform-ing a functional test for valve leakage shall be in
accordance with Section C 105.8.1.1 through Section C
105.8.1.2.
C 105.8.1.1 Construction Inspection. Prior to
functional testing, verify and document the valve
and piping arrangements were installed in accor-
dance with the design drawings.
C 105.8.1.2 Functional Testing. The functional
testing shall be in accordance with the following
steps:
Step 1: For each pump serving the distribution
system, dead head the pumps using the discharge
isolation valves at the pumps. Document the
following:
(1) Record the differential pressure across the
pumps.
(2) Verify that this is within 5 percent of the
submittal data for the pump.
Step 2: Reopen the pump discharge isolation valves.
Automatically close valves on the systems being
tested. If three-way valves are present, close off the
bypass line. Verify and document the following:
(1) The valves automatically close.
(2) Record the pressure differential across the
pump.
(3) Verify that the pressure differential is within 5
percent of the reading from Step 1 for the pump
that is operating during the valve test.
Step 3: Restore system to correct operating condi-
tions.
C 105.8.2 Acceptance Criteria. System has no flow
when coils are closed and the pump is turned on.
C 105.9 Supply Water Temperature Reset Controls
(Form MECH-9A). The purpose of this test is to ensure that
both the chilled water and hot water supply temperatures are
automatically reset based on either building loads or outdoor
air temperature, as indicated in the control sequences. Many
HVAC systems are served by central chilled and heating hot
water plants. The supply water operating temperatures shall
meet peak loads when the system is operating at design condi-
tions. As the loads vary, the supply water temperatures can
be adjusted to satisfy the new operating conditions. The
chilled water supply temperature can be raised as the cooling
load decreases, and heating hot water supply temperature can
be lowered as the heating load decreases.
This requirement applies to chilled and hot water systems
that are not designed for variable flow, and that have a design
capacity greater than or equal to 500 000 Btu/h (147 kw).
C 105.9.1 Test Procedure. The procedure for
perform-ing a functional test for supply water tempera-
ture reset controls shall be in accordance with Section C
105.9.1.1 through Section C 105.9.1.2.
C 105.9.1.1 Construction Inspection. Prior to
functional testing, verify and document the supply
108
water temperature sensors have been either factory
or field calibrated.
C 105.9.1.2 Functional Testing. The functional
testing shall be in accordance with the following
steps:
Step 1: Change reset control variable to its maximum
value. Verify and document the following:
(1) Chilled or hot water temperature setpoint is
reset to appropriate value.
(2) Actual supply temperature changes to meet
setpoint.
(3) Verify that supply temperature is within 2
percent of the control setpoint.
Step 2: Change reset control variable to its minimum
value. Verify and document the following:
(1) Chilled or hot water temperature setpoint is
reset to appropriate value.
(2) Actual supply temperature changes to meet
setpoint.
(3) Verify that supply temperature is within 2
percent of the control setpoint.
Step 3: Restore reset control variable to automatic
control. Verify and document the following:
(1) Chilled or hot water temperature setpoint is
reset to appropriate value.
(2) Actual supply temperature changes to meet
setpoint.
(3) Verify that supply temperature is within 2
percent of the control setpoint.
C 105.9.2 Acceptance Criteria. The supply water
temperature sensors are either factory calibrated (with
calibration certificates) or field-calibrated. Sensor
performance is in compliance with specifications. The
supply water reset is operational.
C 105.10 Hydronic System Variable Flow Controls
(Form MECH-10A). The purpose of this test is to ensure that
all hydronic variable flow chilled water and water-loop heat
pump systems with circulating pumps larger than 5 horsepower
(hp) (4.0 kw) vary system flow rate by modulating pump speed
using a variable frequency drive (VFD) or equivalent. As the
loads within the building fluctuate, control valves modulate the
amount of water passing through each coil and add or remove
the desired amount of energy from the air stream to satisfy the
load. In the case of water-loop heat pumps, each two-way
control valve associated with a heat pump will be closed when
that unit is not operating. As each control valve modulates, the
pump variable frequency drive (VFD) responds accordingly to
meet system water flow requirements. This is not required on
heating hot water systems with variable flow designs or for
condensing water serving only water cooled chillers.
C 105.10.1 Test Procedure. The procedure for
perform-ing a functional test for hydronic system variable
flow controls shall be in accordance with Section C
105.10.1.1 through Section C 105.10.1.2.
GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT

C 105.10.1.1 Construction Inspection. Prior
to functional testing, verify and document the pres-
sure sensors are either factory or field calibrated.
C 105.10.1.2 Functional Testing. The func-
tional testing shall be in accordance with the
following steps:
Step 1: Open control valves to increase water flow to
not less than 90 percent design flow. Verify and
document the following:
(1) Pump speed increases.
(2) System pressure is either within ± 5 percent of
current operating setpoint or the pressure is
below the setpoint and the pumps are operating
at 100 percent speed.
(3) System operation stabilizes within 5 minutes
after test procedures are initiated.
Step 2: Modulate control valves to reduce water
flow to 50 percent of the design flow or less, but not
lower than the pump minimum flow. Verify and
document the following:
(1) Pump speed decreases.
(2) Current operating setpoint has decreased (for
systems with DDC to the zone level).
(3) Current operating setpoint has not increased
(for all other systems).
(4) System pressure is within 5 percent of current
operating setpoint.
(5) System operation stabilizes within 5 minutes
after test procedures are initiated.
C 105.10.2 Acceptance Criteria. The differential
pressure sensor is either factory calibrated (with calibra-
tion certificates) or field calibrated. The pressure sensor
shall be located at or near the most remote HX or control
valve. The setpoint system controls stabilize.
C 105.11 Automatic Demand Shed Control (Form
MECH-11A). The purpose of this test is to ensure that the
central demand shed sequences have been properly
programmed into the DDC system.
C 105.11.1 Test Procedure. The procedure for
perform-ing a functional test for automatic demand shed
controls shall be in accordance with Section C 105.11.1.1
through Section C 105.11.1.2.
C 105.11.1.1 Construction Inspection. Prior
to functional testing, verify and document that the
EMCS interface enables activation of the central
demand shed controls.
C 105.11.1.2 Functional Testing. The func-
tional testing shall be in accordance with the
following steps:
Step 1: Engage the global demand shed system.
Verify and document the following:
(1) That the cooling setpoint in noncritical spaces
increases by the proper amount.
(2) That the cooling setpoint in critical spaces do
not change.
GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT
APPENDIX C
Step 2: Disengage the global demand shed system.
Verify and document the following:
(1) That the cooling setpoint in noncritical spaces
return to their original values.
(2) That the cooling setpoint in critical spaces do
not change.
C 105.11.2 Acceptance Criteria. The control system
changes the setpoints of noncritical zones on activation
of a single central hardware or software point then
restores the initial setpoints when the point is released.
C 105.12 Fault Detection and Diagnostics (FDD) for
Packaged Direct-Expansion (DX) Units (Form MECH-
12A). The purpose of this test is to verify proper fault detec-
tion and reporting for automated fault detection and
diagnostics systems for packaged units. Automated FDD
systems ensure proper equipment operation by identifying and
diagnosing common equipment problems such as improper
refrigerant charge, low airflow, or faulty economizer opera-
tion. Qualifying FDD systems receive a compliance credit
when using the performance approach. A system that does not
meet the eligibility requirements shall be permitted to be
installed, but no compliance credit will be given.
C 105.12.1 Test Procedure. The procedure for
perform-ing a functional test for fault detection and diag-
nostics (FDD) for packaged direct-expansion (DX) units
shall be in accordance with Section C 105.12.1.1 through
Section C 105.12.1.2.
C 105.12.1.1 Construction Inspection. Prior
to functional testing, verify and document that the
FDD hardware is installed on equipment by the
manufacturer, and that equipment make and model
include factory-installed FDD hardware that match
the information indicated on copies of the manufac-
turer’s cut sheets and on the plans and specifications.
This procedure applies to fault detection and
diagnostics (FDD) system for direct-expansion
packaged units containing the following features:
(1) The unit shall include a factory-installed econ-
omizer and shall limit the economizer deadband
to not more than 2°F (-17ºC).
(2) The unit shall include direct-drive actuators on
outside air and return air dampers.
(3) The unit shall include an integrated economizer
with either differential drybulb or differential
enthalpy control.
(4) The unit shall include a low temperature
lockout on the compressor to prevent coil
freeze-up or comfort problems.
(5) Outside air and return air dampers shall have
maximum leakage rates conforming to this
supplement.
(6) The unit shall have an adjustable expansion
control device such as a thermostatic expansion
valve (TXV).
109
APPENDIX C
(7) To improve the ability to troubleshoot charge
and compressor operation, a high-pressure
refrigerant port will be located on the liquid
line. A low-pressure refrigerant port will be
located on the suction line.
(8) The following sensors shall be permanently
installed to monitor system operation, and the
controller shall have the capability of displaying
the value of each parameter:
(a) Refrigerant suction pressure.
(b) Refrigerant suction temperature.
(c) Liquid line pressure.
(d) Liquid line temperature.
(e) Outside air temperature.
(f) Outside air relative humidity.
(g) Return air temperature.
(h) Return air relative humidity.
(i) Supply air temperature.
(j) Supply air relative humidity.
The controller will provide system status by
indicating the following conditions:
(a) Compressor enabled.
(b) Economizer enabled.
(c) Free cooling available.
(d) Mixed air low limit cycle active.
(e) Heating enabled.
The unit controller shall have the capability to
manually initiate each operating mode so that
the operation of compressors, economizers,
fans, and heating system can be independently
tested and verified.
C 105.12.1.2 Functional Testing. The func-
tional testing shall be in accordance with the
following steps:
Step 1: Test low airflow condition by replacing the
existing filter with a dirty filter or appropriate
obstruction.
Step 2: Verify that the fault detection and diagnostics
system reports the fault.
Step 3: Verify that the system is able to verify the
correct refrigerant charge.
Step 4: Calibrate outside air, return air, and supply
air temperature sensors.
C 105.12.2 Acceptance Criteria. The system is able
to detect a low airflow condition and report the fault. The
system is able to detect if refrigerant charge is low or
high and the fault is reported.
C 105.13 Automatic Fault Detection Diagnostics
(FDD) for Air Handling Units (AHU) and Zone
Terminal Units (Form MECH-13A). The purpose of this
test is to verify that the system detects common faults in air
handling units and terminal units. FDD systems for air
handling units and zone terminal units require DDC controls
110
to the zone level. Successful completion of this test provides
a compliance credit when using the performance approach.
An FDD system that does not pass this test shall be permitted
to be installed, but no compliance credit will be given.
C 105.13.1 Test Procedure. The procedure for
perform-ing a functional test for automatic fault detection
diagnostics (FDD) for Air Handling Units and Zone
Terminal Units shall be in accordance with Section C
105.13.1.1.
C 105.13.1.1 Functional Testing. The func-
tional testing shall be in accordance with Section C
105.13.1.1.1 and Section C 105.13.1.1.2.
C 105.13.1.1.1 Functional Testing for Air
Handling Units. The functional testing of
AHU with FDD controls shall be in accordance
with the following steps:
Step 1: Sensor drift/failure:
(1) Disconnect outside air temperature sensor
from unit controller.
(2) Verify that the FDD system reports a fault.
(3) Connect OAT sensor to the unit controller.
(4) Verify that FDD indicates normal system
operation.
Step 2: Damper/actuator fault:
(1) From the control system workstation, com-
mand the mixing box dampers to full open
(100 percent outdoor air).
(2) Disconnect power to the actuator and
verify that a fault is reported at the control
workstation.
(3) Reconnect power to the actuator and com-
mand the mixing box dampers to full open.
(4) Verify that the control system does not
report a fault.
(5) From the control system workstation, com-
mand the mixing box dampers to a full-
closed position (0 percent outdoor air).
(6) Disconnect power to the actuator and
verify that a fault is reported at the control
workstation.
(7) Reconnect power to the actuator and
command the dampers closed.
(8) Verify that the control system does not
report a fault during normal operation.
Step 3: Valve/actuator fault:
(1) From the control system workstation,
command the heating and cooling coil
valves to full open or closed, then discon-
nect power to the actuator and verify that a
fault is reported at the control workstation.
Step 4: Inappropriate simultaneous heating,
mechanical cooling, and economizing or all
functions:
GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT

(1) From the control system workstation, over-
ride the heating coil valve and verify that a
fault is reported at the control workstation.
(2) From the control system workstation, over-
ride the cooling coil valve and verify that a
fault is reported at the control workstation.
(3) From the control system workstation, over-
ride the mixing box dampers and verify
that a fault is reported at the control work-
station.
C 105.13.1.1.2 Functional Testing for
Zone Terminal Units. The functional testing
of one of each type of terminal unit (VAV box) in
the project not less than 5 percent of the terminal
boxes shall be in accordance with the following
steps:
Step 1: Sensor drift/failure:
(1) Disconnect the tubing to the differential
pressure sensor of the VAV box.
(2) Verify that control system detects and
reports the fault.
(3) Reconnect the sensor and verify proper
sensor operation.
(4) Verify that the control system does not
report a fault.
Step 2: Damper/actuator fault:
(1) Damper stuck open.
(a) Command the damper to full open
(room temperature above setpoint).
(b) Disconnect the actuator to the damper.
(c) Adjust the cooling setpoint so that the
room temperature is below the cooling
setpoint to command the damper to the
minimum position. Verify that the
control system reports a fault.
(d) Reconnect the actuator and restore to
normal operation.
(2) Damper stuck closed.
(a) Set the damper to the minimum posi-
tion.
(b) Disconnect the actuator to the damper.
(c) Set the cooling setpoint below the room
temperature to simulate a call for
cooling. Verify that the control system
reports a fault.
(d) Reconnect the actuator and restore to
normal operation.
Step 3: Valve/actuator fault (for systems with
hydronic reheat):
(1) Command the reheat coil valve to full open.
(2) Disconnect power to the actuator. Set the
heating setpoint temperature to be lower
GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT
APPENDIX C
than the current space temperature, to
command the valve closed. Verify that the
fault is reported at the control workstation.
(3) Reconnect the actuator and restore normal
operation.
Step 4: Feedback loop tuning fault (unstable
airflow):
(1) Set the integral coefficient of the box
controller to a value fifty times the current
value.
(2) The damper cycles continuously and airflow
is unstable. Verify that the control system
detects and reports the fault.
(3) Reset the integral coefficient of the
controller to the original value to restore
normal operation.
Step 5: Disconnected inlet duct:
(1) From the control system workstation,
command the damper to full closed; then
disconnect power to the actuator; and verify
that a fault is reported at the control work-
station.
C 105.13.2 Acceptance Criteria. The system is able
to detect common faults with air-handling units, such as
a sensor failure, a failed damper, an actuator, or an
improper operating mode.
The system is able to detect and report common
faults with zone terminal units, such as a failed damper, an
actuator, or a control tuning issue.
C 105.14 Distributed Energy Storage DX AC System
(Form MECH-14A). The purpose of this test is to verify the
proper operation of distributed energy storage DX systems.
Distributed energy systems (DES) reduce peak demand by
operating during off peak hours and storing cooling, usually in
the form of ice. During peak cooling hours the ice is melted to
avoid compressor operation. The system typically consists of
a water tank containing refrigerant coils that cool the water
and convert it to ice. As with a standard direction expansion
(DX) air conditioner, the refrigerant is compressed in a
compressor and then cooled in an air-cooled condenser. The
liquid refrigerant then is directed through the coils in the water
tank to make ice or to air handler coils to cool the building.
This applies to constant or variable volume, direct expansion
(DX) systems with distributed energy storage (DES/DXAC).
C 105.14.1 Test Procedure. The procedure for
perform-ing a functional test for distributed energy storage
DX AC systems shall be in accordance with Section C
105.14.1.1 through Section C 105.14.1.3.
C 105.14.1.1 Construction Inspection. Prior to
functional testing, verify and document the following:
(1) The water tank is filled to the proper level.
(2) The water tank is sitting on a foundation with
adequate structural strength.
111
APPENDIX C
(3) The water tank is insulated and the top cover is
in place.
(4) The DES/DXAC is installed correctly (e.g.,
refrigerant piping, etc.).
(5) Verify that the correct model number is installed
and configured.
C 105.14.1.2 Functional Testing. The functional
testing shall be in accordance with the following
steps:
Step 1: Simulate cooling load during daytime period
(e.g., by setting time schedule to include actual time
and placing thermostat cooling setpoint below actual
temperature). Verify and document the following:
(1) Supply fan operates continually.
(2) If the DES/DXAC has cooling capacity,
DES/DXAC runs to meet the cooling demand
(in ice melt mode).
(3) If the DES/DXAC has no ice and there is a call
for cooling, the DES/DXAC runs in direct
cooling mode.
Step 2: Simulate no cooling load during daytime
condition. Verify and document the following:
(1) Supply fan operates in accordance with the
facility thermostat or control system.
(2) The DES/DXAC and the condensing unit do
not run.
Step 3: Simulate no cooling load during morning
shoulder time period. Verify and document the
following:
(1) The DES/DXAC is idle.
Step 4: Simulate a cooling load during morning
shoulder time period. Verify and document the
following:
(1) The DES/DXAC runs in direct cooling mode.
C 105.14.1.3 Calibrating Controls. Set the
proper time and date as per manufacturer’s installa-
tion manual for approved installers.
C 105.14.2 Acceptance Criteria. Distributed energy
storage DXAC system acceptance criteria shall be as
follows:
(1) Verify night time ice making operation.
(2) Verify that tank discharges during on-peak cooling
periods.
(3) Verify that the compressor does not run and the tank
does not discharge when there is no cooling demand
during on-peak periods.
(4) Verify that the system does not operate during a
morning shoulder period when there is no cooling
demand.
(5) Verify that the system operates in direct mode (with
compressor running) during the morning shoulder
time period.
112
C 105.15 Thermal Energy Storage (TES) System
(Form MECH-15A). The purpose of this test is to verify the
proper operation of thermal energy storage (TES) systems. TES
systems reduce energy consumption during peak demand
periods by shifting energy consumption to nighttime. Operation
of the thermal energy storage compressor during the night
produces cooling energy which is stored in the form of cooled
fluid or ice in tanks. During peak cooling hours the thermal
storage is used for cooling to prevent the need for chiller oper-
ation. This section is limited to the following types of TES
systems:
(1) Chilled water storage.
(2) Ice-on-coil.
(3) Ice harvester.
(4) Brine.
(5) Ice-slurry.
(6) Eutectic salt.
(7) Clathrate hydrate slurry (CHS).
C 105.15.1 Test Procedure. The procedure for
perform-ing a functional test for thermal energy storage
(TES) system shall be in accordance with Section C
105.15.1.1 and Section C 105.15.1.2.
C 105.15.1.1 Construction Inspection. Prior
to functional testing, verify and document the
following for the chiller and storage tank:
(1) Chiller:
(a) Brand and Model.
(b) Type (centrifugal, reciprocating, other).
(c) Capacity (tons) (SIZE).
(d) Starting efficiency (kW/ton) at beginning
of ice production (COMP - kW/TON -
START).
(e) Ending efficiency (kW/ton) at end of ice
production (COMP - kW/TON/END).
(f) Capacity reduction (percent/°F) (PER –
COMP - REDUCT/F).
(g) Verify that the efficiency of the chiller
meets or exceeds the requirements of
Chapter 7 of this supplement.
(2) Storage Tank:
(a) Storage type (TES-TYPE).
(b) Number of tanks (SIZE).
(c) Storage capacity per tank (ton-hours)
(SIZE).
(d) Storage rate (tons) (COOL – STORE -
RATE).
(e) Discharge rate (tons) (COOL – SUPPLY -
RATE).
(f) Auxiliary power (watts) (PUMPS + AUX -
kW).
(g) Tank area (CTANK – LOSS - COEFF).
(h) Tank insulation (R-Value) (CTANK –
LOSS – COEFF).
GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT

(3) TES System:
(a) The TES system is one of the above
eligible systems.
(b) Initial charge rate of the storage tanks
(tons).
(c) Final charge rate of the storage tank (tons).
(d) Initial discharge rate of the storage tanks
(tons).
(e) Final discharge rate of the storage tank
(tons).
(f) Charge test time (hrs).
(g) Discharge test time (hrs).
(h) Tank storage capacity after charge (ton-
hrs).
(i) Tank storage capacity after discharge (ton-
hrs).
(j) Tank standby storage losses (UA).
(k) Initial chiller efficiency (kW/ton) during
charging.
(l) Final chiller efficiency (kW/ton) during
charging.
C 105.15.1.2 Functional Testing. The func-
tional testing shall be in accordance with the
following steps:
Step 1: Verify that the TES system and the chilled
water plant is controlled and monitored by an energy
management system (EMS).
Step 2: Force the time to be between 9:00 p.m. and
9:00 a.m., and simulate a partial or no charge of the
tank. Simulate no cooling load by setting the indoor
temperature setpoint(s) higher than the ambient
temperature.
If the tank is full or nearly full of ice, it shall be
permitted to adjust the control settings for this test.
In some cases, the control system will not permit the
chiller to start the ice-making process unless a
portion of the ice has been melted. The controls
designer shall be permitted to use an inventory meter
(a 4-20 mA sensor that indicates water level) to
determine whether or not ice-making can commence
(e.g., not allow ice-making unless the inventory
meter signal is less than 17 mA). If this is the case,
this limit can be reset to 20 mA during testing to
allow ice making to occur.
Verify that the TES system starts charging
(storing energy). This shall be checked by verifying
flow and inlet and outlet temperatures of the storage
tank, or directly by reading an inventory meter if the
system has one.
Step 3: Force the time to be between 6:00 p.m. and
9:00 p.m., and simulate a partial charge on the tank.
Simulate a cooling load by setting the indoor
temperature setpoint lower than the ambient temper-
ature. Verify that the TES system starts discharging.
GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT
APPENDIX C
This shall be checked by observing tank inlet and
outlet temperatures and system flow, or directly by
reading an inventory meter if the system has one. If
the system has no charge, verify that the system will
still attempt to meet the load through storage.
Step 4: Force the time to be between noon and 6:00
p.m., and simulate a cooling load by lowering the
indoor air temperature setpoint below the ambient
temperature. Verify that the tank starts discharging
and the compressor is off.
Step 5: Force the time to be between 9:00 a.m. to
noon, and simulate a cooling load by lowering the
indoor air temperature setpoint below the ambient
temperature. Verify that the tank does not discharge
and the cooling load is met by the compressor.
Step 6: Force the time to be between 9:00 p.m. and
9:00 a.m. and simulate a full tank charge. This can
be done in a couple of ways:
(1) By changing the inventory sensor limit that
indicates tank capacity to the energy manage-
ment system so that it indicates a full tank.
(2) By resetting the coolant temperature that indi-
cates a full charge to a higher temperature than
the current tank leaving temperature. Verify that
the tank charging is stopped.
Step 7: Force the time to be between noon and 6:00
p.m. and simulate no cooling load by setting the
indoor temperature setpoint above the ambient
temperature. Verify that the tank does not discharge
and the compressor is off.
C 105.15.2 Acceptance Criteria. Thermal energy
storage (TES) system acceptance criteria shall be as
follows:
(1) Verify that the system is able to charge the storage
tank during off-peak periods when there is no
cooling load.
(2) Verify that tank discharges during on-peak cooling
periods.
(3) Verify that the compressor does not run and the tank
does not discharge when there is no cooling demand
during on-peak periods.
(4) Verify that the system does not operate during a
morning shoulder period when there is no cooling
demand.
(5) Verify that the system operates in direct mode (with
compressor running) during the morning shoulder
time period.
C 106.0 Certificate of Acceptance Forms.
C 106.1 General. This section includes the certificate of
acceptance forms referenced in Section C 104.0 and Section
C 105.0.
113
APPENDIX C

CERTIFICATE OF ACCEPTANCE MECH-2A

Outdoor Air Acceptance (Page 1 of 3)
Project Name/Address:

System Name or Identification/Tag: System Location or Area Served:

Enforcement Agency: Permit Number:

Note: Submit one Certificate of Acceptance for each system that Enforcement Agency Use: Checked by/Date
must demonstrate compliance.

FIELD TECHNICIAN'S DECLARATION STATEMENT

• I certify under penalty of perjury the information provided on this form is true and correct.
• I am the person who performed the acceptance requirements verification reported on this Certificate of Acceptance (Field
Technician).
• I certify that the construction/installation identified on this form complies with the acceptance requirements indicated in
the plans and specifications approved by the enforcement agency, and conforms to the applicable acceptance requirements
and procedures specified in Appendix C.
• I have confirmed that the Installation Certificate(s) for the construction/installation identified on this form has been
completed and is posted or made available with the building permit(s) issued for the building.
Company Name:

Field Technician’s Name: Field Technician’s Signature:

Date Signed: Position with Company (Title):

RESPONSIBLE PERSON'S DECLARATION STATEMENT

• I certify under penalty of perjury that I am the Field Technician, or the Field Technician is acting on my behalf as my
employee or my agent and I have reviewed the information provided on this form.
• I am a licensed contractor, architect, or engineer who is eligible per the requirements of the Authority Having Jurisdiction,
in the applicable classification, to take responsibility for the scope of work specified on this document and attest to the decla-
rations in this statement (responsible person).
• I certify that the information provided on this form substantiates that the construction/installation identified on this form
complies with the acceptance requirements indicated in the plans and specifications approved by the enforcement agency,
and conforms to the applicable acceptance requirements and procedures specified in Appendix C.
• I have confirmed that the Installation Certificate(s) for the construction/installation identified on this form has been
completed and is posted or made available with the permit(s) issued for the building.
• I will ensure that a completed, signed copy of this Certificate of Acceptance shall be posted, or made available with the
building permit(s) issued for the building, and made available to the enforcement agency for all applicable inspections. I
understand that a signed copy of this Certificate of Acceptance is required to be included with the documentation the builder
provides to the building owner at occupancy.
Company Name: Phone:

Responsible Person’s Name: Responsible Person’s Signature:

License: Date Signed: Position With Company (Title):

114 GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT

 APPENDIX C

CERTIFICATE OF ACCEPTANCE MECH-2A

Outdoor Air Acceptance (Page 2 of 3)
Project Name/Address:

System Name or Identification/Tag: System Location or Area Served:

Intent: Verify measured outside airflow reading is within ± 10% of the total required outside airflow value found in the Chapter 7.
Construction Inspection
1. Instrumentation to perform test includes, but not limited to:
a. Watch.
b. Calibrated means to measure airflow.
2. Check one of the following:
 Variable Air Volume (VAV) - Check as appropriate:
a. Sensor used to control outdoor air flow must have calibration certificate or be field calibrated.
 Calibration certificate (attach calibration certification).
 Field calibration (attach results).
 Constant Air Volume (CAV) - Check as appropriate:
 System is designed to provide a fixed minimum OSA when the unit is on.

Outdoor Air Acceptance

A. Functional Testing. (Check appropriate column) CAV VAV
a. Verify unit is not in economizer mode during test - check appropriate column.
Step 1: CAV and VAV testing at full supply airflow.
a. Adjust supply to achieve design airflow.
b. Measured outdoor airflow reading (ft3/min).
c. Required outdoor airflow (ft3/min).
d. Time for outside air damper to stabilize after VAV boxes open (minutes).
e. Return to initial conditions (check).
Step 2: VAV testing at reduced supply airflow.
a. Adjust supply airflow to either the sum of the minimum zone airflows or 30% of the total design airflow.
b. Measured outdoor airflow reading (ft3/min).
c. Required outdoor airflow (ft3/min).
d. Time for outside air damper to stabilize after VAV boxes open and minimum air
flow achieved (minutes).
e. Return to initial conditions (check).
B. Testing Calculations and Results. CAV VAV
Percent OSA at full supply airflow (%OAFA for Step 1).
a. %OAFA = Measured outside air reading /Required outside air (Step 1b / Step 1c) % %
b. 90% ≤ %OAFA ≤ 110% Y/N Y/N
c. Outside air damper position stabilizes within 15 minutes (Step 1d < 15 minutes) Y/N Y/N
Percent OSA at reduced supply airflow (%OARA for Step 2).
a. %OARA = Measured outside air reading/required outside air (Step 2b / Step 2c). % %
b. 90% ≤ %OARA ≤ 110%. Y/N
c. Outside air damper position stabilizes within 15 minutes (Step 2d < 15 minutes). Y/N
Note: Shaded boxes do not apply for CAV systems.

GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT 115

APPENDIX C

CERTIFICATE OF ACCEPTANCE MECH-2A

Outdoor Air Acceptance (Page 3 of 3)
Project Name/Address:

System Name or Identification/Tag: System Location or Area Served:

C. PASS/FAIL Evaluation (check one):

PASS: All Construction Inspection responses are complete and Testing Calculations & Results responses are posi-

tive (Y – yes).
FAIL: Any Construction Inspection responses are incomplete OR there is one or more negative (N – no) responses

in Testing Calculations & Results section. Provide explanation below. Use and attach additional pages if necessary.

116 GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT

 APPENDIX C

CERTIFICATE OF ACCEPTANCE MECH-3A

Constant Volume Single Zone Unitary Air Conditioner and Heat Pump Systems (Page 1 of 3)

Project Name/Address:
System Name or Identification/Tag: System Location or Area Served:

Enforcement Agency: Permit Number:

Note: Submit one Certificate of Acceptance for each system that Enforcement Agency Use: Checked by/Date
must demonstrate compliance.

FIELD TECHNICIAN'S DECLARATION STATEMENT

• I certify under penalty of perjury the information provided on this form is true and correct.
• I am the person who performed the acceptance requirements verification reported on this Certificate of Acceptance (Field
Technician).
• I certify that the construction/installation identified on this form complies with the acceptance requirements indicated in the
plans and specifications approved by the enforcement agency, and conforms to the applicable acceptance requirements and
procedures specified in Appendix C.
• I have confirmed that the Installation Certificate(s) for the construction/installation identified on this form has been
completed and is posted or made available with the building permit(s) issued for the building.
Company Name:

Field Technician’s Name: Field Technician’s Signature:

Date Signed: Position with Company (Title):

RESPONSIBLE PERSON'S DECLARATION STATEMENT

• I certify under penalty of perjury that I am the Field Technician, or the Field Technician is acting on my behalf as my
employee or my agent and I have reviewed the information provided on this form.
• I am a licensed contractor, architect, or engineer who is eligible per the requirements of the Authority Having Jurisdiction,
in the applicable classification, to take responsibility for the scope of work specified on this document and attest to the decla-
rations in this statement (responsible person).
• I certify that the information provided on this form substantiates that the construction/installation identified on this form
complies with the acceptance requirements indicated in the plans and specifications approved by the enforcement agency,
and conforms to the applicable acceptance requirements and procedures specified in Appendix C.
• I have confirmed that the Installation Certificate(s) for the construction/installation identified on this form has been
completed and is posted or made available with the permit(s) issued for the building.
• I will ensure that a completed, signed copy of this Certificate of Acceptance shall be posted, or made available with the
building permit(s) issued for the building, and made available to the enforcement agency for all applicable inspections. I
understand that a signed copy of this Certificate of Acceptance is required to be included with the documentation the builder
provides to the building owner at occupancy.
Company Name: Phone:

Responsible Person’s Name: Responsible Person’s Signature:

License: Date Signed: Position With Company (Title):

GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT 117

APPENDIX C

CERTIFICATE OF ACCEPTANCE MECH-3A

Constant Volume Single Zone Unitary Air Conditioner and Heat Pump Systems (Page 2 of 3)

Project Name/Address:

System Name or Identification/Tag: System Location or Area Served:

Verify the individual components of a constant volume, single-zone, unitary air conditioner and heat pump system func-
Intent:
tion correctly, including: thermostat installation and programming, supply fan, heating, cooling, and damper operation.

Construction Inspection
1. Instrumentation to perform test includes, but not limited to:
a. None required
2. Installation
 Thermostat is located within the space-conditioning zone that is served by the HVAC system.
3. Programming (check all of the following):
 Thermostat meets the temperature adjustment and dead band requirements.
 Occupied, unoccupied, and holiday schedules have been programmed per the facility’s schedule.
 Preoccupancy purge has been programmed to meet the requirements of Chapter 7.

A. Functional Testing Requirements. Operating Modes

Cooling load during unoccupied condition
Cooling load during occupied condition
Manual override
No-load during unoccupied condition
Heating load during unoccupied condition
No-load during occupied condition
Heating load during occupied condition
Step 1: Check and verify the following for each simulation mode required. A B C D E F G
a. Supply fan operates continually.    
b. Supply fan turns off. 
c. Supply fan cycles on and off.  
d. System reverts to “occupied” mode to satisfy any condition. 
e. System turns off when manual override time period expires. 
f. Gas-fired furnace, heat pump, or electric heater stages on.  
g. Neither heating or cooling is provided by the unit.  
h. No heating is provided by the unit.    
i. No cooling is provided by the unit.    
j. Compressor stages on.  
k. Outside air damper is open to minimum position.    
l. Outside air damper closes completely. 
m. System returned to initial operating conditions after all tests have been completed: Y/N
B. Testing Results A B C D E F G
Indicate if Passed (P), Failed (F), or N/A (X), fill in appropriate letter.

118 GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT

 APPENDIX C

CERTIFICATE OF ACCEPTANCE MECH-3A

Constant Volume Single Zone Unitary Air Conditioner and Heat Pump Systems (Page 3 of 3)

Project Name/Address:
System Name or Identification/Tag: System Location or Area Served:

C. PASS/FAIL Evaluation. (check one):

 PASS: All Construction Inspection responses are complete and Testing Results responses are “Pass” (P).
FAIL: Any Construction Inspection responses are incomplete OR there is one or more “Fail” (F) responses in

Testing Results section. Provide explanation below. Use and attach additional pages if necessary.

GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT 119

APPENDIX C

CERTIFICATE OF ACCEPTANCE MECH-4A

Air Distribution Systems Acceptance (Page 1 of 3)
Project Name/Address:

System Name or Identification/Tag: System Location or Area Served:

Enforcement Agency: Permit Number:

Note: Submit one Certificate of Acceptance for each system that Enforcement Agency Use: Checked by/Date
must demonstrate compliance.

FIELD TECHNICIAN'S DECLARATION STATEMENT

• I certify under penalty of perjury the information provided on this form is true and correct.
• I am the person who performed the acceptance requirements verification reported on this Certificate of Acceptance (Field
Technician).
• I certify that the construction/installation identified on this form complies with the acceptance requirements indicated in the
plans and specifications approved by the enforcement agency, and conforms to the applicable acceptance requirements and
procedures specified in Appendix C.
• I have confirmed that the Installation Certificate(s) for the construction/installation identified on this form has been
completed and is posted or made available with the building permit(s) issued for the building.
Company Name:

Field Technician’s Name: Field Technician’s Signature:

Date Signed: Position with Company (Title):

RESPONSIBLE PERSON'S DECLARATION STATEMENT

• I certify under penalty of perjury that I am the Field Technician, or the Field Technician is acting on my behalf as my
employee or my agent and I have reviewed the information provided on this form.
• I am a licensed contractor, architect, or engineer who is eligible per the requirements of the Authority Having Jurisdiction,
in the applicable classification, to take responsibility for the scope of work specified on this document and attest to the decla-
rations in this statement (responsible person).
• I certify that the information provided on this form substantiates that the construction/installation identified on this form
complies with the acceptance requirements indicated in the plans and specifications approved by the enforcement agency,
and conforms to the applicable acceptance requirements and procedures specified in Appendix C.
• I have confirmed that the Installation Certificate(s) for the construction/installation identified on this form has been
completed and is posted or made available with the permit(s) issued for the building.
• I will ensure that a completed, signed copy of this Certificate of Acceptance shall be posted, or made available with the
building permit(s) issued for the building, and made available to the enforcement agency for all applicable inspections. I
understand that a signed copy of this Certificate of Acceptance is required to be included with the documentation the builder
provides to the building owner at occupancy.
Company Name: Phone:

Responsible Person’s Name: Responsible Person’s Signature:

License: Date Signed: Position With Company (Title):

120 GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT

 APPENDIX C

CERTIFICATE OF ACCEPTANCE MECH-4A

Air Distribution Systems Acceptance (Page 2 of 3)
Project Name/Address:

System Name or Identification/Tag: System Location or Area Served:

New single zone supply ductwork must be less than 6% leakage rate per Chapter 7, existing single zone ductwork
Intent:
must be less than 15% leakage or other compliance path per Chapter 7.

Construction Inspection
1. Scope of test – New Buildings – this test required on New Buildings only if all check boxes 1(a) through 1(c) are
checked.
Existing Buildings – this test required if 1(a) through 1(d) are checked.
Ductwork conforms to the following (note if any of these are not checked, then this test is not required):
 1(a) Connected to a constant volume, single zone air conditioners, heat pumps, or furnaces.
 1(b) Serves less than 5000 square feet (456 m2) of floor area.
 1(c) Has more than 25% duct surface area located in one or more of the following spaces.
– Outdoors.
– A space directly under a roof where the U-factor of the roof is greater than U-factor of the ceiling.
– A space directly under a roof with fixed vents or openings to the outside or unconditioned spaces.
– An unconditioned crawlspace.
– Other unconditioned spaces.
 1(d) A duct is extended or any of the following replaced: air handler, outdoor condensing unit of a split
system, cooling or heating coil, or the furnace heat exchanger.
2. Instrumentation to perform test includes:
a. Duct Pressure Test.
3. Material and Installation. Complying new duct systems shall have a checked box for all of the following categories (a.)
through (g.):
a. Choice of drawbands. (check one of the following)
 Stainless steel worm-drive hose clamps.
 UV-resistant nylon duct ties.
 b. Flexible ducts are not constricted in any way.
 c. Duct leakage tests performed before access to ductwork and connections are blocked.
d. Joints and seams are not sealed with cloth back rubber adhesive tape unless used in combination with mastic

and drawbands.
 e. Duct R-values are verified R-8 per Chapter 7.
 f. Ductwork located outdoors has insulation that is protected from damage and suitable for outdoor service.
 g. A sticker has been affixed to the exterior surface of the air handler access door per Chapter 7.

GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT 121

APPENDIX C

CERTIFICATE OF ACCEPTANCE MECH-4A

Air Distribution Systems Acceptance (Page 3 of 3)
Project Name/Address:

System Name or Identification/Tag: System Location or Area Served:

Air Distribution System Leakage Diagnostic.

The installing contractor must pressure test every new HVAC systems that meet the requirements of Chapter 7 and every
retrofit to existing HVAC systems that meet the requirements of Chapter 7.
RATED FAN FLOW (applies to all systems) Measured Values
1. Cooling capacity or for heating only units heating capacity.
(a) Cooling capacity (for all units but heating only units) in tons.
(b) Heating capacity (for heating only units) kBtu/h.
2. Fan flow calculation
(a) Cooling capacity in tons [ (Line # 1a) x 400 ft3/min/ton].
(b) Heating only cap. kBtu/h [ (Line # 1b) x 21.7 ft3/min/kBtu/h].
3. Total calculated supply fan flow 2(a) or 2(b) ft3/min.

NEW CONSTRUCTION OR ENTIRE NEW DUCT SYSTEM ALTERATION:

Duct pressurization test results (ft3/min @ 25 Pa).
4. Enter tested leakage flow in ft3/min: P P
5. Pass if leakage percentage ≤6%: [(Line #4) / (Line #3)] x 100 %  Pass  Fail
ALTERATIONS: Pre-existing duct system with duct alteration and/or HVAC equipment change-out.
6. Enter tested leakage flow (cubic feet per minute): Pre-test of existing duct system
prior to duct system alteration, equipment change-out, or both.
7. Enter tested leakage flow (cubic feet per minute): Final test of new duct system or
altered duct system for duct system alteration, equipment change-out, or both.

TEST OR VERIFICATION STANDARDS: For altered duct system and/or HVAC equipment change-out use
one of the following three tests or verification standards for compliance:
8. Pass if leakage percentage <15%
%  Pass  Fail
[ (Line # 7) / (Line # 3)] x 100
9. Pass if leakage reduction percentage >60%
%  Pass  Fail
Leakage reduction = [1 - [ (Line#7) / (Line#6)] } x 100
10. Pass if all accessible leaks are sealed as confirmed by visual inspection and verifica-
%  Pass  Fail
tion by HERS rater (sampling rate 100%).
Pass if One of Lines #8 through #10 pass  Pass  Fail

122 GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT

 APPENDIX C

CERTIFICATE OF ACCEPTANCE MECH-5A

Air Economizer Controls Acceptance (Page 1 of 3)
Project Name/Address:

System Name or Identification/Tag: System Location or Area Served:

Enforcement Agency: Permit Number:

Note: Submit one Certificate of Acceptance for each system that Enforcement Agency Use: Checked by/Date
must demonstrate compliance.

FIELD TECHNICIAN'S DECLARATION STATEMENT

• I certify under penalty of perjury the information provided on this form is true and correct.
• I am the person who performed the acceptance requirements verification reported on this Certificate of Acceptance (Field
Technician).
• I certify that the construction/installation identified on this form complies with the acceptance requirements indicated in the
plans and specifications approved by the enforcement agency, and conforms to the applicable acceptance requirements and
procedures specified in Appendix C.
• I have confirmed that the Installation Certificate(s) for the construction/installation identified on this form has been
completed and is posted or made available with the building permit(s) issued for the building.
Company Name:

Field Technician’s Name: Field Technician’s Signature:

Date Signed: Position with Company (Title):

RESPONSIBLE PERSON'S DECLARATION STATEMENT

• I certify under penalty of perjury that I am the Field Technician, or the Field Technician is acting on my behalf as my
employee or my agent and I have reviewed the information provided on this form.
• I am a licensed contractor, architect, or engineer who is eligible per the requirements of the Authority Having Jurisdiction,
in the applicable classification, to take responsibility for the scope of work specified on this document and attest to the decla-
rations in this statement (responsible person).
• I certify that the information provided on this form substantiates that the construction/installation identified on this form
complies with the acceptance requirements indicated in the plans and specifications approved by the enforcement agency,
and conforms to the applicable acceptance requirements and procedures specified in Appendix C.
• I have confirmed that the Installation Certificate(s) for the construction/installation identified on this form has been
completed and is posted or made available with the permit(s) issued for the building.
• I will ensure that a completed, signed copy of this Certificate of Acceptance shall be posted, or made available with the
building permit(s) issued for the building, and made available to the enforcement agency for all applicable inspections. I
understand that a signed copy of this Certificate of Acceptance is required to be included with the documentation the builder
provides to the building owner at occupancy.
Company Name: Phone:

Responsible Person’s Name: Responsible Person’s Signature:

License: Date Signed: Position With Company (Title):

GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT 123

APPENDIX C

CERTIFICATE OF ACCEPTANCE MECH-5A

Air Economizer Controls Acceptance (Page 2 of 3)
Project Name/Address:

System Name or Identification/Tag: System Location or Area Served:

Intent: Verify that airside economizers function properly.

Construction Inspection
1. Instrumentation to perform test includes, but not limited to:
a. Handheld temperature probes calibration.
Date: (must be within last year).
b. Multimeter capable of measuring ohms and milliamps.
2. Test method (check one of the following):
 Economizer comes from HVAC system manufacturer installed by and has been factory calibrated and tested.
Attach documentation and complete certification statement. No functional testing required.
 Economizer field installed and field tested or factory installed and field tested.
3. Installation (check all of the following first level boxes).
 Economizer lockout setpoint complies with Chapter 7.
 Economizer lockout control sensor is located to prevent false readings.
 System is designed to provide up to 100% outside air without over-pressurizing the building.
 For systems with DDC controls lockout sensor(s) are either factory calibrated or field calibrated.
 For systems with non-DDC controls, manufacturer's startup and testing procedures have been applied.

A. Functional Testing.
Step 1: Disable demand control ventilation systems (if applicable).
Step 2: Enable the economizer and simulate a cooling demand large enough to drive the economizer
fully open (check and verify the following).
 Economizer damper modulates 100% open.
 Return air damper modulates 100% closed.
 Where applicable, verify that the economizer remains 100% open when the cooling demand can no longer be met by
the economizer alone.
 All applicable fans and dampers operate as intended to maintain building pressure.
 The unit heating is disabled.
Step 3: Simulate a cooling load and disable the economizer (check and verify the following).
 Economizer damper closes to its minimum position.
 All applicable fans and dampers operate as intended to maintain building pressure.
 The unit heating is disabled.
Step 4: Simulate a heating demand and enable the economizer (check and verify the following).
 Economizer damper closes to its minimum position.
Step 5: System returned to initial operating conditions. Y/N

B. Testing Results. PASS / FAIL

Step 1: Simulate cooling load and enable the economizer (all check boxes are complete).
Step 2: Simulate cooling load and disable the economizer (all check boxes are complete).
Step 3: Simulate heating demand and enable the economizer (all check boxes are complete).

124 GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT

 APPENDIX C

CERTIFICATE OF ACCEPTANCE MECH-5A

Air Economizer Controls Acceptance (Page 3 of 3)
Project Name/Address:

System Name or Identification/Tag: System Location or Area Served:

C. PASS/FAIL Evaluation (check one):

 PASS: All Construction Inspection responses are complete and Testing Results responses are “Pass”.
FAIL: Any Construction Inspection responses are incomplete OR there is one or more “Fail” responses in Testing

Results section. Provide explanation below. Use and attach additional pages if necessary.

GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT 125

APPENDIX C

CERTIFICATE OF ACCEPTANCE MECH-6A

Demand Control Ventilation Systems Acceptance (Page 1 of 3)
Project Name/Address:

System Name or Identification/Tag: System Location or Area Served:

Enforcement Agency: Permit Number:

Note: Submit one Certificate of Acceptance for each system that Enforcement Agency Use: Checked by/Date
must demonstrate compliance.

FIELD TECHNICIAN'S DECLARATION STATEMENT

• I certify under penalty of perjury the information provided on this form is true and correct.
• I am the person who performed the acceptance requirements verification reported on this Certificate of Acceptance (Field
Technician).
• I certify that the construction/installation identified on this form complies with the acceptance requirements indicated in the
plans and specifications approved by the enforcement agency, and conforms to the applicable acceptance requirements and
procedures specified in Appendix C.
• I have confirmed that the Installation Certificate(s) for the construction/installation identified on this form has been
completed and is posted or made available with the building permit(s) issued for the building.
Company Name:

Field Technician’s Name: Field Technician’s Signature:

Date Signed: Position with Company (Title):

RESPONSIBLE PERSON'S DECLARATION STATEMENT

• I certify under penalty of perjury that I am the Field Technician, or the Field Technician is acting on my behalf as my
employee or my agent and I have reviewed the information provided on this form.
• I am a licensed contractor, architect, or engineer who is eligible per the requirements of the Authority Having Jurisdiction,
in the applicable classification, to take responsibility for the scope of work specified on this document and attest to the decla-
rations in this statement (responsible person).
• I certify that the information provided on this form substantiates that the construction/installation identified on this form
complies with the acceptance requirements indicated in the plans and specifications approved by the enforcement agency,
and conforms to the applicable acceptance requirements and procedures specified in Appendix C.
• I have confirmed that the Installation Certificate(s) for the construction/installation identified on this form has been
completed and is posted or made available with the permit(s) issued for the building.
• I will ensure that a completed, signed copy of this Certificate of Acceptance shall be posted, or made available with the
building permit(s) issued for the building, and made available to the enforcement agency for all applicable inspections. I
understand that a signed copy of this Certificate of Acceptance is required to be included with the documentation the builder
provides to the building owner at occupancy.
Company Name: Phone:

Responsible Person’s Name: Responsible Person’s Signature:

License: Date Signed: Position With Company (Title):

126 GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT

 APPENDIX C

CERTIFICATE OF ACCEPTANCE MECH-6A

Demand Control Ventilation Systems Acceptance (Page 2 of 3)
Project Name/Address:

System Name or Identification/Tag: System Location or Area Served:

Verify that systems required to employ demand controlled ventilation can vary outside ventilation flow rates based on
Intent: maintaining interior carbon dioxide (CO2) concentration setpoints.

Construction Inspection
1. Instrumentation to perform test includes, but not limited to:
a. Calibrated handheld CO2 analyzer.
b. Manufacturer's calibration kit.
c. Calibrated CO2/air mixtures.
2. Installation.
 The sensor is located in the high density space between 3 feet (914 mm) and 6 feet (1829 mm) above the floor or at
the anticipated level of the occupants' heads.
3. Documentation of all carbon dioxide control sensors includes (check one of the following):
a. Calibration method.
 Factory-calibration certificate (certificate must be attached).
 Field calibrated.
b. Sensor accuracy.
 Certified by manufacturer to be no more than +/- 75 ppm calibration certificate must be attached.
.

A. Functional Testing. Results

a. Disable economizer controls.
b. Outside air CO2 concentration (select one of the following).
 Measured dynamically using CO2 sensor. ppm
c. Interior CO2 concentration setpoint (Outside CO2 concentration + 600 ppm). ppm
Step 1: Simulate a signal at or slightly above the CO2 setpoint or follow manufacturers recommended
testing procedures.
 For single zone units, outdoor air damper modulates opens to satisfy the total ventilation air called for in the certificate
of compliance.
 For multiple zone units, either outdoor air damper or zone damper modulate open to satisfy the zone ventilation
requirements.
Step 2: Simulate signal well below the CO2 setpoint or follow manufacturers recommended procedures.
 For single zone units, outdoor air damper modulates to the design minimum value.
 For multiple zone units, either outdoor air damper or zone damper modulate to satisfy the reduced zone ventilation
requirements.
Step 3: System returned to initial operating conditions. Y/N
B. Testing Results. PASS / FAIL
Step 1: Simulate a high CO2 load (check box complete).
Step 2: Simulate a low CO2 load (check box complete).

GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT 127

APPENDIX C

CERTIFICATE OF ACCEPTANCE MECH-6A

Demand Control Ventilation Systems Acceptance (Page 3 of 3)
Project Name/Address:

System Name or Identification/Tag: System Location or Area Served:

C. PASS/FAIL Evaluation (check one):

 PASS: All Construction Inspection responses are complete and Testing Results responses are “Pass”.
FAIL: Any Construction Inspection responses are incomplete OR there is one or more “Fail” responses in Testing

Results section. Provide explanation below. Use and attach additional pages if necessary.

128 GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT

 APPENDIX C

CERTIFICATE OF ACCEPTANCE MECH-7A

Supply Fan VFD Acceptance (Page 1 of 2)
Project Name/Address:

System Name or Identification/Tag: System Location or Area Served:

Enforcement Agency: Permit Number:

Note: Submit one Certificate of Acceptance for each system that Enforcement Agency Use: Checked by/Date
must demonstrate compliance.

FIELD TECHNICIAN'S DECLARATION STATEMENT

• I certify under penalty of perjury the information provided on this form is true and correct.
• I am the person who performed the acceptance requirements verification reported on this Certificate of Acceptance (Field
Technician).
• I certify that the construction/installation identified on this form complies with the acceptance requirements indicated in the
plans and specifications approved by the enforcement agency, and conforms to the applicable acceptance requirements and
procedures specified in Appendix C.
• I have confirmed that the Installation Certificate(s) for the construction/installation identified on this form has been
completed and is posted or made available with the building permit(s) issued for the building.
Company Name:

Field Technician’s Name: Field Technician’s Signature:

Date Signed: Position with Company (Title):

RESPONSIBLE PERSON'S DECLARATION STATEMENT

• I certify under penalty of perjury that I am the Field Technician, or the Field Technician is acting on my behalf as my
employee or my agent and I have reviewed the information provided on this form.
• I am a licensed contractor, architect, or engineer who is eligible per the requirements of the Authority Having Jurisdiction,
in the applicable classification, to take responsibility for the scope of work specified on this document and attest to the decla-
rations in this statement (responsible person).
• I certify that the information provided on this form substantiates that the construction/installation identified on this form
complies with the acceptance requirements indicated in the plans and specifications approved by the enforcement agency,
and conforms to the applicable acceptance requirements and procedures specified in Appendix C.
• I have confirmed that the Installation Certificate(s) for the construction/installation identified on this form has been
completed and is posted or made available with the permit(s) issued for the building.
• I will ensure that a completed, signed copy of this Certificate of Acceptance shall be posted, or made available with the
building permit(s) issued for the building, and made available to the enforcement agency for all applicable inspections. I
understand that a signed copy of this Certificate of Acceptance is required to be included with the documentation the builder
provides to the building owner at occupancy.
Company Name: Phone:

Responsible Person’s Name: Responsible Person’s Signature:

License: Date Signed: Position With Company (Title):

GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT 129

APPENDIX C

CERTIFICATE OF ACCEPTANCE MECH-7A

Supply Fan VFD Acceptance (Page 2 of 2)
Project Name/Address:

System Name or Identification/Tag: System Location or Area Served:

Intent: Verify that the supply fan in a variable air volume application modulates to meet system airflow demand.
Construction Inspection
1 Instrumentation to perform test includes, but not limited to:
a. Calibrated differential pressure gauge.
2 Installation.
 Discharge static pressure sensors are either factory calibrated or field-calibrated.
 The static pressure location, setpoint, and reset control meets the requirements of Chapter 7.
3 Documentation of all discharge static pressure sensors including (check one of the following):
 Field-calibrated.
 Calibration complete, all pressure sensors within 10% of calibrated reference sensor.
A. Functional Testing. Results
Step 1: Drive all VAV boxes to achieve design airflow.
a. Supply fan controls modulate to increase capacity. Y/N
b. Supply fan maintains discharge static pressure within +/-10% of the current operating setpoint. Y/N
c. Supply fan controls stabilize within a 5 minute period. Y/N
Step 2: Drive all VAV boxes to minimum flow.
a. Supply fan controls modulate to decrease capacity. Y/N
b. Current operating setpoint has decreased (for systems with DDC to the zone level). Y/N
c. Supply fan maintains discharge static pressure within +/-10% of the current operating setpoint. Y/N
d. Supply fan controls stabilize within a 5 minute period. Y/N
Step 3: System returned to initial operating conditions. Y/N
B. Testing Results. PASS / FAIL
Step 1: Drive all VAV boxes to achieve design airflow.
Step 2: Drive all VAV boxes to minimum flow.
C. PASS / FAIL Evaluation (check one):
 PASS: All Construction Inspection responses are complete and all Testing Results responses are "Pass".
FAIL: Any Construction Inspection responses are incomplete OR there is one or more "Fail" responses in Testing

Results section. Provide explanation below. Use and attach additional pages if necessary.

130 GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT

 APPENDIX C

CERTIFICATE OF ACCEPTANCE MECH-8A

Valve Leakage Test (Page 1 of 2)
Project Name/Address:

System Name or Identification/Tag: System Location or Area Served:

Enforcement Agency: Permit Number:

Note: Submit one Certificate of Acceptance for each system that Enforcement Agency Use: Checked by/Date
must demonstrate compliance.

FIELD TECHNICIAN'S DECLARATION STATEMENT

• I certify under penalty of perjury the information provided on this form is true and correct.
• I am the person who performed the acceptance requirements verification reported on this Certificate of Acceptance (Field
Technician).
• I certify that the construction/installation identified on this form complies with the acceptance requirements indicated in the
plans and specifications approved by the enforcement agency, and conforms to the applicable acceptance requirements and
procedures specified in Appendix C.
• I have confirmed that the Installation Certificate(s) for the construction/installation identified on this form has been
completed and is posted or made available with the building permit(s) issued for the building.
Company Name:

Field Technician’s Name: Field Technician’s Signature:

Date Signed: Position with Company (Title):

RESPONSIBLE PERSON'S DECLARATION STATEMENT

• I certify under penalty of perjury that I am the Field Technician, or the Field Technician is acting on my behalf as my
employee or my agent and I have reviewed the information provided on this form.
• I am a licensed contractor, architect, or engineer who is eligible per the requirements of the Authority Having Jurisdiction,
in the applicable classification, to take responsibility for the scope of work specified on this document and attest to the decla-
rations in this statement (responsible person).
• I certify that the information provided on this form substantiates that the construction/installation identified on this form
complies with the acceptance requirements indicated in the plans and specifications approved by the enforcement agency,
and conforms to the applicable acceptance requirements and procedures specified in Appendix C.
• I have confirmed that the Installation Certificate(s) for the construction/installation identified on this form has been
completed and is posted or made available with the permit(s) issued for the building.
• I will ensure that a completed, signed copy of this Certificate of Acceptance shall be posted, or made available with the
building permit(s) issued for the building, and made available to the enforcement agency for all applicable inspections. I
understand that a signed copy of this Certificate of Acceptance is required to be included with the documentation the builder
provides to the building owner at occupancy.
Company Name: Phone:

Responsible Person’s Name: Responsible Person’s Signature:

License: Date Signed: Position With Company (Title):

GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT 131

APPENDIX C

CERTIFICATE OF ACCEPTANCE MECH-8A

Valve Leakage Test (Page 2 of 2)
Project Name/Address:

System Name or Identification/Tag: System Location or Area Served:

Ensure that control valves serving variable flow systems are designed to withstand the pump pressure
Intent:
over the full range of operation.
Construction Inspection
1 Instrumentation to perform test includes, but not limited to:
a. Calibrated differential pressure gauge.
b. Pump curve submittals showing the shutoff head.
2 Installation.
 Valve and piping arrangements were installed per the design drawings.
A. Functional Testing. Pump Tag (Id) Results

Step 1: Determine pump dead head pressure.

a. Close pump discharge isolation valve. Y/N
b. Measure and record the differential pump pressure. Feet Water
Column =
c. Record the shutoff head from the submittal. Feet Water
Column =
d. The measurement across the pump in step 1b is within 5% of the pump submittal in step 1c. Y/N
e. Open pump discharge isolation valve. Y/N
Step 2: Automatically close all valves on the systems being tested. If three-way valves are present, close
off the bypass line(s).
a. The 2-way valves automatically close. Y/N
b. Measure and record the differential pump pressure in feet of water column. Feet Water
Column =
c. The measurement across the pump in step 2b is within 5% of the measurement in step 1b. Y/N
Step 3: System returned to initial operating conditions. Y/N
B. Testing Results. PASS / FAIL
Step 1: Pressure measurement is within 5% of submittal data for all pumps.  
Step 2: Pressure measurements are within 5%.  
C. PASS / FAIL Evaluation (check one):
 PASS: All Construction Inspection responses are complete and all Testing Results responses are "Pass".
FAIL: Any Construction Inspection responses are incomplete OR there is one or more "Fail" responses in Testing

Results section. Provide explanation below. Use and attach additional pages if necessary.

132 GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT

 APPENDIX C

CERTIFICATE OF ACCEPTANCE MECH-9A

Supply Water Temperature Reset Controls Acceptance (Page 1 of 2)
Project Name/Address:

System Name or Identification/Tag: System Location or Area Served:

Enforcement Agency: Permit Number:

Note: Submit one Certificate of Acceptance for each system that Enforcement Agency Use: Checked by/Date
must demonstrate compliance.

FIELD TECHNICIAN'S DECLARATION STATEMENT

• I certify under penalty of perjury the information provided on this form is true and correct.
• I am the person who performed the acceptance requirements verification reported on this Certificate of Acceptance (Field
Technician).
• I certify that the construction/installation identified on this form complies with the acceptance requirements indicated in the
plans and specifications approved by the enforcement agency, and conforms to the applicable acceptance requirements and
procedures specified in Appendix C.
• I have confirmed that the Installation Certificate(s) for the construction/installation identified on this form has been
completed and is posted or made available with the building permit(s) issued for the building.
Company Name:

Field Technician’s Name: Field Technician’s Signature:

Date Signed: Position with Company (Title):

RESPONSIBLE PERSON'S DECLARATION STATEMENT

• I certify under penalty of perjury that I am the Field Technician, or the Field Technician is acting on my behalf as my
employee or my agent and I have reviewed the information provided on this form.
• I am a licensed contractor, architect, or engineer who is eligible per the requirements of the Authority Having Jurisdiction,
in the applicable classification, to take responsibility for the scope of work specified on this document and attest to the decla-
rations in this statement (responsible person).
• I certify that the information provided on this form substantiates that the construction/installation identified on this form
complies with the acceptance requirements indicated in the plans and specifications approved by the enforcement agency,
and conforms to the applicable acceptance requirements and procedures specified in Appendix C.
• I have confirmed that the Installation Certificate(s) for the construction/installation identified on this form has been
completed and is posted or made available with the permit(s) issued for the building.
• I will ensure that a completed, signed copy of this Certificate of Acceptance shall be posted, or made available with the
building permit(s) issued for the building, and made available to the enforcement agency for all applicable inspections. I
understand that a signed copy of this Certificate of Acceptance is required to be included with the documentation the builder
provides to the building owner at occupancy.
Company Name: Phone:

Responsible Person’s Name: Responsible Person’s Signature:

License: Date Signed: Position With Company (Title):

GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT 133

APPENDIX C

CERTIFICATE OF ACCEPTANCE MECH-9A

Supply Water Temperature Reset Controls Acceptance (Page 2 of 2)
Project Name/Address:

System Name or Identification/Tag: System Location or Area Served:

Ensure that both the chilled water and hot water supply temperatures are automatically reset based on
Intent:
either building loads or outdoor air temperature, as indicated in the control sequences.

Construction Inspection
1 Instrumentation to perform test includes, but not limited to:
a. Calibrated reference temperature sensor or drywell bath.
2 Installation
 Supply water temperature sensors have been either factory or field calibrated.
3 Documentation of hydronic system supply temperature sensors including (check one of the following):
 Field-calibrated
 Calibration complete, hydronic system supply temperature sensors within 1% of calibrated reference sensor or
drywell bath.
A. Functional Testing.
Step 1: Test maximum reset value.
a. Change reset control variable to its maximum value. Y/N
b. Verify that chilled or hot water temperature setpoint is reset to appropriate value. Y/N
c. Verify that actual system temperature changes to within 2% of the new setpoint. Y/N
Step 2: Test minimum reset value.
a. Change reset control variable to its minimum value. Y/N
b. Verify that chilled or hot water temperature setpoint is reset to appropriate value. Y/N
c. Verify that actual system temperature changes to within 2% of the new setpoint. Y/N
Step 3: Test maximum reset value.
a. Restore reset control variable to automatic control. Y/N
b. Verify that chilled or hot water temperature setpoint is reset to appropriate value. Y/N
c. Verify that actual supply temperature changes to meet setpoint. Y/N
d. Verify that actual supply temperature changes to within 2% of the new setpoint. Y/N
B. Testing Results. PASS / FAIL
System passes criteria in 1c, 2c, and 3d.  
C. PASS / FAIL Evaluation (check one):
 PASS: All Construction Inspection responses are complete and all Testing Results responses are "Pass".
FAIL: Any Construction Inspection responses are incomplete OR there is one or more "Fail" responses in Testing

Results section. Provide explanation below. Use and attach additional pages if necessary.

134 GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT

 APPENDIX C

CERTIFICATE OF ACCEPTANCE MECH-10A

Hydronic System Variable Flow Control Acceptance (Page 1 of 3)
Project Name/Address:

System Name or Identification/Tag: System Location or Area Served:

Enforcement Agency: Permit Number:

Note: Submit one Certificate of Acceptance for each system that Enforcement Agency Use: Checked by/Date
must demonstrate compliance.

FIELD TECHNICIAN'S DECLARATION STATEMENT

• I certify under penalty of perjury the information provided on this form is true and correct.
• I am the person who performed the acceptance requirements verification reported on this Certificate of Acceptance (Field
Technician).
• I certify that the construction/installation identified on this form complies with the acceptance requirements indicated in the
plans and specifications approved by the enforcement agency, and conforms to the applicable acceptance requirements and
procedures specified in Appendix C.
• I have confirmed that the Installation Certificate(s) for the construction/installation identified on this form has been
completed and is posted or made available with the building permit(s) issued for the building.
Company Name:

Field Technician’s Name: Field Technician’s Signature:

Date Signed: Position with Company (Title):

RESPONSIBLE PERSON'S DECLARATION STATEMENT

• I certify under penalty of perjury that I am the Field Technician, or the Field Technician is acting on my behalf as my
employee or my agent and I have reviewed the information provided on this form.
• I am a licensed contractor, architect, or engineer who is eligible per the requirements of the Authority Having Jurisdiction,
in the applicable classification, to take responsibility for the scope of work specified on this document and attest to the decla-
rations in this statement (responsible person).
• I certify that the information provided on this form substantiates that the construction/installation identified on this form
complies with the acceptance requirements indicated in the plans and specifications approved by the enforcement agency,
and conforms to the applicable acceptance requirements and procedures specified in Appendix C.
• I have confirmed that the Installation Certificate(s) for the construction/installation identified on this form has been
completed and is posted or made available with the permit(s) issued for the building.
• I will ensure that a completed, signed copy of this Certificate of Acceptance shall be posted, or made available with the
building permit(s) issued for the building, and made available to the enforcement agency for all applicable inspections. I
understand that a signed copy of this Certificate of Acceptance is required to be included with the documentation the builder
provides to the building owner at occupancy.
Company Name: Phone:

Responsible Person’s Name: Responsible Person’s Signature:

License: Date Signed: Position With Company (Title):

GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT 135

APPENDIX C

CERTIFICATE OF ACCEPTANCE MECH-10A

Hydronic System Variable Flow Control Acceptance (Page 2 of 3)
Project Name/Address:

System Name or Identification/Tag: System Location or Area Served:

Ensure that when loads within the building fluctuate, control valves modulate the amount of water passing through each
Intent:
coil and add or remove the desired amount of energy from the air stream to satisfy the load.

Construction Inspection
1. Instrumentation to perform test includes, but not limited to:
a. Calibrated differential pressure gauge.
2. Installation
 Pressure sensors are either factory calibrated or field-calibrated.
 Pressure sensor location, setpoint, and reset control meets the requirements of Chapter 7.
3. Documentation of all control pressure sensors including (check one of the following):
a. Factory-calibrated (proof required).
 Factory-calibration certificate.
b. Field-calibrated.
 Calibration complete, all pressure sensors within 10% of calibrated reference sensor.
A. Functional Testing. Results
Step 1: Design flow test.
a. Open control valves to achieve a minimum of 90% of design flow. Y/N
b. Verify that the pump speed increases. Y/N
c. Are the pumps operating at 100% speed? Y/N
d. Record the system pressure as measured at the control sensor. (Feet Water Column) =
e. Record the system pressure setpoint. (Feet Water Column) =
f. Is the pressure reading 1d within 5% of pressure setpoint 1e? Y/N
g. Did the system operation stabilize within 5 minutes after completion of step 1a? Y/N
Step 2: Low flow test
a. Close coil control valves to achieve a maximum of 50% of design flow. Y/N
b. Verify that the current operating speed decreases (for systems with DDC to the zone level). Y/N
c. Verify that the current operating speed has not increased (for all other systems that are not DDC). Y/N
d. Record the system pressure as measured at the control sensor. (Feet Water Column) =
e. Record the system pressure setpoint. (Feet Water Column) =
f. Is the setpoint in 2e is less than the setpoint in 1d? Y/N
g. Is the pressure reading 2d within 5% of pressure setpoint 2e? Y/N
h. Did the system operation stabilize within 5 minutes after completion of step 2a? Y/N
Step 3: System returned to initial operating conditions. Y/N

136 GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT

 APPENDIX C

CERTIFICATE OF ACCEPTANCE MECH-10A

Hydronic System Variable Flow Control Acceptance (Page 3 of 3)
Project Name/Address:

System Name or Identification/Tag: System Location or Area Served:

B. Testing Results PASS / FAIL

Step 1: Select pass if either 1c or 1f are true.  
Step 2: Select pass if 2b, 2e, 2f and 2g are true.  

C. PASS / FAIL Evaluation (check one):

 PASS: All Construction Inspection responses are complete and all Testing Results responses are "Pass".
FAIL: Any Construction Inspection responses are incomplete OR there is one or more "Fail" responses in Testing

Results section. Provide explanation below. Use and attach additional pages if necessary.

GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT 137

APPENDIX C

CERTIFICATE OF ACCEPTANCE MECH-11A

Automatic Demand Shed Control Acceptance (Page 1 of 2)
Project Name/Address:

System Name or Identification/Tag: System Location or Area Served:

Enforcement Agency: Permit Number:

Note: Submit one Certificate of Acceptance for each system that Enforcement Agency Use: Checked by/Date
must demonstrate compliance.

FIELD TECHNICIAN'S DECLARATION STATEMENT

• I certify under penalty of perjury the information provided on this form is true and correct.
• I am the person who performed the acceptance requirements verification reported on this Certificate of Acceptance (Field
Technician).
• I certify that the construction/installation identified on this form complies with the acceptance requirements indicated in the
plans and specifications approved by the enforcement agency, and conforms to the applicable acceptance requirements and
procedures specified in Appendix C.
• I have confirmed that the Installation Certificate(s) for the construction/installation identified on this form has been
completed and is posted or made available with the building permit(s) issued for the building.
Company Name:

Field Technician’s Name: Field Technician’s Signature:

Date Signed: Position with Company (Title):

RESPONSIBLE PERSON'S DECLARATION STATEMENT

• I certify under penalty of perjury that I am the Field Technician, or the Field Technician is acting on my behalf as my
employee or my agent and I have reviewed the information provided on this form.
• I am a licensed contractor, architect, or engineer who is eligible per the requirements of the Authority Having Jurisdiction,
in the applicable classification, to take responsibility for the scope of work specified on this document and attest to the decla-
rations in this statement (responsible person).
• I certify that the information provided on this form substantiates that the construction/installation identified on this form
complies with the acceptance requirements indicated in the plans and specifications approved by the enforcement agency,
and conforms to the applicable acceptance requirements and procedures specified in Appendix C.
• I have confirmed that the Installation Certificate(s) for the construction/installation identified on this form has been
completed and is posted or made available with the permit(s) issued for the building.
• I will ensure that a completed, signed copy of this Certificate of Acceptance shall be posted, or made available with the
building permit(s) issued for the building, and made available to the enforcement agency for all applicable inspections. I
understand that a signed copy of this Certificate of Acceptance is required to be included with the documentation the builder
provides to the building owner at occupancy.
Company Name: Phone:

Responsible Person’s Name: Responsible Person’s Signature:

License: Date Signed: Position With Company (Title):

138 GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT

 APPENDIX C

CERTIFICATE OF ACCEPTANCE MECH-11A

Automatic Demand Shed Control Acceptance (Page 2 of 2)
Project Name/Address:

System Name or Identification/Tag: System Location or Area Served:

Intent: Ensure that the central demand shed sequences have been properly programmed into the DDC system.
Construction Inspection
1. Instrumentation to perform test includes, but not limited to:
a. None.
2. Installation.
 The EMCS front end interface enables activation of the central demand shed controls.
A. Functional Testing. Pump Tag (Id)

Step 1: Engage the demand shed controls.

a. Engage the central demand shed control signal. Y/N
b. Verify that the current operating temperature setpoint in a sample of noncritical spaces increases by Y/N
the proper amount.
c. Verify that the current operating temperature setpoint in a sample of critical spaces does not change. Y/N
Step 2: Disengage the demand shed controls.
a. Disengage the central demand shed control signal. Y/N
b. Verify that the current operating temperature setpoint in the sample of noncritical spaces returns to Y/N
their original value.
c. Verify that the current operating temperature setpoint in the sample of critical spaces does not Y/N
change.
B. Testing
Step Results.
3: System returned to initial operating conditions. PASS / FAILY / N
Test passes if all answers are yes in Step 1 and Step 2.  

C. PASS / FAIL Evaluation (check one):

 PASS: All Construction Inspection responses are complete and all Testing Results responses are "Pass".
FAIL: Any Construction Inspection responses are incomplete OR there is one or more "Fail" responses in

Testing Results section. Provide explanation below. Use and attach additional pages if necessary.

GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT 139

APPENDIX C

CERTIFICATE OF ACCEPTANCE MECH-12A

Fault Detection and Diagnostics (FDD) for Packaged Direct-Expansion Units (Page 1 of 3)

Project Name/Address:
System Name or Identification/Tag: System Location or Area Served:

Enforcement Agency: Permit Number:

Note: Submit one Certificate of Acceptance for each system that Enforcement Agency Use: Checked by/Date
must demonstrate compliance.

FIELD TECHNICIAN'S DECLARATION STATEMENT

• I certify under penalty of perjury the information provided on this form is true and correct.
• I am the person who performed the acceptance requirements verification reported on this Certificate of Acceptance (Field
Technician).
• I certify that the construction/installation identified on this form complies with the acceptance requirements indicated in the
plans and specifications approved by the enforcement agency, and conforms to the applicable acceptance requirements and
procedures specified in Appendix C.
• I have confirmed that the Installation Certificate(s) for the construction/installation identified on this form has been
completed and is posted or made available with the building permit(s) issued for the building.
Company Name:

Field Technician’s Name: Field Technician’s Signature:

Date Signed: Position with Company (Title):

RESPONSIBLE PERSON'S DECLARATION STATEMENT

• I certify under penalty of perjury that I am the Field Technician, or the Field Technician is acting on my behalf as my
employee or my agent and I have reviewed the information provided on this form.
• I am a licensed contractor, architect, or engineer who is eligible per the requirements of the Authority Having Jurisdiction,
in the applicable classification, to take responsibility for the scope of work specified on this document and attest to the decla-
rations in this statement (responsible person).
• I certify that the information provided on this form substantiates that the construction/installation identified on this form
complies with the acceptance requirements indicated in the plans and specifications approved by the enforcement agency,
and conforms to the applicable acceptance requirements and procedures specified in Appendix C.
• I have confirmed that the Installation Certificate(s) for the construction/installation identified on this form has been
completed and is posted or made available with the permit(s) issued for the building.
• I will ensure that a completed, signed copy of this Certificate of Acceptance shall be posted, or made available with the
building permit(s) issued for the building, and made available to the enforcement agency for all applicable inspections. I
understand that a signed copy of this Certificate of Acceptance is required to be included with the documentation the builder
provides to the building owner at occupancy.
Company Name: Phone:

Responsible Person’s Name: Responsible Person’s Signature:

License: Date Signed: Position With Company (Title):

140 GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT

 APPENDIX C

CERTIFICATE OF ACCEPTANCE MECH-12A

Fault Detection and Diagnostics (FDD) for Packaged Direct-Expansion Units (Page 2 of 3)

Project Name/Address:
System Name or Identification/Tag: System Location or Area Served:

The purpose of this test is to verify proper fault detection and reporting for automated fault detection and
Intent:
diagnostics systems for packaged units.
Construction Inspection
1 Instrumentation to perform test includes, but not limited to:
a. List of instrumentation may be needed or included.
2 Installation.
 Verify that FDD hardware is installed on equipment by the manufacturer and that equipment make and model
include factory-installed FDD hardware that matches the information indicated on copies of the manufacturer’s cut
sheets and on the plans and specifications.
A. Eligibility Criteria Results. Results

a. A fault detection and diagnostics (FDD) system for direct-expansion packaged units shall contain the following features
to be eligible for credit in the performance calculation method:
b. The unit shall include a factory-installed economizer and shall limit the economizer deadband to no Y/N
more than 2°F (-17ºC).
c. The unit shall include direct-drive actuators on outside air and return air dampers. Y/N
d. The unit shall include an integrated economizer with either differential dry-bulb or differential Y/N
enthalpy control.
e. The unit shall include a low temperature lockout on the compressor to prevent coil freeze-up or Y/N
comfort problems.
f. Outside air and return air dampers shall have maximum leakage rates conforming to Chapter 7. Y/N
g. The unit shall have an adjustable expansion control device such as a thermostatic expansion valve Y/N
(TXV).
h. To improve the ability to troubleshoot charge and compressor operation, a high-pressure refrigerant Y/N
port will be located on the liquid line. A low-pressure refrigerant port will be located on the suction
line.
i. The following sensors should be permanently installed to monitor system operation and the controller Y/N
should have the capability of displaying the value of each parameter:
 Refrigerant suction pressure.  Supply air relative humidity.  Return air temp.  Supply air relative
 Refrigerant suction temp.  Outside air relative humidity.  Supply air temp. humidity.
 Liquid line pressure.  Return air relative humidity.  Outside air temp.
j. The controller will provide system status by indicating the following conditions: Y/N
 Compressor enabled.  Economizer enabled.  Free cooling available.
 Heating enabled.  Mixed air low limit cycle active.
k. The unit controller shall have the capability to manually initiate each operating mode so that the operation
Y/N
of compressors, economizers, fans, and heating system can be independently tested and verified.

GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT 141

APPENDIX C

CERTIFICATE OF ACCEPTANCE MECH-12A

Fault Detection and Diagnostics (FDD) for Packaged Direct-Expansion Units (Page 3 of 3)

Project Name/Address:
System Name or Identification/Tag: System Location or Area Served:

B. Functional Testing. Results

Step 1: Low airflow test.
a. Test low airflow condition by replacing the existing filter with a dirty filter or appropriate obstruction.
b. Verify that the fault detection and diagnostics system reports the fault. Y/N
c. Verify that the system is able to verify the correct refrigerant charge. Y/N
d. Verify that you are able to calibrate the following: Y/N
 Outside Air Temperature Sensor.  Return Air Temperature Sensors.  Supply Air Temperature Sensors.
C. Testing Results PASS / FAIL
Test passes if all answers are yes under Eligibility Criteria and Functional Testing.  

 PASS: All Construction Inspection responses are complete and all Testing Results responses are "Pass".
FAIL: Any Construction Inspection responses are incomplete OR there is one or more "Fail" responses in Testing

Results section. Provide explanation below. Use and attach additional pages if necessary.

142 GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT

 APPENDIX C

CERTIFICATE OF ACCEPTANCE MECH-13A

Automatic Fault Detection and Diagnostics (FDD) for Packaged Direct-Expansion Units and Zone (Page 1 of 4)
Terminal Units Acceptance

Project Name/Address:
System Name or Identification/Tag: System Location or Area Served:

Enforcement Agency: Permit Number:

Note: Submit one Certificate of Acceptance for each system that Enforcement Agency Use: Checked by/Date
must demonstrate compliance.

FIELD TECHNICIAN'S DECLARATION STATEMENT

• I certify under penalty of perjury the information provided on this form is true and correct.
• I am the person who performed the acceptance requirements verification reported on this Certificate of Acceptance (Field
Technician).
• I certify that the construction/installation identified on this form complies with the acceptance requirements indicated in the
plans and specifications approved by the enforcement agency, and conforms to the applicable acceptance requirements and
procedures specified in Appendix C.
• I have confirmed that the Installation Certificate(s) for the construction/installation identified on this form has been
completed and is posted or made available with the building permit(s) issued for the building.
Company Name:

Field Technician’s Name: Field Technician’s Signature:

Date Signed: Position with Company (Title):

RESPONSIBLE PERSON'S DECLARATION STATEMENT

• I certify under penalty of perjury that I am the Field Technician, or the Field Technician is acting on my behalf as my
employee or my agent and I have reviewed the information provided on this form.
• I am a licensed contractor, architect, or engineer who is eligible per the requirements of the Authority Having Jurisdiction,
in the applicable classification, to take responsibility for the scope of work specified on this document and attest to the decla-
rations in this statement (responsible person).
• I certify that the information provided on this form substantiates that the construction/installation identified on this form
complies with the acceptance requirements indicated in the plans and specifications approved by the enforcement agency,
and conforms to the applicable acceptance requirements and procedures specified in Appendix C.
• I have confirmed that the Installation Certificate(s) for the construction/installation identified on this form has been
completed and is posted or made available with the permit(s) issued for the building.
• I will ensure that a completed, signed copy of this Certificate of Acceptance shall be posted, or made available with the
building permit(s) issued for the building, and made available to the enforcement agency for all applicable inspections. I
understand that a signed copy of this Certificate of Acceptance is required to be included with the documentation the builder
provides to the building owner at occupancy.
Company Name: Phone:

Responsible Person’s Name: Responsible Person’s Signature:

License: Date Signed: Position With Company (Title):

GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT 143

APPENDIX C

CERTIFICATE OF ACCEPTANCE MECH-13A

Automatic Fault Detection and Diagnostics (FDD) for Packaged Direct-Expansion Units and Zone (Page 2 of 4)
Terminal Units Acceptance

Project Name/Address:
System Name or Identification/Tag: System Location or Area Served:

Intent: Verify that the system detects common faults in air handling units and zone terminal units.
Construction Inspection
1 Instrumentation to perform test includes, but not limited to:
a. No instrumentation is required – changes are implemented at the building automation system control station.
2 Installation.
a. The functional testing verifies proper installation of the controls for FDD for air handling units and zone terminal
units. No additional installation checks are required.

A. Eligibility Criteria Results.

Results
Testing of each AHU with FDD controls shall include the following tests:
Step 1: Sensor Drift/Failure:
a. Disconnect outside air temperature sensor from unit controller. Y/N
b. Verify that the FDD system reports a fault. Y/N
c. Connect OAT sensor to the unit controller. Y/N
d. Verify that FDD indicates normal system operation. Y/N
Step 2: Damper/actuator fault.
a. From the control system workstation, command the mixing box dampers to full open (100% outdoor Y/N
air).
b. Disconnect power to the actuator and verify that a fault is reported at the control workstation. Y/N
c. Reconnect power to the actuator and command the mixing box dampers to full open. Y/N
d. Verify that the control system does not report a fault. Y/N
e. From the control system workstation, command the mixing box dampers to a full-closed position (0% Y/N
outdoor air).
f. Disconnect power to the actuator and verify that a fault is reported at the control workstation. Y/N
g. Reconnect power to the actuator and command the dampers closed. Y/N
h. Verify that the control system does not report a fault during normal operation. Y/N
Step 3: Valve/actuator fault.
a. From the control system workstation, command the heating and cooling coil valves to full open or closed, Y/N
then disconnect power to the actuator and verify that a fault is reported at the control workstation.
Step 4: Inappropriate simultaneous heating, mechanical cooling, and/or economizing
a. From the control system workstation, override the heating coil valve and verify that a fault is reported Y/N
at the control workstation.
b. From the control system workstation, override the cooling coil valve and verify that a fault is reported Y/N
at the control workstation.
c. From the control system workstation, override the mixing box dampers and verify that a fault is Y/N
reported at the control workstation.

144 GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT

 APPENDIX C

CERTIFICATE OF ACCEPTANCE MECH-13A

Automatic Fault Detection and Diagnostics (FDD) for Packaged Direct-Expansion Units and Zone (Page 3 of 4)
Terminal Units Acceptance

Project Name/Address:
System Name or Identification/Tag: System Location or Area Served:

B. Functional Testing for Zone Terminal Units.

Testing shall be performed on one of each type of terminal unit (VAV box) in the project. A Results
minimum of 5% of results the terminal boxes shall be tested.
Step 1: Sensor Drift/Failure:
a. Disconnect the tubing to the differential pressure sensor of the VAV box. Y/N
b. Verify that control system detects and reports the fault. Y/N
c. Reconnect the sensor and verify proper sensor operation. Y/N
d. Verify that the control system does not report a fault. Y/N
Step 2: Damper/actuator fault.
If the damper is stuck open:
a. Command the damper to be fully open (room temperature above setpoint). Y/N
b. Disconnect the actuator to the damper. Y/N
c. Adjust the cooling setpoint so that the room temperature is below the cooling setpoint to command Y/N
the damper to the minimum position. Verify that the control system reports a fault.
d. Reconnect the actuator and restore to normal operation. Y/N
If the damper is stuck closed:
a. Set the damper to the minimum position. Y/N
b. Disconnect the actuator to the damper. Y/N
c. Set the cooling setpoint below the room temperature to simulate a call for cooling. Verify that the Y/N
control system reports a fault.
d. Reconnect the actuator and restore to normal operation. Y/N
Step 3: Valve/actuator fault (for systems with hydronic reheat).
a. Command the reheat coil valve to full open. Y/N
b. Disconnect power to the actuator. Set the heating setpoint temperature to be lower than the current Y/N
space temperature, to command the valve closed. Verify that the fault is reported at the control work-
station.
c. Reconnect the actuator and restore normal operation. Y/N
Step 4: Feedback loop tuning fault (unstable airflow)
a. Set the integral coefficient of the box controller to a value 50 times the current value. Lower the Y/N
space cooling setpoint to simulate a call for cooling.
b. The damper cycles continuously and airflow is unstable. Verify that the control system detects and Y/N
reports the fault.
c. Reset the integral coefficient of the controller to the original value to restore normal operation. Y/N
Step 5: Disconnected inlet duct.
a. From the control system workstation, command the damper to full closed, then disconnect power to Y/N
the actuator and verify that a fault is reported at the control workstation.

GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT 145

APPENDIX C

CERTIFICATE OF ACCEPTANCE MECH-13A

Automatic Fault Detection and Diagnostics (FDD) for Packaged Direct-Expansion Units and Zone (Page 4 of 4)
Terminal Units Acceptance

Project Name/Address:
System Name or Identification/Tag: System Location or Area Served:

C. Testing Results PASS / FAIL

Test passes if all answers are yes under Functional Testing Sections.  

D. PASS / FAIL Evaluation (check one):

 PASS: All Construction Inspection responses are complete and all Testing Results responses are "Pass".
FAIL: Any Construction Inspection responses are incomplete OR there is one or more "Fail" responses in Testing

Results section. Provide explanation below. Use and attach additional pages if necessary.

146 GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT

 APPENDIX C

CERTIFICATE OF ACCEPTANCE MECH-14A

Distributed Energy Storage DX AC Systems Acceptance (Page 1 of 3)

Project Name/Address:
System Name or Identification/Tag: System Location or Area Served:

Enforcement Agency: Permit Number:

Note: Submit one Certificate of Acceptance for each system that Enforcement Agency Use: Checked by/Date
must demonstrate compliance.

FIELD TECHNICIAN'S DECLARATION STATEMENT

• I certify under penalty of perjury the information provided on this form is true and correct.
• I am the person who performed the acceptance requirements verification reported on this Certificate of Acceptance (Field
Technician).
• I certify that the construction/installation identified on this form complies with the acceptance requirements indicated in the
plans and specifications approved by the enforcement agency, and conforms to the applicable acceptance requirements and
procedures specified in Appendix C.
• I have confirmed that the Installation Certificate(s) for the construction/installation identified on this form has been
completed and is posted or made available with the building permit(s) issued for the building.
Company Name:

Field Technician’s Name: Field Technician’s Signature:

Date Signed: Position with Company (Title):

RESPONSIBLE PERSON'S DECLARATION STATEMENT

• I certify under penalty of perjury that I am the Field Technician, or the Field Technician is acting on my behalf as my
employee or my agent and I have reviewed the information provided on this form.
• I am a licensed contractor, architect, or engineer who is eligible per the requirements of the Authority Having Jurisdiction,
in the applicable classification, to take responsibility for the scope of work specified on this document and attest to the decla-
rations in this statement (responsible person).
• I certify that the information provided on this form substantiates that the construction/installation identified on this form
complies with the acceptance requirements indicated in the plans and specifications approved by the enforcement agency,
and conforms to the applicable acceptance requirements and procedures specified in Appendix C.
• I have confirmed that the Installation Certificate(s) for the construction/installation identified on this form has been
completed and is posted or made available with the permit(s) issued for the building.
• I will ensure that a completed, signed copy of this Certificate of Acceptance shall be posted, or made available with the
building permit(s) issued for the building, and made available to the enforcement agency for all applicable inspections. I
understand that a signed copy of this Certificate of Acceptance is required to be included with the documentation the builder
provides to the building owner at occupancy.
Company Name: Phone:

Responsible Person’s Name: Responsible Person’s Signature:

License: Date Signed: Position With Company (Title):

GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT 147

APPENDIX C

CERTIFICATE OF ACCEPTANCE MECH-14A

Distributed Energy Storage DX AC Systems Acceptance (Page 2 of 3)

Project Name/Address:
System Name or Identification/Tag: System Location or Area Served:

Intent: Verify that the system detects common faults in air handling units and zone terminal units.
Construction Inspection
1. Instrumentation to perform test includes, but not limited to:
a. No special instrumentation is required to perform these tests.
2. Installation.
Prior to Performance Testing, verify and document the following:
 The water tank is filled to the proper level.
 The water tank is sitting on a foundation with adequate structural strength.
 The water tank is insulated and the top cover is in place.
 The DES/DXAC is installed correctly (refrigerant piping, etc.).
 Verify that the correct model number is installed and configured.
A. Functional Testing Results
Step 1: Simulate no cooling load during a nighttime period by setting system time to between 9PM and
6AM. Raise the space temperature setpoint above the current space temperature. Verify and docu-
ment the following:
a. The system charges the tank. Y/N
b. The system does not provide cooling to the building. Y/N
Step 2: Simulate cooling load during daytime period (e.g., by setting time schedule to include actual time
and placing thermostat cooling set-point below actual temperature). Verify and document the
following:
a. Supply fan operates continually during occupied hours. Y/N
b. If the DES/DXAC has cooling capacity, DES/DXAC runs to meet the cooling demand (in ice melt Y / N / N/A
mode).
c. If the DES/DXAC has no ice and there is a call for cooling, the DES/DXAC runs in direct cooling Y / N / N/A
mode.
Step 3: Simulate no cooling load during daytime condition. Verify and document the following:
a. Supply fan operates as per the facility thermostat or control system. Y/N
b. The DES/DXAC and the condensing unit do not run.
Step 4: Simulate no cooling load during morning shoulder time period. Verify and document the
following:
a. The DES/DXAC is idle (the condensing unit and the refrigerant pumps remain off). Y/N
B. Calibrating Controls. Results
a. Verify that you are able to set the proper time and date, as per manufacturer’s installation manual for Y/N
approved installers.
C. Testing Results. PASS / FAIL
Test passes if all answers are yes under Functional Testing and Calibrating Controls.  

148 GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT

 APPENDIX C

CERTIFICATE OF ACCEPTANCE MECH-14A

Distributed Energy Storage DX AC Systems Acceptance (Page 3 of 3)

Project Name/Address:
System Name or Identification/Tag: System Location or Area Served:

 PASS: All Construction Inspection responses are complete and all Testing Results responses are "Pass".
FAIL: Any Construction Inspection responses are incomplete OR there is one or more "Fail" responses in Testing

Results section. Provide explanation below. Use and attach additional pages if necessary.

GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT 149

APPENDIX C

CERTIFICATE OF ACCEPTANCE MECH-15A

Thermal Energy Storage (TES) System Acceptance (Page 1 of 3)

Project Name/Address:
System Name or Identification/Tag: System Location or Area Served:

Enforcement Agency: Permit Number:

Note: Submit one Certificate of Acceptance for each system that Enforcement Agency Use: Checked by/Date
must demonstrate compliance.

FIELD TECHNICIAN'S DECLARATION STATEMENT

• I certify under penalty of perjury the information provided on this form is true and correct.
• I am the person who performed the acceptance requirements verification reported on this Certificate of Acceptance (Field
Technician).
• I certify that the construction/installation identified on this form complies with the acceptance requirements indicated in the
plans and specifications approved by the enforcement agency, and conforms to the applicable acceptance requirements and
procedures specified in Appendix C.
• I have confirmed that the Installation Certificate(s) for the construction/installation identified on this form has been
completed and is posted or made available with the building permit(s) issued for the building.
Company Name:

Field Technician’s Name: Field Technician’s Signature:

Date Signed: Position with Company (Title):

RESPONSIBLE PERSON'S DECLARATION STATEMENT

• I certify under penalty of perjury that I am the Field Technician, or the Field Technician is acting on my behalf as my
employee or my agent and I have reviewed the information provided on this form.
• I am a licensed contractor, architect, or engineer who is eligible per the requirements of the Authority Having Jurisdiction,
in the applicable classification, to take responsibility for the scope of work specified on this document and attest to the decla-
rations in this statement (responsible person).
• I certify that the information provided on this form substantiates that the construction/installation identified on this form
complies with the acceptance requirements indicated in the plans and specifications approved by the enforcement agency,
and conforms to the applicable acceptance requirements and procedures specified in Appendix C.
• I have confirmed that the Installation Certificate(s) for the construction/installation identified on this form has been
completed and is posted or made available with the permit(s) issued for the building.
• I will ensure that a completed, signed copy of this Certificate of Acceptance shall be posted, or made available with the
building permit(s) issued for the building, and made available to the enforcement agency for all applicable inspections. I
understand that a signed copy of this Certificate of Acceptance is required to be included with the documentation the builder
provides to the building owner at occupancy.
Company Name: Phone:

Responsible Person’s Name: Responsible Person’s Signature:

License: Date Signed: Position With Company (Title):

150 GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT

 APPENDIX C

CERTIFICATE OF ACCEPTANCE MECH-15A

Thermal Energy Storage (TES) System Acceptance (Page 2 of 3)
Project Name/Address:

System Name or Identification/Tag: System Location or Area Served:

Intent: Verify proper operation of distributed energy storage DX systems.

Construction Inspection
1. Instrumentation to perform test includes, but not limited to:
a. No special instrumentation is required for the acceptance tests.

A. Certificate of Compliance Information

The following Certificate of Compliance information for both the chiller and the storage tank shall be provided on the plans
to document the key TES System parameters and allow plan check comparison to the inputs used in the DOE-2 simulation.
DOE-2 keywords are shown in ALL CAPITALS in parentheses.

a. Chiller Brand and Model:

Type (centrifugal, reciprocating, etc):
Capacity (tons):
(Size)
Starting Efficiency (kW/ton):
(at beginning of ice production)
(COMP-kW/TON-START)
Ending Efficiency (kW/ton):
(at end of ice production)
(COMP-kW/TON-END)
Capacity Reduction (% / F):
(PER-COMP-REDUCT/F)
b. Storage Storage Type (Check):  Chilled Water  Ice-on-Coil  CHS
Tank (TES-TYPE) Storage
 Ice Harvester  Brine
 Ice-Slurry  Eutectic Salt
Number of tanks (SIZE)
Storage Capacity per Tank (ton-hours)
Storage Rate (tons):
(COOL-STORE-RATE)
Discharge Rate (tons):
(COOL-SUPPLY-RATE)
Auxiliary Power (watts):
(PUMP+AUX-kW)
Tank Area (square feet):
(CTANK-LOSS-COEFF)
Tank Insulation (R-Value):
(CTANK-LOSS-COEFF)

GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT 151

APPENDIX C

CERTIFICATE OF ACCEPTANCE MECH-15A

Thermal Energy Storage (TES) System Acceptance (Page 3 of 3)

Project Name/Address:
System Name or Identification/Tag: System Location or Area Served:

B. Functional Testing Results

Step 1: TES System Design Verification
a. In the TES System Design Verification part, the installing contractor shall certify the Y/N
following information, which verifies proper installation of the TES System consistent
with system design expectations:
 The TES system is one of the above  Initial discharge rate of the storage  Discharge test time (hours).
eligible systems. tanks (tons).  Tank storage capacity after charge
 Initial charge rate of the storage  Final discharge rate of the storage (ton-hours).
tanks (tons). tank (tons).  Tank storage capacity after
 Final charge rate of the storage tank  Charge test time (hours). discharge (ton-hours).
(tons).  Initial chiller efficiency (kW/ton)  Final chiller efficiency (kW/ton)
 Tank standby storage losses (UA). during charging. during charging.
Step 2: TES System Controls and Operation Verification
 Pass
a. The TES system and the chilled water plant is controlled and monitored by an EMS.
 Fail
b. Force the time between 9:00 p.m. and 9:00 a.m. and simulate a partial or no charge of the tank and  Pass
simulate no cooling load by setting the indoor temperature setpoint higher than the ambient tempera-
ture. Verify that the TES system starts charging (storing energy).  Fail
c. Force the time to be between 6:00 p.m. and 9:00 p.m. and simulate a partial charge on the tank and  Pass
simulate a cooling load by setting the indoor temperature set point lower than the ambient tempera-
ture. Verify that the TES system starts discharging.  Fail
d. Force the time to be between noon and 6:00 p.m. and simulate a cooling load by lowering the indoor
air temperature set point below the ambient temperature. Verify that the tank starts discharging and  Pass
the compressor is off. For systems designed to meet partial loads the system should be run until the
TES storage is fully depleted. The number of hours of operation must meet or exceed the designed  Fail
operational hours for the system.
e. Force the time to be between 9:00 a.m. to noon, and simulate a cooling load by lowering the indoor  Pass
air temperature set point below the ambient temperature. Verify that the tank does not discharge and
the cooling load is met by the compressor only.  Fail
f. Force the time to be between 9:00 p.m. and 9:00 a.m. and simulate a full tank charge by changing the  Pass
output of the sensor to the EMS. Verify that the tank charging is stopped.  Fail
g. Force the time to be between noon and 6:00 p.m. and simulate no cooling load by setting the indoor  Pass
temperature set point above the ambient temperature. Verify that the tank does not discharge and the
compressor is off.  Fail
C. PASS / FAIL Evaluation (check one):
 PASS: All Construction Inspection responses are complete and all Testing Results responses are "Pass".
FAIL: Any Construction Inspection responses are incomplete OR there is one or more "Fail" responses in Testing

Results section. Provide explanation below. Use and attach additional pages if necessary.

152 GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT

 INDEX
–A–
AccEssIblE....................................203.0, 409.3, 502.9.5
AltErNAtE mAtErIAls .....................................102.0
AltErNAtE wAtEr sourcE ................203.0, 408.1,
Chapter 5, B 101.7, B 102.2
AltErAtIoNs AND rEpAIrs ............101.4.1, 603.2.3,
703.1.1.3
AutHorItY HAVING JurIsDIctIoN
Definition.................................................................203.0
AutomAtIc sHutDowN ...........................703.4.3.3.1
–b–
bAckflow
Prevention ............................................................B 102.3
Protection.................................................................413.2
bAckwAtEr VAlVEs ........................................502.2.4,
502.9.1, 502.9.7, 505.9.5.5, B 104.4.3
bAlANcING
Dampers ................................................................702.3.1
Air System ......................................................703.7.3.3.2
Hydronic System ............................................703.7.3.3.3
System.................................601.3.4, 603.4.4.1, 703.7.3.3
bAsIs for DEsIGN (boD) ..................C 102.1, C 102.3
buIlDING coDE .......................101.6.1204.0, 505.9.5.3,
603.6.1, B 104.4.1
–c–
cAtcH cAN tEst ........................205.0, 413.10, 413.12
cErtIfIcAtE of AccEptANcE .............C 103.2.1.3,
C 104.0, C 106.0
cErtIfIcAtE of occupANcY ...................C 104.3.4
clImAtEs
Hot, Humid .....................................................805.1.3.6.1
Very Cold ........................................................805.1.3.6.2
Zones.....................................................................703.3.3
clotHEs wAsHErs ...................................225.0, 403.2
combINAtIoN oVENs............................205.0, 406.1.3
combustIoN AIr ..............................702.6.2, 802.1.1.2
commIssIoNING
Plan........................................................C 102.1, C 102.4
Report ....................................................C 102.1, C 102.7
Tests......................................................................C 104.0
coNDENsAtE rEcoVErY ...................................411.0
coNDItIoNED spAcE, DEfINItIoN .................205.0
GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT
coNNEctIoNs ........................................................106.1
Duct............................................C 105.4.1.1, C 105.4.2
Energy ...................................................................106.2
Exhaust Air and Outdoor Air........................703.4.3.3.4
Plumbing System...................................................304.2
Potable and Reclaimed (Recycled) Water ............502.3,
503.4, 504.4, 505.4
Public or Private Potable Water .........................B 102.2
Temporary .............................................................106.3
coNtrols
Chilled and Hot Water Temperature Reset ......703.5.4.3
Fan Speed ........................................................703.5.5.2
Heat Pump Auxiliary .......................................703.4.3.5
Humidity...........................................................702.10.3
Hydronic System .............................................703.5.2.2
Integrated Economizer ....................................703.5.1.3
Off-Hour ..........................................................703.4.3.3
Optimum Start ..............................................703.4.3.3.3
Setback .........................................................703.4.3.3.2
Supply Air Temperature ..................................703.5.3.4
Temperature Maintenance ......................601.3.3603.4.5
Thermal Comfort...................................................807.1
VAV Fan ..........................................................703.5.3.2
Ventilation Fan .............................................703.4.3.4.4
Ventilation System...........702.10.2,703.4.3.4, 703.4.3.9
Zone Thermostatic..........................703.4.3.1, 703.5.2.1
coolING towErs ....................410.2, 410.3, 703.5.5.3
cross-coNNEctIoN ......501.11.2, 503.5, 504.5, 505.5
cYclEs of coNcENtrAtIoN for
coolING towErs, DEfINItIoN ......................205.0
–D–
DAmpErs ............................................702.13, 703.5.1.1.4
Balancing ..............................................................702.3.1
DEAD bAND .....................................................703.4.3.1.2
DEbrIs EXcluDEr................................206.0, 505.9.10
DEbrIs scrEEN ...............................................B 104.9.2
DEHumIDIfIcAtIoN ......................703.4.3.7, 703.5.2.3
DIsHwAsHErs.........................................................403.1
DIsINfEctIoN ....................................410.5.2, B 104.2.2
DrINkING fouNtAINs .........................................402.9
DrY wEAtHEr ruNoff, DEfINItIoN.............206.0
Duct lEAkAGE tEsts ....................702.4.3, 703.4.4.2
Ducts.........................................................................702.4
153
 INDEX
–E–
EcoNomIzErs.....................................................703.5.1
EmIttErs .........................................................502.11.1.3
Low Flow......................................................214.0, 413.9
ENErGY EffIcIENcY rAtIo (EEr),
DEfINItIoN ..............................................................207.0
ENErGY rEcoVErY................703.5.6, Table 703.5.6.1
ENErGY stAr......................207.0, 403.0, 406.1.1, 805.2
EVAporAtIVE coolErs..........................410.2, 410.4
EVApotrANspIrAtIoN, DEfINItIoN .............207.0
EXHAust
Hoods....................................................................406.2.3
Laboratory Systems ...........................................703.5.7.2
Systems .................................................................703.5.7
EXIstING coNstructIoN ..............................101.4.2
–f–
fAN sYstEm powEr lImItAtIoN .............703.5.3.1
fAucEts
Dipper Well ........................................................406.1.5
Kitchen and Bar Sink.......213.0, Table 402.1, 603.4.4.4
Lavatory................214.0, Table 402.1, 402.5, 603.4.5.2
Metering...........................215.0, Table 402.1, 402.5.2.2
Residential Kitchen ...............................................402.4
Self Closing, definition .........................................221.0
fIElD tEcHNIcIAN....................C 103.2.1.1, C 104.3.3
fIltErs.........504.10.5, 505.9.11, 803.3, 805.3, B 104.2.1
fIrEplAcEs.............................................................802.0
fooD stEAmErs......................................208.0, 406.1.2
–G–
GANG sHowErs .......................................209.0, 402.6.2
GEotHErmAl, DEfINItIoN ..............................209.0
GrAY wAtEr
Definition.................................................................209.0
Diverter ......................................................209.0, 502.2.3
–H–
HEAt pumps ......................702.2, 703.4.3.5, 703.5.2.2.3,
703.5.4.4, 705.1.4
HEAt trAps ..........................................................603.4.7
HEAtING sEAsoNAl pErformANcE fActor
(Hspf), DEfINItIoN ...............................................210.0
HIGH-lImIt sHutoff .................................703.5.1.1.3
HumIDIfIcAtIoN............................703.4.3.7, 703.5.2.4
Hot tubs .........................................................Chapter 10
HYDrozoNE, DEfINItIoN..................................210.0
154
–I–
INDoor AIr quAlItY ....................803.1, 805.0, 806.0
INDoor moIsturE coNtrol..........................804.0
INfIltrAtIoN crEDIt ...............................805.1.3.1.3
INspEctIoNs .....................105.0, 501.5, 501.11, 503.11,
504.12, 505.11, 604.2, C 104.3.2,
C 105.1.1.1, C 105.2.1.1
INsulAtIoN .....................601.2, 602.5, 603.4.3, 702.4.1,
702.5, 703.4.4, 703.8.2
INtEGrAtED ENErGY EffIcIENcY rAtIo
(IEEr), DEfINItIoN................................................211.0
INtEGrAtED pArt-loAD VAluE (IplV),
DEfINItIoN ..............................................................211.0
IrrIGAtIoN
Demand ..............................................211.0, 413.3, 413.4
Emission Device ................................211.0, 413.6, 413.9
Field
Subsoil.............221.0, 502.2, 502.9.3, 502.10.1, 502.11
Subsurface ................................................221.0, 502.2,
502.9.4, 502.10, 502.11
Landscape Systems ..................................................413.0
Low Application Rate ..............................................214.0
Zone ...................................................211.0, 413.3, 413.4
–l–
lAbElED .............302.1, 412.0, 504.7, 505.9.8, 703.4.1.5,
703.7.2, B 101.4.2, B104.7
lANDscApE IrrIGAtIoN sYstEms ................413.0
lAVAtorY, DEfINItIoN .......................................214.0
lIstED .....................................214.0, 302.1, 405.0, 501.2,
504.7, 505.9.8, 705.1.4, B 101.4.2,
B 104.5, B 104.7
lIstING AGENcY, DEfINItIoN .........................214.0
low ApplIcAtIoN rAtE IrrIGAtIoN,
DEfINItIoN ..............................................................214.0
–m–
mAINtENANcE .....................107.0, 215.0, 501.5, 501.6,
502.11.2.4, 502.15, 604.2,
B 101.5, B 101.6
mEtErs .....................................................................409.0
Submeter .........................................221.0, 409.0, 602.7.3
mINImum EffIcIENcY rEportING VAluE
(mErV), DEfINItIoN .............................................215.0
motor NAmEplAtE ...................................703.5.3.1.2
mulcH bAsIN.............215.0, 502.10.1, 502.11, 502.11.2
multI-occupANt spAcEs, DEfINItIoN .......215.0
–N–
NoN-potAblE wAtEr ...................................Chapter 5
GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT

–o–
oN-sItE trEAtED NoN-potAblE wAtEr ...217.0,
408.1, 410.5, 411.0, Chapter 5
outlEt tEmpErAturE................................603.4.5.2
owNEr’s proJEct rEquIrEmENts (opr) ..........
...........................................................................C 102.2
–p–
pAtHs
Compliance.................................................603.3, 703.2
Prescriptive.................................................603.5, 703.5
Simplified Approach..............................................703.3
pErmIt ...............................................104.0, 501.3, 502.5,
502.7, 503.2, 504.2, 505.2, 505.3, B 101.3
pErmIt fEEs ...........................................................104.2
plANs AND spEcIfIcAtIoNs.......101.3, 103.0, 502.7
pools ....................................101.6.6, 603.4.6, Chapter 10
post coNstructIoN DocumENtAtIoN
AND trAINING......................................C 102.1, C 102.6
potAblE wAtEr, DEfINItIoN..........................218.0
prE-rINsE sprAY VAlVE..........................218.0, 402.7
prEcIpItAtIoN rAtE..............................218.0, 413.10
prImEr AND solVENt cEmENt ......................808.0
pumps ..........................................................104.5, 505.9.6
Automatic Shut-Off ..............................................410.4.2
Circulating .....................................601.3.1.1, 703.5.1.2.2
Controls.......................................501.9, 601.3.2, B 101.9
Head...................................................................703.4.2.2
Heat ...........................702.2, Table 703.8.1(2), 703.4.3.5,
703.5.2.2.3, 705.1.4
Hydronic .....................................703.5.4.4, 703.7.3.3.3
Operation ..............................................................601.3.1
Recirculating........................................601.3.1.2, 601.3.2
Swimming Pool ....................................603.4.6.3, 1001.4
Water-Powered Sump ..............................................412.0
-q-
quAlIfIcAtIoNs ...........................303.3, 413.13, 902.0
quIck-DIscoNNEct DEVIcE .........................503.9.1
Definition ................................................................219.0
–r–
rAINwAtEr............408.1, Chapter 5, 804.1, Appendix B
Definition ................................................................220.0
Catchment System ...................220.0 Chapter 5, B 106.0
Storage Tank ...........................505.7.3, 505.9.5, B 102.0,
B 104.4, B 104.9
GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT
INDEX
rEclAImED (rEcYclED) wAtEr...................220.0,
408.1, 410.5
rEHAbIlItAtIoN of pIpING sYstEms..........303.2
rEpAIrs AND AltErAtIoNs ............101.4.1, 603.2.3,
703.1.1.3
rEspoNsIblE pErsoN..................C 103.2.1.2, C104.3
roof DrAINs.........................................505.9.7, B 104.6
roof wAsHEr..........................................220.0, B 104.9
ruN out....................................................................220.0
–s–
scopE............................101.4, 301.0, 401.1, 501.1, 601.1,
701.1, 703.1.1, 703.3.1, 801.1,
901.1, B 101.1, C 101.1
sEAsoNAl ENErGY EffIcIENcY rAtIo
(sEEr), DEfINItIoN...............................................221.0
sEtpoINt oVErlAp rEstrIctIoN...........703.4.3.2
sHowErs .......................................................402.6, 402.8
sIGNs .................................501.10, 503.10, 504.11, 505.10
sINGlE occupANt spAcEs, DEfINItIoN .....221.0
soIl AbsorptIoN rAtE, DEfINItIoN............221.0
solVENt cEmENt AND prImEr ......................808.0
spA ......................................................................Chapter 10
spEcIfIcAtIoNs AND plANs.......101.3, 103.0, 502.7
sprINklEr HEADs ......................221.0, 413.10, 413.11
Low Precipitation Rate ...............................214.0, 413.11
stAtIc prEssurE sENsor ........................703.5.3.2.2
stAIr AND sHAft VENts ...........................703.4.3.4.1
stormwAtEr........................................221.0, Chapter 5
Catchment System ...................................................221.0
(See also On-Site Treated Non-Potable Water)
storAGE tANks ..........................221.0, 305.2, 505.7.3,
505.9.5, 505.9.5.8, 601.3.1.2, 602.2,
B 103.3, B 104.4, C 105.15.1.1
submEtEr.......................................221.0, 409.0, 602.7.3
surGE tANk ...................221.0, 502.2.2, 502.9.1, 502.14
sYstEms
Air Distribution..................................................C 105.4
Alternate Water Source ...................................Chapter 5
Constant Volume .................................C 105.2, C 105.3
Demand-Controlled Ventilation.........................C 105.6
Electric Heating.....................................................702.7
Exhaust Hood Liquid Scrubber ..........................406.2.3
Filtration and Disinfection .............B 104.7.1, B 104.10
Freeze Protection...............................505.9.9, 702.10.4,
703.4.3.8, B 104.8
Geothermal ............................................................705.0
155
 INDEX

Gray Water.............................................................502.0 VENtIlAtIoN

Hot Water..............................................602.7.3, 603.4.4 Air .................................................702.6, Table 805.1.3.1
Hydronic Variable Flow ..................................703.5.4.1 Mechanical............................................................805.1.2
Hydronic (water loop) Heat Pump ...............703.5.2.2.3 Whole Building.....................................................805.1.3
HVAC ........................................Chapter 7, Appendix C
Landscape Irrigation..............................................413.0 –w–
Mechanical ......................................302.2, 303.1, 701.1 wAtErsENsE ....................225.0, 402.2.1, 402.3, 402.5.1
Non-Potable Rainwater Catchment .......................505.0 wAtEr/wAstEwAtEr utIlItY .............225.0, 410.5
On-Site Treated Non-Potable Water ...........502.3, 504.0 wAtEr closEts .........................................225.0, 402.2
Potable Rainwater Catchment.....................Appendix B
wAtEr EcoNomIzErs ..................................703.5.1.2
Radiant Heating..............................703.4.4.1.5, 703.5.8
wAtEr fActor (wf), DEfINItIoN ..................225.0
Rainwater Catchment ............220.0, 505.0, Appendix B
wAtEr HEAtErs ........................................602.2, 603.5
Recirculation ..................220.0, 601.3, 602.3, 603.4.4.1
wAtEr softENErs AND trEAtmENt
Reclaimed (Recycled) Water .................................503.0
DEVIcEs .........................................................405.0, 605.1
Reverse Osmosis Water Treatment........................405.3
Snow and Ice Melting......................................703.4.3.8 wAtEr usE bAsElINE ......................................A 101.2
Solar Energy ............................................101.6.5, 704.0 wHolE HousE fANs...........................................702.11
Solar Water Heating ..............................................604.0
Variable Air Volume...........................................C 105.1 –z–
sYstEm zoNE IsolAtIoN ..........................................703.4.3.3.4
Balancing ............................601.3.4, 603.4.4.1, 703.7.3.3
Commissioning.............................703.7.3.4, Appendix C
sYstEms mANuAl..........................................C 102.6.1

–t–
tEsts
Automatic Demand Shed Control....................C 105.11
Automatic Fault Detection Diagnostics (FDD) for
Air Handling Units and Zone Terminal Units .C 105.13
Commissioning ..................................................C 104.0
Demand-Controlled Ventilation Systems
Acceptance.........................................................C 105.6
Distributed Energy Storage DX AC System....C 105.14
Duct Leakage.....................................702.4.3, 703.4.4.2
Fault Detection and Diagnostics (FDD) for
Packaged Direct-Expansion (DX) Units..........C 105.12
Functional Performance.....................................C 102.5
Hydronic System Variable Flow Controls .......C 105.10
Supply Fan Variable Flow Controls...................C 105.7
Supply Water Temperature Reset Controls........C 105.9
Thermal Energy Storage (TES) System ..........C 105.15
Valve Leakage....................................................C 105.8
trAp sEAl ................................................................414.0

–u–
urINAls ....................................................................402.3

–V–
VEHIclE wAsH fAcIlItIEs ...............................415.0

156 GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT

 LICENSE AGREEMENT
INTERNATIONAL ASSOCIATION OF PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL OFFICIALS (IAPMO)
GREEN PLUMBING MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT E-BOOK – 2012 EDITION

The International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials (“IAPMO”) agrees to grant, and the user of
the eBook agrees to accept, a nonexclusive license to use the eBook under the terms and conditions of this eBook
License Agreement (“Agreement”). Your use of the eBook constitutes your agreement to the terms and conditions
set forth in this Agreement. This Agreement, or any part thereof, cannot be changed, waived, or discharged other
than by a statement in writing signed by you and IAPMO. Please read the entire Agreement carefully.

eBook Usage
The IAPMO eBook may be used by one user on one computer. The user of the eBook shall be subject to all of the
terms of this Agreement, whether or not the user was the purchaser.

Copyright, Use and Resale Prohibitions

IAPMO retains all rights not expressly granted to you in this Agreement. The software, content, and related
documentation in the eBook are protected by copyright laws and international copyright treaties, as well as other
intellectual property laws and treaties. Nothing in this Agreement constitutes a waiver of IAPMO’s rights. IAPMO
will not be responsible for performance problems due to circumstances beyond its reasonable control. Other than as
stated in this Agreement, you may not copy, print, modify, remove, delete, augment, add to, publish, transmit, sell,
resell, license, create derivative works from, or in any way exploit any of the eBook’s content, in whole or in part,
in print or electronic form, and you may not aid or permit others to do so. The unauthorized use or distribution of
copyrighted or other proprietary content is illegal and could subject the purchaser to substantial damages. Purchaser
will be liable for any damage resulting from any violation of this Agreement.

No Transfer
This license is not transferable by the eBook purchaser unless such transfer is approved in advance by IAPMO, in
which case the transferee will be subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

Disclaimer
The eBook, or any support given by IAPMO’s technical support staff, are in no way substitutes for assistance from
legal, tax, accounting, or other qualified professionals. If legal advice or other expert assistance is required, the
services of a competent professional person should be sought.

Limitation of Liability
The eBook is provided “as is” and IAPMO does not make any warranty or representation, either express or
implied, to the eBook, including its quality, accuracy, performance, merchantability, or fitness for a particular
purpose. You assume the entire risk as to the results and performance of the eBook. IAPMO does not warrant,
guarantee, or make any representations regarding the use of, or the results obtained with, the eBook in terms of
accuracy, correctness or reliability. In no event will IAPMO be liable for indirect, special, incidental, or
consequential damages arising out of delays, errors, omissions, inaccuracies, or the use or inability to use the
eBook, or for interruption of the eBook, from whatever cause. This will apply even if IAPMO has been advised
that the possibility of such damage exists. Specifically, IAPMO is not responsible for any costs, including those
incurred as a result of lost profits or revenue, loss of data, the cost of recovering such programs or data, the cost of
any substitute program, claims by third parties, or similar costs.

Hold Harmless / Indemnification.

You agree to defend, indemnify and hold IAPMO and any third party provider harmless from and against all third
party claims and damages (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) regarding your use of the eBook, unless the claims
or damages are due to IAPMO’s or any third party provider’s gross negligence or willful misconduct or arise out of
an allegation for which IAPMO is obligated to indemnify you.

Termination
If you materially breach this License Agreement, we may terminate your right to use the Material immediately upon
notice to you.
You agree that, upon termination of the License Agreement, you will either return to us or destroy all copies of the
Material in your possession.

Additional Terms
This written License Agreement is the exclusive agreement between you and us concerning the eBook and
supersedes any and all prior oral or written agreements, negotiations, or other dealings between us concerning the
eBook.

This License Agreement may be modified only by a writing signed by the user and IAPMO.

In the event of litigation between the user and IAPMO concerning the eBook, the prevailing party in the litigation
and the prevailing party in any ancillary disputes (e.g., discovery disputes) will be entitled to recover attorneys’ fees
and expenses from the other party.

This License Agreement is governed by the laws of the State of California applicable to contracts executed and
performed entirely in, and by residents of, that state.

This License Agreement is effective immediately upon your installation or use of the eBook.

If you have any questions regarding this License Agreement, please write to the International Association of
Plumbing and Mechanical Officials (IAPMO), 4755 East Philadelphia Street, Ontario, California 91761-2816.

This agreement is governed by the laws of the State of California applicable to contracts executed and performed
entirely in, and by residents of, that state.